Torreya

ior ee e:
- ~~ 4 be

a.
mht
.w

toed

er

7

rar tea’ a Sere eat

a

TORREYA

A MonTHiy JoUuRNAL oF BoTtanicaL Notes anp News

JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873

EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

Volume XIV

NEW YORK
1914

OFFICERS FOR 1014

President
R. A. HARPER, PH.D.
Vice-Presidents
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD O. DODGE, Ph.D.
Columbia University, New York City

Editor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D.

Associate Editors

JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D.
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.
fea tARRIS, Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, PH.D.

NORMAN TAYLOR

COMMITTEES FOR 1914
Finance Committee Field Committee

J. H. Barnuart, Chairman SERENO STETSON, Chairman
Miss C. C. Haynes
Budget Committee Program Committee
J. H. Barnuart, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman
N. L. Britton Miss JEAN BROADHURST
B. O. DopGE C. STUART GAGER
M. A. Howe F. J. SEAVER
A. W. Evans
fe Ei: RUSBY

Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chairman

Phanerogams: - Cryptogams:

E. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E. G. BRITTON
N. L. Britton Puitrep DowELL
Cc. CURTIS Tracy E. Hazen

K. K. MAcKkEnzIE M. A. Howe
NorMAN TAYLOR W. A. MurrRILyi

Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
; WILt1AM MANSFIELD

No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.

No
No

No.

2,
3)
4,
5;
6,
7)
8,
9;
5 1)5
Hates
12,

1, for January

February
March
April

May

June

July
August
September
October
November
December

DATES OF PUBLICATION

Pages 1-20
21-38
39-54
539-72
73-96
97-114

T15—132
133-148
149-166
167-200
201-228
229-267

Issued January 27,
February 9,
March Lp
April 8,
May 14,
June 8,
July 7s
August 12,

September 18,

~ October

27;

November 27,

January

13,

1914
1914
I9I4
1914
1914
1914
1914
1914
1914
1914
1914
IQI5

ORREYA

A Monruty Journat or BoranicaL Notes anp News

EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUE

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
Addison Brow :\.F. Fi: Ruspy 2h ached i es pelea ds decdeh lesen Sale ae cota eee: I
Violets new to southeastern Virginia: H. D. HOUSE.........:0:50.sesseenterece ee retennee 2
Reviews :

Two recent Tes on marine algae : MRE Wy asthe oda whe diac cuditaste se lvavemeces 4
Wilson’s Naturalist in Western China: N. TAvtor..........:- FROIN hs are an 78
American Breeders’ Magazine: A. B. STOUT....2-..+:..+5++- fp desde cbiepiotec eines epcidems 10

- Proceedings of the Club nash iy earecee hs Ba Ss De aS OD PDI a a A 11
pmewattem (hth da cat tue Punk RT RY a sea Mase 18

PUBLISHED’ FoR THE CLUB

| Ar 4: Nortu Quzen Street, LANCASTER, Pa.
By Tue New Era Printing Company.

[mvered a atthe Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as reas class matter. j

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 10913

President
EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH-D.

Vice- Presidents

JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
HERBERT M, RICHARDS, $.D

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD: O.) DODGE, Ph.D.
Columbia University, New York City

Editor
‘EDWARD | Boe MORRIS*

Associate Editors

JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, PH.D
ERNEST D. CLARK, PH.D. - HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S. D.
ALEX. W. EVANS, M-D., PH.D. ARLOW'’B. = ROUT:

NORMAN TAYLOR-

; Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only 5
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will. be -
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City.

Matter for publication should be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR P

Brooklyn Botanic Garden :
* Died 14 September 1913. Sa _ Brooklyn, N. Y._

TORREYA

January, IgIq4.
Vol. 14 No.1

ADDISON BROWN

Judge Addison Brown, a member of this club since the second
year of its existence and for ten years its president, died on the
gth of April, 1913, in the eighty-third year of his life.

Judge Brown’s early studies were pursued under the tuition of
Benjamin Greenleaf, the mathematician, to whose influence was
probably due the fondness for astronomy which he always
displayed. His collegiate course was at Amherst, and later at
Harvard, where he graduated in 1852. His studies were re-
markably well balanced and his life was characterized by an
interest in widely separated fields of investigation. He was a
competent art critic and a creditable violinist. His legal prepa-
ration was at the Harvard Law School, from which he gradu-
ated in 1855. He began the practice of law in New York City in
the following year. In 1881, he became Judge in the United
States District Court which position he held until his retire-
ment, in I9oT.

Judge Brown’s botanical work, in which we are chiefly in-
terested, began even before he became a member of this club,
but was much more active thereafter. His connection with the
club was most helpful to it, but it is interesting to consider also
to how great an extent his own work in this field, and his great
service to botany, were determined by this relation. Almost
his first active work in local botany was in connection with our
ballast plants. He preserved his specimens and formed a private
herbarium, and also accumulated a good working library.
Although he could not be regarded as a general collector, yet
he made a number of botanical excursions in distant parts of
this country and studied portions of the European flora in the
field. His American travels extended as far as Alaska.

[No. 12, Vol. 13, of TORREYA, comprising pp. 265-301, was issued 30 December 1913}

1

LIBRA
NEW Y
BOTAN

(PakRD

2

It is significant of the character of the man that Judge Brown’s
later work was the more important. His service, in connection
with Judge Charles P. Daly, in drawing the charter of the
New York Botanical Garden, was of inestimable value, not only
to that institution, but to botanical science. He became the
president of the Garden in r9ro and continued in that position
until the time of his death.

He was a subscriber to the endowment fund of the garden to
the extent of $25,000 and he bequeathed to it property to the
value of more than $20,000. This bequest is preserved in The
Addison Brown Fund, the income of which is to be devoted to
the publication of a magazine with colored illustrations.

The greatest botanical work in which the Judge participated
was the writing of Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora of the
Northern United States, Canada and the British Possessions,
the second edition of which was completed just before his death.
It should never be forgotten that Judge Brown undertook this
great work with no expectation that it would ever repay its
cost. His only anxiety was as to the probable extent of his loss,
which he hoped would not exceed $25,000; and it is exceptionally
gratifying, under such circumstances, that the publication proved
to be financially, as well as scientifically, successful.

An extended obituary, written by Dr. N. L. Britton, will be
found in the Journal of the New York Botanical Garden for

June, 1913.
H. H. Russy

VIOLETS NEW TO SOUTHEASTERN VIRGINIA

By H. D. House

A single day was spent by the writer in the vicinity of Gilmer-
ton, Norfolk county, Virginia, in April of 1912, and again in
April, 1913. The only finds of real interest were violets, abundant
and easy to find at that season of the year.

VIOLA SEPTEMLOBA LeConte
This rare southern species seems well entitled to a position in
the flora of the northeastern states, having already been twice

3

reported from southeastern Virginia. Excellent flowering speci-
mens were collected by the writer at Gilmerton (No. 4860,
April 20, I912), concerning a specimen of which Dr. Brainerd
writes “ . is the most satisfactory one that I have seen from
Virginia.”’

Growing abundantly with the species was found Viola emar-
gimata (Nutt.) LeConte, and a hybrid between the two, which
may be designated as

Viola emarginata X septemloba hyb. nov.
Plant glabrous at flowering time, the leaves varying from
deltoid to sagittate, the middle lobe of the blade elongated, the

Fic. 1. Viola emarginata X septemloba House. (Natural size.)

4

lateral lobes very narrow, the basal ones nearly at right angles to
the middle lobe; summer leaves several-lobed, the middle lobe
longest and largest; flowers large, pale blue in color (Gilmerton,
No. 4857, April 20, 1912).

This hybrid has some resemblance to the hybrid between
Viola Brittoniana and emarginata, first found in the District of
Columbia, and figured in Rhodora (pl. 71) in 1906. It lacks,
however, the stoutness of that plant, and in its more slender
habit shows its relationship to Viola septemloba. The name
“ Viola emarginata Xseptemloba’’ has been previously used for a
hybrid between Viola emarginata and Viola Brittoniana by Ezra
Brainerd (Rhodora 8: 53. 1906). Dr. Brainerd at that time
regarded Viola Brittonitana as identical with the more southern
Viola septemloba, a position from which he has since receded.

VIOLA VILLOSA Walter

This southern species has not been previously reported from
Virginia. It is quite common near Gilmerton on bushy cut-over
land used as a pasture, the soil being very sandy (No. 5079,

April 19, 1913).

REVIEWS

Two recent works on the marine algae *

The publication, during the past summer, of Professor Bradley
Moore Davis’s studies of the marine algae of the Woods Hole
region marks an important forward step in the study of the
American algae. In the first part of this work the marine flora
as a whole and the various associations of species are discussed
from the biological or ecological point of view. After an in-
troductory chapter, the author discusses some of the factors

* Davis, Bradley Moore. A biological survey of the waters of Woods Hole and
vicinity. Part I. Section II. Botanical. General characteristics of the algal
vegetation of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound in the vicinity of Woods Hole.
Bull. Bur. Fisheries 31: 443-544. charts 228-274. 1913; Part II. Section IV.
A catalogue of the marine flora. Bull. Bur. Fisheries 31: 795-833. 1913.

Weber-van Bosse, A. Liste des algues du Siboga. 1. Myxophyceae, Chloro-
phyceae, Phaeophyceae, avec le concours de M. Th. Reinbold. Siboga Expeditie,
Monographie 59a: 1-186. f. 1-52+ 1. 1-5. S 1913. E. J. Brill, Leiden. 4to.

5

affecting the local distribution, such as the nature of the coast
and of the bottom in deeper water, the tides and tidal currents,
the effects of ice, depth of water, light, temperature and seasonal
changes, and salinity of the water. In the third chapter, the
characteristic algal associations and formations are described
and analyzed. A chapter of remarkable interest and value
concerns the algae of Spindle Rocks, a group of ten boulders at
one of the entrances to the ship channel at Woods Hole. The
flora of these rocks was under a more or less continuous observa-
tion during a period of fifteen months and the seasonal variation
in their flora is shown with great clearness by a series of eight
charts. It is to be hoped, as the author suggests, that this
record of interesting results may stimulate others to make
similar sustained and intensive studies of the flora of other
limited areas. The first part of Professor Davis’s paper closes
with an account of the distribution of the marine algae in the
deeper waters, the flora of certain inshore regions of peculiar
interest, and with a series of charts illustrating the distribution
of thirty-eight of the more common and characteristic species of
the region.

The catalogue of species, which comprises the second part of
Davis’s work, includes full details as to distribution and seasonal
occurrence and cites the specimens and records on which his
own records are based. The number of species recognized is
240. The nomenclature of the list is of the current sort. A
recent reviewer, Mr. F. S. Collins, has commended it as ‘“con-
forming to the Vienna Rules,’’* which is possibly true of it, to a
certain degree. However, as Mr. Collins himself has more re-
cently} hinted, the use of Farlow’s specific name Bornetiana for
our common Griffithsia is obviously in violation of the Vienna
Rules. It may be added that the specific name of our handsome
red alga currently known as Dasya elegans is evidently, under
the Vienna Rules, pedicellata, the type of the species being a
specimen from New York sent to the elder Agardh by John
Torrey. And Phyllitis, under the Vienna Rules and the Brussels

* Rhodora 15: 152. Ir Au 1913.
+ Science II. 38: 597. 24 O 1913.

6

Amendments, is the legal name for a genus of ferns and as such
is enjoying wide usage. A careful scrutiny would doubtless
disclose other less obvious and less well-known violations of the
Vienna Rules. But these are minor details and, rules or no rules,
the nomenclature adopted by Professor Davis has the great
and saving virtue of being readily intelligible.

Part I of Mme. Dr. A. Weber-van Bosse’s “Liste des algues
du Siboga,’’ which appeared in September last, includes the
Myxophyceae [Cyanophyceae], Chlorophyceae, and Phaeophy-
ceae. It is based chiefly on specimens obtained in the Dutch
East Indies in 1899-1900 by the scientific expedition under the
leadership of Professor Max Weber, of the University of Amster-
dam, the husband of the talented authoress of the “ Liste.”’
“Siboga’’ was the name of the Dutch cruiser used on that voyage
of exploration and the present paper is a part of one of the sixty-
six memoirs or monographs, for the most part already published,
in which the scientific results of this expedition are made known.
A part of the ground covered by the present ‘Liste’ has been
included in more detail by the general monograph of the genus
Halimeda by Miss E. S. Barton (Mrs. A. Gepp), constituting
monograph 60 of the Siboga series, the general monograph* of
the family Codiaceae by A. and E. S. Gepp, constituting mono-
graph 62 of the series, and preliminary papers by Mme. Weber-
van Bosse on Dictyosphaeria, etc. In addition to the material
secured by the Siboga Expedition, the present ‘“‘Liste’’ takes into
consideration also specimens “collected by Mme. Weber-van
Bosse in an earlier visit to the Dutch East Indies (in 1888) and
certain specimens sent to her by other collectors. The treat-
ment of the genera Boodlea, Cladophora, Cladophoropsis, Micro-
dictyon, Rhizoclonium, and Struvea, among the green algae, and
of Sargassum among the browns, has been contributed by Major
Th. Reinbold. His parts of the work are published in German,
while Mme. Weber’s are in French.

In the treatment of the Myxophyceae, written by Mme.

* Reviewed in Torreya II: 133-137. Je IgII.

7

Weber-van Bosse, one notes the proposal of several new species
and of one new genus, Herpyzonema, of the family Stigone-
mataceae.

The points of contrast between the marine flora of the East
Indies and that of the West Indies are perhaps nowhere more
obvious than in the order Siphonales of the Chlorophyceae. Of
the twenty-five species of the genus Caulerpa, here attributed to
the Dutch East Indies, ten occur also in the seas of tropical and
subtropical America. Among the Siphonales of West Indian
affinities, one notes that Acetabularia caraibica Kiitzing is main-
tained as a valid species. Through the courtesy of Mme. Weber-
van Bosse, the present reviewer,* about a dozen years ago, ex-
amined most of the original materials on which this species was
based and he expressed the opinion that they could not be satis-
factorily distinguished from Acetabularia crenulata Lamour.,
described forty years earlier, the type of this also coming from
the Antilles. This view of A. caraibica has since been adopted
by Mr. F. S. Collinst and by Dr. Bérgesen,t both of whom have
enjoyed good opportunities for knowing the West Indian plants
of this genus. The types of both of the alleged species being
West Indian, the question of their validity or identity is essen-
tially a West Indian rather than an East Indian question. Among
the Siphonales is a new genus Bryobesia Weber-van Bosse, first
published, however, two or three years earlier, but now illustrated
and described in more detail.

Among the Phaeophyceae, Madame Weber uses “‘TJlea (Fr.)
Nordstedt’”’ for the genus currently known as Phyllitis, which
name, as remarked in the preceding review, legally belongs to a
genus of ferns. The name J/ea was first used by Fries for a genus
of Chlorophyceae and as such is in current usage. Under the
prevailing European rules of nomenclature, the taking up of Jlea
for a genus of brown algae may possibly be justifiable, in spite
of the confusion that it would entail, but the earlier use of Jlea
in an entirely different sense happily forbids any such boule-

* Bull. Torrey Club 28: 331-333. I9g0T. :

+ The green algae of North America 378. 1909.
t The marine algae of the Danish West Indies 80, 81. 1913.

8

versement under the ‘rejection of homonyms’”’ principle of the
“American Code.’ It seems to the reviewer that Petalonia
Derb. & Sol. is the right name for the genus of algae commonly
known as Phyllitis.

Mesospora Weber-van Bosse is a genus of Ralfsiaceae, pub-
lished in a preliminary way a few years earlier, but now illus-
trated and more fully described.

Major Reinbold, in his treatment of the genus Sargassum,
recognizes forty-five species, of which three are proposed as new.
In striking contrast to the genus Caulerpa, the forty-five East
Indian species of Sargassum appear to include only one, S. baccif-
erum, that occurs also in the West Indian region. In connection
with S. bacciferum, the author, by the way, quotes J. Agardh’s
statement that attached and fructiferous plants of this species
occur “‘in rupibus extra New Foundland’’—a statement that,
in all probability, rests upon some sort of error.

This first part of the “Liste des algues du Siboga”’ is illustrated
by fifty-two text figures and five handsome plates. The appear-
ance of the second part of this important work, to include the
Rhodophyceae, will be awaited with much interest.

MarsHALL A. HOWE

Wilson’s A Naturalist in Western China*

When, in 1859, Asa Gray brought out his now famous paper
on the relationship of the Japanese flora to that of eastern North
America, it is doubtful if he realized how completely that idea
was to be supported by a man who was to explore the interior
of China more than fifty years later. As we now know, many
of the plants mentioned by Gray as of Japanese origin were only
introduced into Japan from China, and his paper must be
construed today as an attempt to explain the very close relation-
ship between the flora of eastern North America and eastern
Asia.

More than any living botanist, Mr. E. H. Wilson has made it

* Wilson, E.H. A naturalist in western China with vasculum, camera and gun.
With an introduction by C. S. Sargent. Vol. I. pp. i-xxxvii+i1-—251. Vol. 2.
pp. I-229. ror illustrations and map. New York. Doubleday, Page & Co. 1913.
Price $7.50.

9

possible for us to know something of the region in the hinterland
of China and the Thibetan frontier, his travels and collections
extending over a period of eleven years. Some idea of the extent
of his work will be gained by remembering that he has collected
some 65,000 specimens, comprising about 5,000 species, and sent
home seeds of over 1,500 different plants. Thousands of these
are now growing in England at Messrs. Veitch and Son’s and
an equal, or greater number, mostly woody plants, at the Arnold
Arboretum in this country. It is difficult to speak with restraint
of the importance of these additions to our cultivated plants,
and it is no exaggeration to say that Mr. Wilson’s plants
form the most important collection ever brought out of China.
Frequent scattered notices of these plants have appeared in the
Gardener’s Chronicle and the Botanical Magazine. Many of the
finer species, horticulturally, are already in the trade, mostly in
England, but some are to be had here. Of course, the most
complete collection of the woody plants is at the Arnold Ar-
boretum, but many private estates have some of them and there
is a collection of over 400 species now at the Brooklyn Botanic
Garden. The scientific results of these remarkable expeditions
have already appeared, in part, as Plantae Wilsonianae, published
at the Arnold Arboretum. Professor C. S. Sargent has con-
tributed to the present volume a technical introduction on the
relationship of the tree flora of China and eastern North America.
- It would be extraordinary if a traveller and botanist of such
accomplishments could not make an interesting narrative of his
journeys in this all but unknown country, and such the present
work proves to be. It isan intimate and personal account of the
author’s travels, especially in the vast province of Szechuan and
the Thibetan frontier, and the wealth of botanical information
is astounding. Very few of us realize the diversity and richness
of this temperate flora in western China (it is the richest in the
world) reaching its greatest profusion at, and westward of a
point, some thousand miles up the Yangste River (Mr. Wilson
says Yangste-Kiang is unintelligible to all the Chinese he has
ever met, and that the name is simply Yangste). No review
could do adequate justice to the botanical features of Mr. Wilson’s

10

book, the information is so much a part of the general text and
of such varied character. There are, of course, special chapters
on the medicinal plants, fruits, general economic products, timber —
trees, agriculture, gardens and gardening, and the tea industry.

Besides all the interesting data about plants and their products,
the author has been very much alive to all that was happening
during his travels, and there is a great deal of very interesting
narrative in connection with the people of this little known king-
dom. Particularly the Chino-Thibetan frontier country with
its all but unknown people has claimed considerable attention.
Their religions, mode of life and peculiar marriage customs are
very interestingly dwelt on. There are four chapters devoted
to sport, in which most of the animals and birds seen during the
trip are described. A concluding chapter gives, succinctly, the
causes and probable tendency of the present political unrest in
China, as they appeal to the author. There are over a hundred
splendid illustrations accompanying the text, nearly all of which
were taken by the author on the spot.

It is not too much to say of these volumes that they should be
read by all who are interested in botany, by every traveller or
one who hopes to travel in China, and that for the general reader
and merchant there is more information in attractive form about
western China than in any other work that comes readily to mind.

NORMAN TAYLOR

The American Breeders’ Magazine*

The American Breeders’ Magazine for the second quarter,
1913, announces important changes in the organization and
administration of the American Breeders’ Association. In regard
to the character of the magazine published by the association
for the benefit of its members, the announcement states in part
as follows:

“The desire of the new management is, briefly: to retain the
high standard of scientific accuracy which has made the magazine
valued in the past, but at the same time to present articles of

* The price of single copies is $.25. Membership is $2.00 a year. Address all
communications to American Breeders’ Association, Washington, D. C.

11

such a nature, and so well illustrated, that they will interest not
only those working in the particular field of which the article
treats, but all who desire to keep informed in an authoritative
way of progress made in plant and animal breeding and eugenics.”

The magazine will be issued monthly instead of quarterly as
hitherto.

This enlargement and improvement of The American Breeders’
Magazine is made possible only by a guarantee fund of $3,000
annually for three years pledged by members and friends of the
Association to cover possible deficits.

It is to be hoped that the increase in membership which the
~ work and the publications of the association warrant will make
the use of the guarantee fund unnecessary.

The number issued for October contains the following articles
illustrated by eleven full-page plates and one half-page plate:

Announcement of Reorganization of the Association.

New Citrous Fruits, by Walter T. Swingle.

Eugenic Immigration, by Robert DeC. Ward.

New Plants for Breeders, by David Fairchild.

Color Inheritance in Swine, by W. W. Smith.

Publications Received.

Report of Fourth International Conference on Genetics.

Association Matters.

Since the above was written, three further numbers of the
publication have appeared of which the first two complete volume
IV. The issue for January, 1914, bears the new title “‘The
Journal of Heredity,” and announces that the American Breeders’
Association is henceforth to be called the American Genetic
Association. These three issues under the new management
show marked enlargement and improvement, fully meeting the

plans announced in the preceding number.
Ae Bs SOUL

PROCEEDINGS TOF iH E CLUB
OCTOBER 29, 1913

The meeting of October 29, 1913, was held in the laboratory
of the New York Botanical Garden at 3:30 P.M., Dr. Marshall
A. Howe acting as chairman. Fifteen persons were present.

12

The minutes of the meeting of October 14 were read and
approved.

Dr. E. G. Arzberger, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington,
D. C., was nominated for membership.

Dr. H. H. Rusby on behalf of the committee to prepare a
suitable memorial of Judge Addison Brown submitted a bio-
graphical sketch which was, on the motion of Professor R. A.
Harper, referred to the board of editors for publication.

The resolutions relating to the death of Judge Brown and E. L.
Morris were ordered engrossed and sent to the families of the
deceased.

The first number of the scientific program was a paper on the
Ambrosiaceae.

Dr. Rydberg presented some preliminary remarks on the results
of his investigations of the family Ambrosiaceae of which he is
preparing a monograph for the North American Flora. His
work has been -confined to the Ambrosiaceae proper. This
group is represented in the eastern United States by the genera
Ambrosia and Xanthium. These two genera were the only ones
known to Linné when he wrote his Species Plantarum. The
characters distinguishing the two are the following:

In Ambrosia the bracts of the staminate heads are united. The
pistillate head contains usually only one flower and forms a bur
with a single beak which is 3- or 4-toothed at the apex and very
little oblique. The bur is armed with a single circle of small
straight spines. In Xanthiuwm the bracts of the staminate heads
are distinct. The pistillate head develops into a bur with nu-
merous hooked spines and two beaks which are very oblique at
the mouth and have only 2 lobes, of which the outer one is much
longer and usually hooked. The younger Linnaeus described
in the Supplementum Xanthium fruticosum, which disagrees
with the whole genus in having the bracts of the staminate heads
united as in Ambrosia.

Medicus claimed that the older Linnaeus had included this
species in Ambrosia, which statement has been impossible to
verify. Medicus in Act. Acad. Theod. Palat. 3:'247. 1775 dis-
cusses this species, still including it in Ambrosia, but suggests

13

that it may constitute a distinct genus. In 1889, in Philosophia
Botanica he actually proposed it as a genus, Gaertneria. Unfor-
tunately there is a Gaertnera of Schreber of the same year. In
1793, Cavanilles described the new genus Franseria. Most
authors have regarded Gaertneria of Medicus and Franseria of
Cavanilles the same. The genus has been known mostly under
the latter name. O. Kuntze was the first one in later years who
took up the older name Gaertneria, but he dates it from 1775 the
year when Medicus first discussed the species, but as he did not
propose a new name for it, but still retained the species in Am-
brosia, this cannot be regarded as publication; and Gaerineria
might be antedated by Gaertnera Schreber. However, a new
question arises.

The only character separating Xanthium and Franseria is the
distinct bracts of the staminate heads in the former and the united
ones in the latter. In one species of Franseria the bracts are
only united at the base and this character might not be generic.
In other respects the original Franseria is very closely related to
Xanthium, having many numerous and hooked prickles and 2-4
beaks on the fruit, of the character of those in Xanthium, while
the most species that have been included in Franseria are closely
related to Ambrosia. As stated before, Ambrosia has only one
beak that is scarcely oblique at the apex and usually 3-4-toothed.
This character is also found in two North American species of
Franseria, but all the other species have 2-toothed, very oblique
beaks as in Xanthium. Some have one beak, some two or even
as many as six or seven. The question is whether the number of
beaks, the number and structure of the spines are not just as
good generic characters as the number of series of spines and the
union or non-union of the bracts of the staminate heads. If such
combinations are made the genus Franseria should be divided into
several genera. Such species as Franseria acanthicarpa, tenu-
folia and bipinnatifida differ very little from Ambrosia, the
distinction being in consisting only of 2-4 series of spines instead
of single ones and an oblique 2-toothed beak. The general
habit is that of Ambrosia and the staminate heads essentially
identical. Such species as Franseria discolor and tomentosa are

14

also very close to Ambrosia, but the beaks are 2 or more. The
number of beaks corresponds also to the number of cavities in
the bur. Each cavity and beak contains usually only one pistil
but sometimes two. These species are closely related to the
original Gaertneria. In all these species the spines are rather
few, seldom 30, and either short and without any hooks at the
end, or else more or less flattened or channeled on the upper side.
The original species of Franseria on the contrary has numerous
spines and numerous series, the number of spines being over 100.
They are long and slender and hooked at the end, and the whole
fruit in structure agreeing with Xanthium.

The only one who has tried to make segregates in the genus is
Delpino, who proposed the genera Xanthidium, Hemixanthidium
and Hemiambrosia, but his arrangements cannot be followed,
because he included in Xanthidiwm the original supposed Fran-
seria and Gaertneria and applied the name Franseria to the I-
beaked species most closely related to Ambrosia. Besides the
name Xanthidium is preoccupied. _ Hemixanthidium was proposed
on a species which Delpino claimed had two kinds of pistillate
heads, the one kind described as the ordinary one, the other form
as found occasionally but as evidently caused by some disease.
His Hemiambrosia is based on the species which would be included
in Ambrosia.

There are two species of Franseria, however, that are very
peculiar in their structure, namely, F. eriocentra and F. Bryantt.
Both have a single beak which is scarcely oblique and with
several teeth.

The former has only one pistil, but the spines are in several
series and the plant is of quite different habit, otherwise the
plants could be included in Ambrosia. The most peculiar of all
is F. Bryantt, which also has a single beak, and the spines are
practically in a single series. According to these characters the
plant should be included in Ambrosia, but the bur contains
several pistils and is several-celled, although the beak is single
and the spines are enormously elongated, sometimes 2-3 cm.
long. If none of the other species of Franseria are regarded as
generic types, this one should. It is more distinct from Fran-

15

seria than from Ambrosia, but could not be included in the latter
genus.

Where the generic line should be drawn is hard to tell and
Dr. Rydberg was not prepared to give his final conclusions. It
is evident, however, that the treatment hitherto followed is not
satisfactory. Some of the species of Franseria could easily be
included in Ambrosia by modifying the latter genus a little.
Other species are on the other hand so closely related to Xanthium
that it is hard to draw any line, except the united bracts and the
staminate heads. It would be better to segregate the genus
_ Franseria into several than to leave it as it is, but where and how
to draw the generic line is hard to tell.

There is another genus of the same group, namely, Hymenoclea.
The structure of the pistillate head is essentially that of Ambrosia,
except that small spines of that genus have been replaced by
broad and thin wings. The beak is essentially of the same struc-
ture. In one species the wings are in a single series, but in the
other species there are some scattered wings below. In this
respect, the species stand to each other in the same relationship
as the genera Franseria and Ambrosia, but none of the species
have the beak of Franseria. There will be no good reason for
segregating them into several genera on account of the number of
series of appendages.

Why should the number of series be regarded as a good char-
acter in separating Franseria and Ambrosia? And then the
question arises, if all four genera in reality could not be regarded
as one. There seems to be no reason why they should not if
Franseria is left as it 1s.

Dr. Britton announced the approaching completion of Mr.
Norman Taylor’s studies on the local flora within 100 miles of
New York City, which have extended over several years, and
also the authorization of the publication of the results of this
work by the scientific directors of the New York Botanical
Garden. The greater portion of the investigation was accom-
plished during the period while Mr. Taylor was an officer of the
New York Botanical Garden, and has been completed during his
association with the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Dr. Britton

16

remarked on the preceding ctalogues of the local flora, including
the list prepared by Dr. Torrey, Dr. Eddy, and Mr. Knevals,
published by the Lyceum of Natural History in 1819, the list
prepared by Mr. Leggett and his associates, published in Volumes
1-6 of Bulletin, 1870-1876, and the catalogue of 1888, prepared
by himself with the aid of Mr. Stearns and Mr. Poggenburg.
Mr. Taylor’s work is much more elaborate than any of the pre-
ceding catalogues, as it contains keys for the rapid determination
of species, detailed citations of distribution, and of habitat,
together with statements of distribution by geological formations,
by altitude, and with relation to temperature and the length of
the growing season.

Mr. Otto Kunkel spoke of collecting rusts in the Adirondacks.
Dr. R. M. Harper gave a brief description of certain floral
features of northern Michigan. An abstract follows:

The biological station of the University of Michigan is located
in the wilderness on the shore of Douglas Lake, about 17 miles
south of the Straits of Mackinac. The lake covers seven square
miles, and has a varied and interesting flora along its shores.
The surrounding country is very sandy, and was originally
covered mostly with white pine forests, which were cut off about
thirty years ago, and have not reproduced themselves to any
considerable extent since, on account of too frequent fires.
There are small areas of hardwood forest, in nearly primeval
condition, and many swamps full of conifers of the traditional or
conventional narrow conical form, familiar in all parts of the
northern hemisphere where the snowfall is heavy. The abun-
dance of fleshy fruits in that neighborhood, which is near the
southern edge of the boreal conifer region, is noteworthy. They
occur in many different families, even including the Cyperaceae.

Adjournment followed.
B. O. DoncE,

Secretary
NOVEMBER II, I913
The meeting of November I1, 1913, was held at the American
Museum of Natural History at 8:15. President Burgess presided.
Twenty-four persons were present.

Ng

The minutes of October 29 were read and approved. Dr. O. E.
White, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, N. Y., was nomi-
nated for membership.

The scientific program consisted of an illustrated address on
“Spore Formation in the Slime Moulds,” by Prof. R. A. Harper.

Adjournment followed.

MiIcHAEL LEVINE,
Secretary pro tem.
NOVEMBER 26, 1913
_ The meeting of November 26, 1913, was held in the laboratory
of the New York Botanical Garden at 3:30 P.M. with Vice-
president Barnhart presiding. Twelve persons were present.

The minutes of November 11 were read and approved.

Dr. G. Clyde Fisher, American Museum of Natural History,
New York City, was nominated for membership.

On the motion of Dr. Murrill, the secretary was instructed to
accept the terms proposed by the De Felice Company in con-
nection with the engrossing of the resolution relating to the death
of Judge Addison Brown and E. L. Morris, such engrossing having
been authorized at the last meeting.

Dr. E. G. Arzberger, Dr. O. E. White and Dr. G. Clyde Fisher
were then elected to membership in the Club.

Dr. Murrill exhibited specimens of a species of Phellorina
collected near Laredo, Texas, by Dr. J. N. Rose in October, 1913.
He pointed out the relationship existing between this genus and
Podaxon and also spoke briefly of the family Podaxaceae, com-
prising ‘peculiar, stalked, puffball-like fungi inhabiting desert
places.

Mrs. E. G. Britton followed with the announced paper on
‘“Mosses of the Virgin Islands and Central America.”’

Mrs. Britton showed a collection of mosses made in the Danish
West Indies and the Virgin Islands during the month of Febru-
ary, 1913, and also a small collection from St. Kitt’s. She read
an account of the work done by J. Breutel in 1841 (quoted from
Urban’s Symbolae) on these islands and exhibited a collection of
specimens preserved in the Mitten Herbarium, which included
six species from St. Thomas and St. Jan, and six from St. Kitt’s,

18

including Hymenostomum Breutelii (C. M.) Broth. which is
common on St. Thomas. The collections of this year included
75 specimens, representing 26 species and 19 genera of mosses,
including 2 new species, one a small Phascum, collected on road-
side banks, near Charlotte Amalia and an undescribed species of
Hyophila from the Island of St. Jan collected by Dr. Britton and
Dr. Shafer.

Mrs. Britton also read by title, for publication in the Bulletin,
a report on some collections of Central American mosses sent
for determination from the National Museum including specimens
from Guatemala and Costa Rica, including also some specimens
from Honduras collected for the New York Botanical Garden by
Mr. Percy Wilson. These included 54 species representing 34
genera, with descriptions of a new species of Macromitrium and
a new genus Isodrepanium raised from subgeneric rank to include
two synonyms, with illustrations and specimens collected in
Jamaica, Central America and South America.

Mr. Taylor gave some account of the flowering plants collected
by Mr. Robert Cushman Murphy on the island of South Georgia
in the Antarctic regions. Specimens were exhibited, and one or
two illustrations also, from the work of Dr. Carl Skottsberg.

Adjournment followed.
B. O. DonceE,

Secretary
NEWS ITEMS

At the annual meeting of the New York Academy of Sciences
held December fifteenth, the following botanists ‘were elected
fellows of the academy: Oakes Ames, R. A. Harper, Wm. Mans-
field, W. A. Murrill and Norman Taylor. At the same meeting
Dr. N. L. Britton presented the name of Sir David Prain,
Lieut.-Col., director of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for
election as an honorary member of the academy. Dr. M. A.
Howe was elected a councilor for 1914-1916.

Professor F. L. Stevens; of Mayaguez, Porto Rico, has accepted
the position of professor of plant pathology at the University of
Mlinois. The appointment becomes effective February 1, and
thereafter Professor Stevens’s address will be Urbana, III.

19

Rev. Reuben Denton Nevius, D.D., died at Tacoma, Wash-
ington, December 14, 1913. He was born at Ovid, New York,
November 27, 1827, and was a graduate of Union College of the
class of 1849. He was a Protestant Episcopal clergyman and
missionary, and, it is said, had been instrumental in establishing
more than thirty churches and chapels in the Pacific Northwest.
As a botanist he was known for his work as a collector in Alabama,
Oregon, Washington, and Idaho. Asa Gray dedicated to him
the handsome rosaceous shrub Neviusia alabamensis, which is
known only from two localities in Alabama. Chenactis Nevii,
Mnium Nevu, Racomitrium Nevii, Sedum Nevii, and perhaps
other species commemorate his botanical interests. Dr. Nevius
is reputed to have possessed the best collection of diatoms in the
Northwest.

P. B. Kennedy, Ph.D.,’99, Cornell, professor of botany,
horticulture and forestry in University of Nevada College and
Experiment Station, has accepted a position with the University
of California as assistant professor of agronomy, beginning
January I, I914.

Mrs. Agnes Chase, assistant in systematic agrostology, U. S.
Department of Agriculture, has returned from Porto Rico where
she has been collecting and studying grasses for about two
months. Of the 123 species of grasses known from the island
she obtained all but three, and about 40 additional species.
Arthrostylidium sarmentosum Pilger, a climbing bamboo, known
only in the sterile condition, was obtained in flower.

Dr. Arthur Hollick, curator of paleobotany at the New York
Botanical Garden for many years, has resigned to accept the
position of curator-in-chief, of the Museum of the Staten Island
Association of Arts and Sciences, vacated by the resignation of

Mire G1 Pollard:

We regret to record the death of Mr. C. B. Robinson at the
island of Amboina announced in the daily papers at Christmas.
Details are as yet lacking and the date of his death is unknown.
He was collecting there for the Philippine Bureau of Science.

20

According to the Evening Post, George W. Hess, of the District
of Columbia, has been appointed Superintendent of the National
Botanic Garden to succeed C. Leslie Reynolds, who died recently.
Mr. Hess is forty-nine years old, and has been growing flowers
and trees since he was sixteen. For the last few years he has
resided in the South. Atarecent civil service examination he got
a rating of 100 per cent. on the growing of foreign plants, and 98
per cent. on general gardening.

At the annual meeting of the Club held Tuesday, January 13.
the following officers were elected for the coming year: Presi-
dent, R. A. Harper; Vice-Presidents, J. H. Barnhart and H. M.
Richards: Secretary and Treasurer, B. O. Dodge; Editor, A. W.
Evans and the following Associate Editors, Jean Broadhurst, E.
DD: Clark, J.-A. Harris, M.. A. Howe, H. M. Richards:cA] Be
Stout, and Norman Taylor. Dr. William Mansfield was elected
delegate to the council of the New York Academy of Sciences.

: ®
The Torrey Botanical Club
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
- gratuitous copies of the number of TorREyAin which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof.
~ Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor. The New Era: Printing Co., 41 North Queen

rey Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the followiae rates :

2pp 4pp —s- &pp 12pp 16pp 20pp

25 copies $.75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies 90 "1220 2-1. 70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 L555) 2 F295 2.55 2.90 3.20

2 s00-copies 1.70. 2.35 | 390-06 a9 4s 4.90 -
Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
- Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1913

Finance Committee __ *- Bield Committee
J. I. Kane, Chairinant SERENO. STETSON, Chazriman
RoperT A. Harper ;
Budget Committee ‘ Program Committee
-jJ. H. Barnuart, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman
N: L. Britton : Miss JEAN BROADHURST
ays O. DopdGE € Sruart Gacer 5°
M. A. Howe F, J. SEAVER
E. L: Morris
H. H.-Ruspy

Local Flora Committee
N..L. Britton, Chairinan

Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
UES PY BICKNEEL tr Mrs. E. G. Britron
N. L. Britton Puitie DOWELL

C2C Curris to Tracy Es HAZEN

K. K. Mackenziz > 2M. A? HowE

‘E. L. Morris W. A. Murri_i

NorMAN TAYLOR
epee se to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences

WILLIAM ees
* Died September 14, 1913.
{ Died February 1, 1913.

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN

-. A-monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 39 published in I912, contained 630 pages of text. ~
and 45 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,
14 shillings. Dulau-& Co., 37 Soho, Square, London, are,
agents for England. ear

Of former volumes, only 24—37 can be supplied entire ; cer- ‘
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollar
each; Vols. 28-39 three dollars each. ‘

Sinale copies (30 cents) will be furnished only hee not —
breaking complete volumes,

(2) MEMOIRS

The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregulas
intervals. Volumes 1~13 are. now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of.
Vol. 14 have been issued.. The subscription price is fixed at ~
$3.00 per. volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur- .
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and of
prices will be furnished on application.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New.
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.

Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
DR. BERNARD 0. DODGE
Columbia University

New ‘York City

Vol. 14 ‘ : February, 1914 No. 2

“TORREYA

A Monruty Journar oF Boranicat Notes anp News

EDITED FOR

THE. TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY
NORMAN TAYLOR
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
_ Two Additions to the flora of Louisiana: P. C. STaNDLEY......--.--.-. SE ESE, 21
Central American mosses: E. G. BriTTon and RS. WILLIAMS)... eeeteeeeee eee 24 —
‘Shorter Notes:
Winter changes in weeping willow : JEAN BROADHURST «2-..-:01..2-505000+ ene 3r-
» A new form of Pyrola bracteata: J. K. HENRY ..-.:eeeeeccs: pes es eee 32
“i Current Literature and Notes........ CA mee GCN apo Px Rao, Bos ene aa ae BUA 132

News Items ......2..ee.tee ee eee eee ete eats DBS Sa EAROA P na Pee ER AEE 37

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
At 4t NortH Queen STREET, LANCASTER, Pa.
ime By THE New ERA Printing Company

[Entered atthe Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter.]

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1914

President
R. A. HARPER, Pu.D.
Vice-Presidents
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
HERBERT M.. RICHARDS, S-D.

Secretary. and Treasurer

BERNARD O.: DODGE, Ph.D.
Columbia University, New York City

Li ditor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M-D., PH.D.

“Associate Editors -
JEAN BROADHURST, A.M. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D~

ERNEST D, CLARK, PH.D. | HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.
J. A. HARRIS PH.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, Px.D.

NORMAN TAYLOR

TorreyA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum ; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York. City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be .
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY’ BoTanicaL Cius, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City.

Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should
_ be addressed to ts |

NORMAN TAYLOR

* Brooklyn Botanic Garden
Brooklyn, N. Y.

TORREYA

February, Ig14.
Vol. 14 No. 2

TWO ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF LOUISIANA

By PauL C. STANDLEY*

Recently two plants were sent for determination to the U. S.
National Herbarium by Mr. E. C. Wurzlow, of Houma, Louis-
iana. Upon attempting to name them it was found that neither
was included in Small’s Flora of the Southeastern United States,
although, from what Mr. Wurzlow writes concerning them, both
deserve a place in any flora of Louisiana, being well established
and so large and showy as to be at once noticed by any botanical
collector. One of them, a member of the Acanthaceae, was sent
for identification te Dr. G. Lindau, of Berlin, well known as an
authority upon this group, who reports that it is the plant
described from Mexico by Nees as Cryphiacanthus angustifolius.
Since both plants received from Mr. Wurzlow are of considerable
interest it seems desirable to make some permanent record of
them. The data given below concerning disiribution and growth
in Louisiana are from copious notes kindly furnished by the
collector.

RUELLIA SPECTABILIS Britton

Cryphtacanthus angustifolius Nees in DC. Prodr. 11: 199. 1847,
not Ruellia angustifolia Sw. 1788.

Ruellia Tweediana Hemsl. Biol. Centr. Amer. Bot. 2: 508.
1882, not Griseb.

Ruellia spectabilis Britton, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 7: 192. 1893.
Nees based his description upon two specimens, the first from

Jalapa, Mexico, collected by Galeotti, the second from Entre

Rios, Argentina, collected by Tweedie. Grisebach, finding

that the two collections represented distinct species, named the
* Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution

[No. 1, Vol. 14 of TorREYA, comprising pp. I-20, was issued 27 January, 1914.]
PAA

GARDE

22

Argentina plant Ruellia Tweediana.* The specific name angusti-
folius being preoccupied under Ruellia, Dr. Britton in 1893
renamed Nees’s species Ruellia spectabilis, an appropriate name
since it is one of the most showy members of the genus.

Hemsley in the Biologia Centrali-Americana reports the plant
from Mexico as Ruellia Tweediana Griseb.?, citing only the
original collection by Galeotti. Dr. Lindau writes that few
specimens exist in European herbaria. In the U. S. National
Herbarium there is a single collection apparently referable here,
gathered by C. G. Pringle (no. 5043) on river ledges near Micos,
San Luis Potosi, Mexico, distributed as Ruellia Tweediana.

About Houma, Louisiana, this plant appears to be an escape
from cultivation. Mr. Wurzlow states that in his early boy-
hood his father imported a number of plants for cultivation
and that this is probably one of them. It is now more or less
common in Terre Bonne Parish, growing in cultivated and waste
ground, often along ditches, seeming to prefer moist or wet places
where it spreads rapidly from seed. It is also found within
enclosures but grows without any care, the plants being so attrac-
tive with their handsome flowers and showing so little tendency
to become troublesome weeds, that they are not looked upon
as intruders. They grow to a height of 3 or 4 feet, sending up
new stems every year from the rootstocks and flowering from
July to October. The stems, branches of the inflorescence, and
veins of the leaves are more or less tinged with purple. The
corollas are lilac or purple and very showy, being about 5 cm.
long. The leaves are narrow for the genus, being only 7 to Io
mm. wide, and 20 cm. long. ; |

The occurrence of Ruellia spectabilis in Louisiana is of parti-
cular interest because it must be rare in its native region, other-
wise so conspicuous a plant could not have been overlooked by
collectors. It does not seem to be frequent in cultivation for
it is seldom mentioned in literature.

S1PHONANTHUS INDICA L.
Siphonanthus indica L. Sp. Pl. 109. 1753.
Ovieda mitis L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 889. 1762.
* Symb. Fl. Arg. 259. 1879.

23

Clerodendrum Siphonanthus R. Br. in Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. 4:

Oy TSr2:

Clerodendrum indicum Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 506. 1891.

This is well known under the name Clerodendrum Sipho-

nanthus, but after a study of its synonymy it is evident that the
proper designation is Siphonanthus indica. In the Species
Plantarum Linnaeus published three genera that have usually
been combined as one, Clerodendrum. ‘These are Siphonanthus
on page 109, and Ovieda and Clerodendrum* on page 637, Ovieda
having precedence on the page.
A single species is published under each genus, these being
Siphonanthus indica, a well known plant of India, Ovieda spinosa
(Clerodendrum spinosum Spreng.), common in the West Indies,
and Clerodendrum infortunata, also from India. The first two
plants are generally placed in the section Siphonanthus Schauerf of
the genus Clerodendrum. The group of species included in this
section has some claim to rank as a genus, because of differences
in the form of the corolla from that of typical Clerodendrum, but
apparently recent authors have not separated it. It is apparent,
however, that if all the species commonly referred to Cleroden-
drum are to be combined in a single genus this must bear the
name Siphonanthus. The writer has not attempted to deter-
mine the desirability of separating Siphonanthus and Cleroden-
drum, since there can be no question, under the American code
of botanical nomenclature, as to the proper name for the plant
discussed here.

Linnaeus based his Szphonanthus indica upon the name Siphon-
anthemum, applied by the Russian botanist Ammann in 1739
to an Indian plant. The species is said to be common in India
and Java. In the U. S. National Herbarium there are Old
World specimens from Bengal and Upper Burma. It is common
in cultivation, especially in tropical and subtropical regions.
Bailey’s Cyclopedia of Horticulture gives the common name as
““Turks’ turban”’ and states that the plant is “hardy in Florida.”’
In the West Indies it has escaped from cultivation and become

* This name is usually given as Clerodendron, but Linnaeus always writes it

Clerodendrum.
7 In DC. Prodr. 11: 670. 1847.

24

established. Specimens are at hand which show that it occurs
in Guadeloupe, Martinique, and St. Croix, while Grisebach*
states that it is naturalized in St. Kitts, Trinidad, and Guiana.

Langlois in his Catalogue Provisoire de Plantes de la Basse-
Louisianej mentions a ‘‘ Clerodendron sipho’’ as introduced at
Point a la Hache, on the lower Mississippi. This is doubtless
the plant that has now become so well established in southern
Louisiana. Mr. Wurzlow writes that he has observed it for
many years, not only in Terre Bonne Parish, where it is very
common, but in other parishes of the southern part of the state.
It grows along roadsides, ditch banks, and fencerows, and in
cultivated ground to such an extent that it is regarded as a weed,
It is distributed by seed, but after the plants are established
they spread rapidly by rootstocks, forming large patches. Re-
peated cutting or destruction of the tops does not destroy it
when it invades cultivated fields. Although frequently seen
in neglected places about dwellings it is not known to be in
cultivation.

Prof. R. S. Cocks, of Tulane University, writes that so far
as he knows the plant was first collected in 1884 by Dr. Joor near
Baton Rouge. He further states that it occurs abundantly in
the vicinity of New Orleans and occurs more or less commonly

throughout southeastern Louisiana, especially in alluvial soils.
U. S. NATIONAL MusSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

CENTRAL AMERICAN MOSSES

By ELIZABETH GERTRUDE BRITTON AND ROBERT STATHAM WILLIAMS

1. Campylopus filifolius (Hornsch.) Mitt.
Guatemala: Alta Verapaz, 3330a, Maxon and Hay, 1904;
Alta Verapaz, 29, Cook and Doyle, 1905.
Costa Rica: Cartago, 506, Maxon, 1906.
2. Campylopus subleucogaster (C. Miill.) Jaeger.
Guatemala: Cubilquitz, 6652, H. von Turckheim, 1892.
Costa Rica: Vicinity of Coliblanco, 264, Maxon, 1906.

* RI, Brit. W. Ind. 500. 1864.
Tp.1I5. 1887.

25

3. Leucobryum antillarum Sch.

Costa Rica: Coliblanco, 227a, Maxon, 1906.

4. Syrrhopodon incompletus Schwegr.
Syrrhopodon Hobsont Hook. & Grev.
Syrrhopodon decolorans C. Miill.
Syrrhopodon Mohrianum C. Mill.
Syrrhopodon Sartori C. Miill.

Mexico: Liebman, Sartorius, etc.

Guatemala: Bernouille and Cario, Rio Pollochico, 3087, Maxon

and Hay, 1904.

Honduras: Rio Platano, 690, Wilson,. 1903.

5. Hyophila reflexifolia C. Miill.

Guatemala: Alta Verapaz, 411, Cook and Griggs, 1902.
6. Macromitrium Tonduzit Ren. and Card.

Costa Rica: La Palma, 481, Maxon, 1906.
7. Macromitrium palmense R. S. Williams sp. nov.

Pseudoautoicous: growing in deep tufts, the primary stems
creeping, bare, the secondary erect, branching, without radicles,
5 or 6 cm. high; leaves densely imbricate, spreading, crispate in
upper part; stem leaves 5 mm. long, linear-lanceolate, carinate,
serrulate about one half down, smooth throughout or with a few
low papillae on upper surface toward the base; excurrent costa
slightly denticulate; leaf cells below long and narrow, the median
in rows, about 6u wide by 10 to 12 long, with furrows between,
or sometimes scarcely elongate in less distinct rows, the upper
elongate, not in rows; perichaetial leaves a little shorter than
stem leaves with longer cells above and more abruptly narrowed
to the denticulate, excurrent costa; seta smooth, 1.5 to 2.5 cm.
high; capsule smooth or nearly so, globose-pyriform, about 1.5
mm. high with stomata in several rows near base; lid not seen;
peristome double, the outer of reddish-brown, densely papillose
teeth, divided scarcely one half down, the inner of about the
same height, a little paler, more or less irregularly divided;
calyptra without hairs, slightly rough at apex; spores slightly
rough, up to 35u in diameter.

In habit much like M. subcirrhosum but with median leaf cells
very different, leaf base scarcely papillose and costa distinctly
excurrent.

HABITAT: On tree trunk on open moist slopes.

TYPE LocaLity: La Palma, Costa Rica, 480, Maxon, May 6,
1906.

26

8. Macromitrium cirrhosum (Hedw.) Brid.
Guatemala: Alta Verapaz, 3125, Maxon and Hay, 1905.
9. Pohlia falcata (Besch.) Broth.
Guatemala: Volcan de Agua, 3706, Maxon and Hay, 1905.
10. Acidodontium megalocarpum (Hook.) Ren. and Card.
Guatemala: Alta Verapaz, 430, Cook and Griggs, 1902; .3290,
Maxon and Hay, 1905.
11. Rhizogonium spiniforme (L.) Bruch.
Guatemala: Alta Verapaz, 843, Cook and Griggs, 1902.
Costa Rica: Coliblanco, 263, Cartago, 499, Maxon, 1906.
12. Philonotis sphaerocarpa (Sw.) Brid.
Honduras: 487, Percy Wilson, 1903.
13. Philonotis uncinata gracilenta (Hpe.) Dismier.
Guatemala: San Felipe, 3550, Maxon and Hay, 1905.
14. Polytrichum antiularum Rich.
Polytrichum vernicosum Paris.
Guatemala: Baja Verapaz, 6930, von Turckheim, 1906.
Costa Rica: Coliblanco, 231, 337, La Palma, 423, Maxon, 1906.
15. Orthostichidium pentagonum (Hpe. & Ltz.) C. Miill.
Costa Rica: San José, 164, Cook and Doyle, 1903.
16. Squamidium macrocarpum (Spruce) Broth.
Costa Rica: Santiago, 82, Maxon, 1906.
17. Papillaria nigrescens (Sw.) Jaeg.
Guatemala: Chilion, Bernouille, 1867.
Costa Rica: San José, 146, Cook and Doyle, 1903; 146, Maxon,
1906.
18. Phyllogonium viscosum (P. Beauv.) Mitt.
Costa Rica: San José, E. S. Hyde, 1888.
Coliblanco, 236, Maxon, 1906.
19. Phyllogonium fulgens gracile Ren. & Card.
Costa Rica: San José, E. S. Hyde, 1888; Santiago, Aman
Breues, I90OI.
20. Neckera Ehrenbergu C. Miill.
Guatemala: Volcan de Agua, 3716, Maxon and Hay, 1905.
21. Porotrichum sp. ? (young plants too small to name).
Costa Rica: La Palma, 384a, Maxon, 1906.
22. Entodon stenocarpus (Br. & Sch.) Jaeg.
Costa Rica: San José, 165, Cook and Doyle, 1903.

27

23. Fabronia flavinervis C. Mill.

Guatemala: San Felipe, 3508, 3510a, Maxon and Hay, 1905.
24. Fabronia polycarpa Hook.

Panama: Between Salanca and Chiquin, O. F. Cook, 1905.
25. Pilotrichum bipinnatum (Schwer.) Brid.

Guatemala: Alta Verapaz, 500, Cook and Griggs, 1902.
26. Isodrepanium (Mitt.) E. G. Britton gen. nov. Fig. 1.

Fic. 1. Isodvepanium lentulum (Wils.) E. G. Britton.

Lepidopilum Sect. Isodrepanium Mitt. Journ. Linn. Soc. 12: 369.
1869.
Among our Jamaica collections we have fine specimens of a
moss which we had difficulty in referring to any genus known
to us from the West Indies and this difficulty still remains for

28

according to Brotherus* it cannot be a Homalia because the
leaves have porose cells and although they are ecostate they are
not entire and hence do not fit with Euhomalia or Spathularia.
According to Mitten this has been described as a subgenus of
Lepidopilum with one species L. membranaceum (C. M.) Mitt.
charaeterized by its equally falcate, scythe or scimitar-shaped
leaves. There is but one species, but it is listed in three genera
in Paris Index, as Homalia, Lepidopilum and Neckera. The
identity of these species has been determined by consulting type
material of each and as the fruit has not been described we give
the following characters:

Iscdrepanium (Mitt.) E. G. Britton gen. nov.

Plants occasionally a foot long, pendent on trees. Stems
slender, regularly pinnate or bipinnate, branches I-14 cm. long.
Leaves glossy, imbricate, falcate, acuminate, serrate, ecostate;
cells porose. Dioicous. Seta 4 cm. long, slender, flexuose;
capsule nodding-ovoid; peristome double, without cilia.

Type species: Homalia lentula Wils.

Isodrepanium lentulum (Wils.) E. G. Britton new combination.

Homalia lentula Wils. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 20: 379. 1847.

Hookeria membranacea C. M. Syn. Musc. 2: 200. 1851.

Lepidopilum membranaceum Mitt. Journ. Linn. Soc. 12: 369.
1869.

Neckera falcifolia R. & C. Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. 32: 184.
1893.

Homalia membranacea C. M. Hedwigia 37: 266. 1808.

Neckera lentula Broth. in E. & P.-Pfl. 13: 842. 1906.

Stems pendent, irregularly branched, reaching a maximum of
30 cm. in length with branches pinnate or bipinnate, often IO-15;
cm. long; leaves glossy green, crowded, flexuose, I.5 mm. long,
falcate-acuminate, ecostate; apex recurved; margins unequally
and finely serrate; base oblique, unequal, slightly auriculate on
one side, basal cells yellow, enlarged, all femur-shaped and
porose, with thick walls. Perichaetial leaves longer pointed,
almost entire. Dioicous. Seta 4 cm. long, slender, flexuose,
red; capsule 2-3 mm. long, ovoid, horizontal; peristome double,
yellow; teeth trabeculate, with narrow projecting lamellae,

* KE. and P. Pflanzenfam. fasc. 226: 847. 1906.

29

slender and papillose at apex; endostome paler, smooth, seg-
ments carinate and perforate, cilia none; walls thickened, cells
small, irregularly hexagonal; spores smooth, 16-18 pw. Lid and
calyptra not seen.

TYPE LOCALITY: Port Royal, Jamaica. ‘‘Mc Nab.”

DisTRIBUTION: High Mountains of Jamaica, Morce’s Gap,
John Crow Peak, New Haven Gap and Sir John and Summit,
St. Catharine’s Peak; Cuba, Sierra Maestra and Mt. Torquino;
Porto Rico, Luquillo Mts.; St. Vincent, H. H. Smith; Barbadoes,
Parker; Trinidad, Criiger. Guatemala, Alta Vera Paz, H. von
-Turckheim 1149, Cook and Griggs 512, with fruit. Costa Rica,
Pittier 9642; New Granada and Mt. Abitana, Andes of Quito,
Spruce 740.

Funck and Schlim, 370 from Caracas, Venezuela, is not this
species but a true Homalia.

Homalia glabella (Sw.) Mitt. with which it has been confused
by Mitten also has its type locality in Jamaica but that species
grows on rocks, in shade, is a smaller plant, with nearly simple
branches, obtuse or shortly apiculate leaves which are shortly
bicostate and without porose cells. Its distribution is from
Jamaica, Porto Rico to Guadeloupe, and from Mexico and
Guatemala to Costa Rica.

27. Callicostella pallida (Hornsch.) Jaeg.

Guatemala: Alta Verapaz, 388, Cook and Griggs, 1902.
28. Callicostella Oerstediana C. Miill.

Guatemala: Rio Pollochico below Panzos, 3086, Maxon and

Hay, 1904.
29. Harpophyllum aureum (Lam.) Spruce.
Costa Rica: La Palma, 400, Maxon, 1906.
30. Hypopterygium Tamarisci (Sw.) Brid.

Costa Rica: Santiago, 116, Coliblanco, 338, Maxon, 1906.
31. Helicophyllum torquatum Brid.

Guatemala: 3538, Maxon and Hay, 1905.

32. Rhacopilum tomentosum (Sw.) Brid.
Rhacopilum latistipulatum Cardot
Rhacopilum angustatum Sch.; Besch.
Rhacopilum tomentosum longe-aristatum C. Miill.

Nicaragua: Volcan Mombacho, 2367, Baker, 1903.

30

Guatemala: Alta Verapaz, Cook, 1905; San Felipe, 2536,
Maxon and Hay, 1905.
Costa Rica: Santiago, 89, Maxon, 1906.
33. Thuidium miradoricum Jaeg.
Costa Rica: Cartago, 499a, Maxon, 1906.
34. Miitenothamnium Langsdorfi (Hook.) Cardot
Costa Rica: La Palma, 384, Maxon, 1906.
35. Mittenothamnium megapalmaium (C. Mill.) Card.
Guatemala: Alta Verapaz, 325, Maxon and Hay, 1905.
36. Mittenothamnium nicaraguense (Broth. ined.) E. G. B. comb.
nov.
Nicaragua: Volcan Mombacho, 2501, 2514, Baker, 1903.
37. Mitienothamnium reptans (Sw.) Card.
Costa Rica: Coliblanco, 339, 348, La Palma, 372, 374, Maxon,
1906.
38. Mittenothamnium Salleanum (Besch.) Card.
Guatemala: Godman and Salvin in Hb. Mitt.
39. Mittenothamnium substriatum (Mitt.) Card.
Mexico: (Found without collector or locality in Hb. Mitt.)
Det. by Max Fleischer.
40. Ectropothecium apiculatum (Hornsch.) Mitt.
Guatemala: Alta Verapaz, 93, 258, 383, Cook and Griggs, 1902.
Costa Rica: Finca Navarro, 619, Maxon, 1906.
41. Ectropothecium globitheca (C. Miill.) Mitt.
Nicaragua: Volcan Mombacho, 2368, 2520, C. F. Baker, 1903.
42. Ectropothecium pseudo-rutilans (C. Miill.) Paris
Nicaragua: Volcan Mombacho, 2366, C. F. Baker, 1903.
43. Isopterygium miradoricum (C. Miill.) Jaeg. (ex descriptio)
Guatemala: Puerto Barrios, 3072, 3076, 3078, Maxon and
Hay, 1904.
44. Isopterygium pusillum Ren. & Card.
Honduras: Puerto Sierra, 506, P. Wilson, 1903.
Costa Rica: La Palma, 371, Maxon, 1906.
45. Isopterygium trichopelma (C. Miill.) Paris
Costa Rica: Coliblanco, 250, Maxon, 1906.
46. Taxithelium planum (Brid.) Mitt.
Honduras: Puerto Sierra, 507, 556, P. Wilson, 1903.
Guatemala: Alta Verapaz, 3216, Maxon and Hay, 1905.

dL

47. Vesicularia amphibola (Spr.) Broth.

Guatemala: Alta Verapaz, 410, Cook and Griggs, 1902.
48. Vesicularia vesicularis (Schwegr.) Broth.

Guatemala: Mazatenango, 3494, Maxon and Hay, 1905.
49. Pterigonidium pulchellum (Hook.) Broth.

Honduras: Puerto Sierra, 499, P. Wilson, 1903.

Guatemala: Puerto Barrios, 3066, Maxon and Hay, 1904.
50. Sematophyllum caespitosum (Sw.) Mitt.

Costa Rica: Santa Clara, 604, 611, Cook and Doyle, 1903.
51. Sematophyllum galipense (C. Miill.) Mitt.

Honduras: near Puerto Sierra, 290, P. Wilson, 1903.
52. Sematophyllum Lindigu (Hpe.) Mitt.

Costa Rica: Coliblanco, 244, 265, 336, 346, Maxon, 1906.
53. Lrichosteleum fluviale (Mitt.) Jaeg.

Guatemala: Puerto Barrios, 3077, Maxon and Hay, 1904.
54. Trichosteleum microcarpum Brotherus.

Sematophyllum microcarpum Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 493.
1869, in part.

Nicaragua: Volcan Mombacho, 2497, C. F. Baker, 1903.

In Mitten’s herbarium we find a specimen labeled Leskea micro-
carpa “fl. Ind. occ. Swartz. Hb. Hooker.’’ This must have been
a manuscript name of Swartz, because it does not occur in his
flora Indiae occidentalis, as stated. It is evidently the type of
Sematophyllum microcarpum Mitt. which he placed in the section
Trichosteleum (p. 492), but it does not agree with other species
of this genus, because although there are occasional small obscure
papillae on a few of the young leaves, most of the leaves are
entirely smooth and the specimen agrees with Sematophyllum
xylophilum Mitt. (1. c. p. 490) to which it must be referred as
a synonym.

SHORTER NOTES

WINTER CHANGES IN WEEPING WILLOW.—Since reporting the
upward winter movement of the slender branches of the weeping
willow tree* in front of the Columbia University Library, I have
looked in vain for another tree showing the same curious phe-

* The Weeping Willow in Winter, Torreya 10: 38, 1910.

32

nomenon. As described then, in December, the drooping twigs
(on all but one of the main branches) curl up until each twig
reaches a position above its point of origin, and the tree has a
round-topped, bristly appearance. The writer will be much
indebted to any one contributing observations, photographs, etc.,
of a willow tree showing similar changes; dates of the observed

changes are also desirable.
JEAN BROADHURST

A NEw Form oF PyroLa BRACTEATA.—P. bracteata Hook. var.
Hillii. var. nov. Stem and flowers as in the species; leaves
wanting. Dry woods, Mayne Island, British Columbia.

Mr. Albert J. Hill, M.A., who collected the plant several years
"ago, says it is not rare in the above locality. It is quite distinct
from P. aphylla Smith by its long bracts; and from P. aphylla
var. paucifolia Howell by its calyx lobes, which are half as long

as the petals.
J. K. HENRY

VANCOUVER

CURRENT LITERATURE AND NOTES

Howarp, C. Les Zoocécidies des Plantes d’ Europe et du
Bassin de la Médtterranée. Tome III, Supplement 1909-1912;
pp. 1249-1560. 1567 figures, 3 plates and 8 portraits. Librairie
Scientifique, A. Herrmann et Fils: Paris. 10 Fr. This most
excellent work, the third and supplementary volume of which
has just appeared, is a model for a similar work on our American
cecidia. This third volume contains brief, clear descriptions of
1,317 species of galls distributed among 149 genera of gall
makers and in 92 families of host plants. The species are grouped
with reference to the taxonomic order of the host plants on which
they occur but zoological and botanical indices makes the work
very valuable for both entomologist and botanist. A very
unique system of abbreviation on the margins of the pages
indicate the location of the gall on the host plant and its geo-
graphical distribution. The illustrations are mostly line draw-
ings but are of such character as to greatly facilitate the deter-

Do

minations of the species. One of the most interesting parts of
the work is the treatment of 16 galls on cryptogams. The work
closes with a bibliography of 204 titles.

This line of work which has received so much attention in
Europe has been greatly neglected in America, but with the
increasing interest in evolution, biochemistry, physiology and
plant pathology the time is not far distant when it must become
one of our most interesting and productive lines of botanical
research. It is a field in which our American botanists must
soon follow the lead of their European colleagues. However,
it is unfortunate that in both Europe and America, the myco-
cecidia have received much less attention than the zoé-cecidia.

MeL T. Cook

Hawkins, L. A. The influence of calcium, magnesium and
potassium nitrates upon the toxicity of certain heavy metals toward
fungus spores. Physiological Researches 2: 57-92, 1913. Mr.
Hawkins has shown that, in certain cases, the effect of a toxic
salt on the germination of the conidia of Glomerella cingulata
may be influenced by the addition to the medium of calcium,
magnesium or potassium nitrate. For the combination of Cu-
(NOsz)2 with Ca(NOs)2 and of Zn(NOs)2 with Ca(NOs). and
Meg(NOs)2, he has shown that this effect is not due to the forma-
tion of undissociated double salts. He has also shown that it is
not due to the depression of the ionization of the toxic salt. The
salts which he tested, given in the order of their toxicity, are as
follows: Cu(NOs)s, CuSOsu, Pb(NOs)e, Al(NOs)3, HNOs, Zn(NOQOs)o,
Ni(NOs)o, Mg(NOs)s, Ca(NOs)o, and KNOs.

L. O. KUNKEL

Hans Kniep, Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Hymenomyceten I, II.
Zeitschrift fiir Botanik, 5: 594-637. Au 1913, reports another
effort to discover the origin of the binucleated cells in the hy-
menomycetes. The work, as the title indicates, is divided into

two parts. The first is devoted to a study of a new species,
' Hypochnus terrestris Kniep. The author traces the development
of this form from spore to spore and shows that there are no
sexual organs or their equivalents. The spore prior to germina-

34

tion becomes binucleated. The germ tube and subsequent cells
are all binucleated. The nuclei divide conjugately. He holds
that these forms of fungi are reduced types rather than primitive
ones.

The second part is devoted to a cytological study of the life
cycle of Coprinus nychtemerus Fr. He studied the germination
of spores of this species and found that the cells of the germ
tube are uninucleated, binucleated and more rarely multi-
nucleated. He also reports the presence of clamp connections
in which he discovered peculiar structures resembling nuclei. As
to what the significance of these bodies is Kniep is not clear.
He argues that the clamp connections serve no other purpose
than to facilitate the transportation of food stuffs. Mycelial
cells in later stages are uninucleated and binucleated. He holds
however that the binucleated condition does not become fixed
until the formation of the carpophore. The nuclear phenomena
in the basidium are similar to those reported by other observers.
He finds eight chromosones in the first division. Kniep was
unable to find secondary nuclei in the basidium.

MiIcHAEL LEVINE

Mottiscu, H., Ueber den Einfluss des Tabakrauches auf der
Pflanze. Sitzb. Wien Akad. Mat. Nat. Kl. 120 Abt. 1: 3-30,
813-838, + 2 pls. 1911, takes up the question of the effect of
tobacco smoke on plants grown under greenhouse conditions.
Seedlings of Vicia sativa, Pisum, Cucurbita Pepo, etc., were grown
in water cultures, covered by a bell jar of 4 L. capacity and 1-3
puffs of cigar or cigarette smoke passed under the jars. Excellent
photographs illustrate the striking results. Growth in length
is practically stopped in the plants subjected to smoke; they
commonly show a greater stem-diameter, however, than the
controls. If the seedlings are grown in porous flower pots the
results are similar for about the first three days, then the smoked
plants begin to grow rapidly—a result attributed to the absorp-
tion of the injurious substances by the soil and pot.

Similar effects were obtained with the smoke of paper, wood,
straw. Using singly various of the constituents present in
tobacco smoke, it was found that nicotine is quite without effect,

35

carbon monoxide leads to results similar to those obtained with
tobacco smoke, etc. Molisch considers the data inadequate,
however, for determining what constitutes the effective ingredient
or ingredients of tobacco smoke.

Older plants generally are much less affected by tobacco
smoke than seedlings. A number of specific peculiarities are
encountered, however. In Goldfussia glomerata lenticel forma-
tion is induced; Syringia vulgaris, Rosa, etc., shed their leaves
(spring time) after about two days’ exposure to tobacco smoke.

W. G. M,

Plant Breeding in Scandinavia. By L. H. NEwWMANN. Pub-
lished by the Canadian Seed Grower’s Association, Canada
Building, Ottawa, Canada. Price $1.00 net (cloth $1.50). The
plant breeding station of The Swedish Seed Association at Svaléf
is now generally recognized as one of the foremost stations in the
world for the practical and scientific breeding of the cereals.

Mr. Newmann has recently spent about nine months at
sval6f where he studied the methods of work and examined the
various printed and private records of the investigations. This
personal experience enables him to perform a distinct service in
presenting the work of the station in book form to English reading
students.

The main divisions of the volume are as follows: I, Introduc-
tion; II, The Swedish Seed Association (general résumé); III,
The System of plant improvement at Svaléf and its development;
IV, The composition of a race of cereals and its variability; V,
Practical application of principles now recognized in cereal
breeding at Svaléf; VI, Methods of work in cereal breeding at
Svaléf; VII, Summary of work done with different crops and
results obtained (wheat, barley, pease, clovers, grasses, and
potatoes); VIII, Appendix; IX, Literature cited.

A brief synopsis of the points that are of special interest can
be grouped under the following heads:

Methods and Results
The method of ‘‘mass selection” is still used in maintaining
purity of sorts, and as preliminary to ‘‘line culture’’ and hybridi-
zation.

36,

Pedigree culture or line breeding on a large scale is a main
method. In pure lines there are no hereditary variations, and
“no correlations between botanical characters and industrial
qualities.’’ Value of pure lines determined only by the yielding
tests. This sort of line breeding isolates superior biotypes.

Artificial hybridization—An important method in scientific
breeding. Importance at Svaléf considered as based on the Men-
delian conception of alternative inheritance and the recombina-
tion of unit characters. It is followed by careful line breeding
of hybrid progeny.

Vanability

No progressive mutations in cereals have appeared at the
Sval6f station.

Variations in cereals are largely due to natural nahi ricliee ee
Aberrant forms in grains are often cases of segregation in the
progeny of heterozygotes.

Acclimatization is due to regrouping of factors in a heer
zygous population. The stronger combinations survive.

Hereditary variations may be continuous where different
combinations of different units are such that gradations in a
given character result. Continuous hereditary variations are
possible but are considered as based on the chance combination
of independent units (or fractions of a unit) which ultimately
form a multiple factor.

In regard to the practical and theoretical study of variations,
the work with potatoes at Svaléf is proving of special significance
as the potato is propagated vegetatively in what is essentially a
pure line. In the five years that potato breeding has been in
progress “continuous selection of desirable hills and tubers”
has resulted in improvement.

In criticism it may be noted that this sort of continuous
hereditary variation is not to be explained on the basis mentioned
above and suggests that a Mendelian conception of continuous
hereditary variations is of doubtful validity. Infact much of the
data presented concerning variation not only in the vegetative
reproduction of potatoes but in the sexually reproduced cereals

37

suggests that the interpretation in terms of unit factors may be

a rather gross analysis.
TNA BSS

Two works have just appeared of interest to taxonomiscs and
some other botanists. The last supplement of Index Kewensis
brings this indispensable work down to the end of 1910, and in-
cludes citations to thousands of species and near species described
during the four years that have elapsed since the previous
supplement. There are more than two thousand species of
- Hieracium cited, and as to Crataegus and other prolific genera
an equally astonishing number of new names are listed. A new
departure is the failure to italicize what the authors of the work
consider untenable names, in the present volume, although they
have indicated their preferences in this regard.

A supplement has also been issued by Dr. Carl Christensen,

of the Index Filicum.
NE

NEWS ITEMS

We quote in part, from the following letter of Dr. E. D. Merrill
in regard to the death of Dr. C. B. Robinson, noted in TORREYA
for January: ‘‘Dr. Robinson was murdered on December 5, 1913,
about 8 miles from the town of Amboina by six Mohammedan
natives of the island of Boeton. The island of Amboina is
entirely pacific, and there has been absolutely nothing to fear
from the inhabitants of that island. Dr. Robinson’s voluminous
progress reports make no mention whatever of any difficulties
with the natives, and the idea that harm might result has never
been entertained by ourselves in Manila, by Dr. Robinson him-
self, or by the Dutch officials in Amboina. The coincidence of
these six Mohammedans coming from the distant island of
Boeton, their meeting with Dr. Robinson on one of his botanical
excursions, and his resulting murder were matters that could
not be foreseen and could not be guarded against. . . . The results

38

of his work in Amboina will not be lost, for his collections, notes,
etc., are intact, and are being forwarded to Buitenzorg, whither
I shall probably go to receive and care for them. However, no-
body but Dr. Robinson can do justice to the work of correlating
the collections with the plants described and figured by Rumph,
although his progress reports, very extensive and detailed, prob-
ably over 60,000 words, will help to clear up many points.”’ An
account of Dr. Robinson’s life and work will appear in an early
number of the Bulletin.

The following new appointments of members of the gardening
staff at Kew are quoted in Nature from Kew Bulletin: Mr. G.
S. Crouch, to be assistant director of horticulture in the Egyptian
department of agriculture; Mr. T. H. Parsons, to be curator of
the Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya, Ceylon, in succession
to Mr. H. F. Macmillan, who has been appointed superintendent
of horticulture in the department of agriculture, Ceylon; Mr.
C. F. Allen, to be curator of the Botanic Garden, Port Darwin,
Northern Territory, South Australia, in succession to Mr. N.
Holtze, deceased.

At the meeting of the American Phytopathological Society
recently held at Atlanta the following officers were elected:
President, Dr. Haven Metcalf, Washington, D. C.; Vice-president,
Dr. Frank D. Kern, State College, Pa.; Counsellor, Professor
H. R. Fulton, West Raleigh, N. C.

Dr. J. C. Arthur and Mr. F. D. Fromme of Purdue University
are spending the month of February ona botanical trip to the
southwest. They will visic a number of localities in Texas, New
Mexico and Arizona where certain species of Uredinales, whose
life histories are incompletely known have been previously col-
lected.

Mr. E. H. Wilson, whose recent book on western China was
reviewed in ToRREYA for January, has gone to Japan for a two
years’ collecting trip.

ue
ie hies

ie yanuies

hehe aL pal

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
gratuitous copies of the number of Torreya in which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof.

Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor. The New Era Printing Co., ar North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates :

2pp App Spp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $ .75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies -90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1:15 fo 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each. ;
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees were appointed in 1913

Finance Committee t Field Committee
J. I. Kane, Chairman SERENO STETSON, Chatrman
Ropert A. HARPER

Budget Committee Program Committee
J. H. Barnwart, Chairiman Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman
N. L. Britton Miss JEAN BROADHURST
B. O. DopGE _ C. SruaRT GAGER
M. A. Howe. * F. J. SEAVER
E. L. Morris
H.-H. Russy

Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chawiman

-Phanerogams: - - Cryptogams:
E. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E. G. BRITTON
N. L. Britton Puitip DOWELL
C. C. Curtis Tracy E. Hazen.
K. K. MAcKENZIE M. A. Howe

-_E, L. Morris W. A. MurriLy

“NorRMAN TAYLOR

Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
WILLIAM Nees

OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE ?

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

(1) BULLETIN

A monthly Souranl devoted to general botany, etablishede

i 870. Vol. 39 published in 1912 , contained 630 pages of text —

and 45 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum., For Europe, ~
14 shillings. Dulau & Poe 37 Soho Square, London, are
agents for England.

Of former volumes, only. 24—37 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire Sou.
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
_ Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each ; Vols. 28-39 three dollars each. ;

Sind copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not ?

breaking complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS

The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregulas ;
intervals. Volumes 1-13 are now completed ; Nos, 1 and 2 of

Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at re:

$3.00 per volume in advance. The’numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual pepe and e
prices will be furnished on application.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- ;
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred - ‘miles: of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.

ee respondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to =e
DR. BERNARD O. DODGE.
Columbia University |

New York City

- March, Igl4 No. 3

‘ORREYA |

a Monrary Journar OF Por aascar Notes and News

EDITED FOR _
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
me 8 : BY |
NORMAN TAYLOR
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
Saute fossil leaves and their significance: FE. W. HUMPHREYS..........:0sceseesee sere eee 30
1913 Notes on the flora of Copake Falls, N.Y. : SERENO STETSON.«.-.0+.2+-;-+5 Bee 42
wo British Columbia Notes < J: K. HENRY..e-0cyidessstscesccesesgeeccbocecpeeesereeeeen! AS
Reviews : : ;
“Steven’s Fungi which cause disease: E,W. OLIVE. ..:.c0.cscstcepeseereee ety eceees 46
_ > Harper’s Report on Alabama Forests: S. J. RECORD ..:6c0-:0:e1essteseeeee sere a7
- Proceedings of the: Club. 52s as A Olas ah igh ee eR Pe ee eee. 49
News Ftems: 2)... 5 .0051:. Gun drain pa en aries ans FES ge ia PERE ee ES ey oti 50
: vw ; Lae sae
pore: PUBLISHED FOR. THE CLUE
i At 41 NortTH Queen STREET, LANCASTER, Pa.
we BY THe New ERA PRINTING Company

3
“[Eaterea atthe Post Office at Lapcaster, Pa., as second- class matter. |

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR ‘1014.

President
R, A. HARPER, Pu.D.
Vice-Presidents
-JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD 0. DODGE, Ph.D.
Columbia University, New York City

Editor

ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Pu.D.
2 Associate Editors

JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D_

ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu.D. _ HERBERT M.: RICHARDS, S.D.

J. A. HARRIS Pu.D. ARLOW.B. STOUT, Pu.D.
: : NORMAN TAYLOR

Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and

Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To Se

subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or —
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing -
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only -
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
‘furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER; TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
‘easter, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. ©
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should on

be addressed to |

NORMAN TAYLOR

Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
Brooklyn, N. Y¥,

tviy

aver keh a

TORREYA

March, Ig1!4.
Vol. 14 No. 3

SOME FOSSIL LEAVES AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE

By EpWIN W. HUMPHREYS

Anything that will shed light, however feeble, upon the life

processes of the past in their relation to those of the present is

always of interest; hence, when certain abnormal fossil leaves

-are found which show the same aberrations that living ones of,

apparently, the same genus possess, that fact seems to be worthy
of record.

In the American Naturalist for 1907,* there are three articles
on the development of pinnate leaves as shown by examples of
arrested development in mature leaves of living plants. The
occurrence of similar forms among fossil leaves and their sig-
nificance is the subject of this paper.

In Lesquereux’s Flora of the Dakota Groupt two specimens
of fossil Rhus leaves (Rhus Powelliana Lesq.) are figured, in one
of which, reproduced on plate A, fig. I, a, the terminal leaflet
has reached a stage of development similar to that shown by
the terminal leaflet of the living Rhus glabra L. (pl. A, fig. 1, 0).
The other (pl. A, fig. 2, a) shows a stage like that of the sumac
leaf depicted in pl. A, fig. 2, b. There is, however, a more ad-
vanced stage of development portrayed in the leaf represented
in pl. A, fig. 1, a, for some of the lateral leaflets are lobed; one of
them, in fact, showing a distinct leaflet. In this case, the primary
leaflets seem to exhibit a tendency to become pinnate, thereby
foreshadowing the formation of a bipinnate leaf. Fig. 1, c isa
drawing of a portion of a leaf of Rhus glabra L. showing a similar
stage of development.

There is another species of fossil Rhus, R. Uddeni Lesq. (pl. A,

*F, T. Lewis, Am. Nat. 41: 431, 701, 817. 1907.

7 Mon. U. S. Geol. Survey 17: 155. pl. 506, figs. 4-5. 1892.
[No. 2, Vol. 14, of TorREYA, comprising pp. 21-38, was issued 9 February, 1914]

39

40

fig. 3), from the Dakota Group* which shows a lobed terminal
leaflet. This species has a petiole that is partly winged, suggest-
ing Rhus copallina L.

Thus, there would seem to be two species of fossil Rhus leaves
whose method of development was similar to that of the living
Rhus glabra L. and Rhus copallina L. and, therefore, basifugal.

Another species which presents an interesting example of
arrested leaf development is Negundo triloba Newb.} (pl. A, fig.
4, a) from the Fort Union Group. This leaf has a lobed terminal
leaflet that is almost wholly split off, suggesting a basifugal
tendency such as can be found in the living Acer Negundo (pl. A,
fig. 4, 5).

In the same work (pl. 30, fig. 2) a specimen of the fossil species
Sapindus membranaceus Newb., is figured, which shows a lateral
leaflet completely split from the terminal one (pl. B, fig.1,a@). An
investigation of the specimens of Sapindus in the herbarium of the
New York Botanical Garden revealed some leaves of Sapindus
saponaria L. in which the terminal leaflet had split to form a new
lateral (pl. B, fig. 1, 6). Here again is a case of a living form
and a fossil form of apparently the same genus developing their
leaves in the same way.

In Fontaine’s Potomac or Younger Mesozoic Florat several
leaves are figured whose affinity to Sapindus is indicated by the
generic name Sapindopsis. Certain leaves of this genus, belong-
ing to two different species (S. variabilis Font. and S. magnifolia
Font.) exhibit lobed terminals in various stages of development
(see pl. B, figs. 2,a and 2,06). In fact, a short though incomplete
series of the figured leaves of Sapindopsis variabilis Font. might
be arranged to show the successive steps in the formation of the
lateral leaflets from the terminal leaflet.

A further search of paleobotanical literature and of duplicate
specimens of fossil plants would doubtless disclose many other
interesting examples.

* Mon. U.S. Geol. Survey 17: 154. pl. 57, fig. 2. 1892.

+ Newberry, Mon. U. S. Geol. Survey 35: 115. pl. 31, fig. 5. 18098.

t Mon. U. S. Geol. Survey, 15: 297, pl. 151, figs. 2, 3; pl. 152, figs. 2, 3;

pl. 153, fig. 2; pl. 154, figs. I, 5; pl. 155, fig. 6: 208, pl. 151, fig. 1; pl. 152,
figs. 1-4; pl. 153, fig. 3; pl. 154, figs. 2-4; pl. 155, figs. 2-5. 1889.

41

It had been hoped that similarity in development might serve
as an aid in the identification of fossil leaves of the forms dis-
cussed. That is to say, if the fossil pinnate leaf did not develop
in a manner similar to its nearest living relative, it would furnish
a warning to review the identification. Goebel,* however, states
that “. . . the course of development in nearly allied plants
varies, for example, in pinnate leaves it is sometimes acropetal
and sometimes basipetal.’’ It is, however, suggestive that in
two of the cases here noted, Negundo and Sapindus, the lobing of
‘the terminal leaflet was first noticed in the fossil species and that
this resulted in a successful search for similar examples among
the related living forms.

The unsymmetrical outline of certain terminal leaflets from
which a lobe has split, such as is well shown in the terminal
leaflet on pl. B, fig. 1, a, does, however, offer a suggestion to
those engaged in identifying fossil leaves. Should such a fossil
leaflet, minus its lobe, be preserved alone, the tendency would
likely be to regard it as a simple leaf, rather than as a leaflet
of a compound leaf. Hence, in endeavoring to determine the
probable relationship of any such unsymmetrical leaf, it might
be advisable to consider whether or not it could be a leaflet of a
compound leaf.

Briefly then the leaves under discussion show: (1) that like
forms of leaves, of arrested development, occur in certain species
of living and fossil plants of the same genus; (2) that these forms
indicate that similar methods of leaf development took place in
each of them; (3) that if ‘‘nearly allied”? plants may develop
their leaves in different ways, it follows that the mode of develop-
ment is of questionable value to paleobotanists in identifying
forms of arrested development among fossil pinnate leaves; (4)
that in identifying simple fossil leaves of the form of the terminal
shown on pl. B, fig. 1, a, if the lobe were not preserved, it might
be advisable to view it as a possible leaflet of a pinnate leaf.

* Organography of Plants, authorized English edition, pt. 2, p. 330. 1905.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

Plate A

Fig. ta. Rhus Powelliana Lesq. showing lobed terminal leaflet, and on the
right a lobed lateral. On the left is a lateral from which has split a secondary
leaflet.

Fig. 1b. Rhus glabra L. showing lobed terminal leaflet similar to that shown
in fig. za.

Fig. tc. Two lateral leaflets of Rhus glabra L. On the left a secondary
lateral is shown, on the right a lobed lateral.

Fig. 2a. Rhus Powelliana Lesq. showing lobed terminal.

Fig. 2b. Rhus glabra L. showing terminal leaflet like that in fig. 2a.

Fig. 3. Rhus Uddeni Lesq. showing lobed terminal leaflet.

Fig. 4a. Negundo triloba Newb. showing a terminal leaflet lobed on the left
side.

Fig. 4c. Acer Negundo L. showing lobe similar to that in fig. ga.

Plate B

Fig. ta. Sapindus membranaceus Newb. showing lateral leaflet split from
terminal leaflet.

Fig. 1b. Sapindus saponaria.L. showing terminal leaflet from which a lateral
leaflet has split.

Fig. 2a. Sapindopsis variabilis Font. showing lobed terminal leaflet.

Fig. 2b. Sapindopsis magnifolia Font. showing lateral leaflet split from
terminal.

1913, NOTES ON THE FLORA OF COPAKE FALLS) Nese

By SERENO STETSON

The growing season at Copake during the past year came fully
up to expectations. On account of the comparatively little
snow that fell during the winter months (1912-13) some concern
was felt for the spring flora, but a visit on April 22 allayed all
fears in that direction. There was a profusion of young growth
and Tussilago Farfara L., Trillium erectum L., Sanguinaria
canadensis L. with numerous representatives of Vzola were
flowering in large numbers, and there was no sign of the herb-
age in general having suffered from the failure of the snow
blanket.

The next visit covered May 17 and 18 and furnished several
surprises. While working the western slopes of Cedar mountain

Plate A. See explanation, page 42.

Plate B. See explanation, page 42.

43

at an altitude of 1,300 feet a large colony of Cypripedium parvi-
florum var. pubescens (Willd.) Knight was discovered. A rough
estimate would place their number at sixty and in the course
of scouting the area the surrounding deciduous woods were
found to contain numerous scattered plants of Cypripedium
acaule Ait. These stations are’ entirely new and are not the
ones referred to in Torreya 13: 126. The inaccessibility of
the location nodoubt accounts for their uninterrupted propa-
gation.

Descending by way of the ravine through which runs Cedar
‘brook a search was made for a colony of Trientalis americana
(Pers.) Pursh which had been noted some years before. It was
found growing in profusion, stretching up and down the brook
on either side for a considerable distance. Polygala paucifolia
Willd. was also present in great numbers, and was somewhat of
a surprise as it has never been known on this side of Bash-Bish
brook.

Dr. B. O. Dodge, of Columbia University, who was present on
this occasion, reports having collected numerous interesting
specimens of fungi.

The following day was spent in the swamps to the west of
the railroad. ' Iris versicolor L. was in full bloom and _ fairly
covered the semi-dry portions, and the remains of Menyanthes
trifoliata L., long gone to seed, were visible everywhere. Large,
beautiful specimens of Lupinus perennis L. grew along the rail-
road and a dry ridge, near by, was literally yellow with dwarfed
specimens of Krigia virginica (L.) Willd., the tallest measuring
only 3 cm. in height.

The final visit for the year commenced on August I9 and
continued until September 7. This is undoubtedly the most
interesting season of the year at this place and furnishes the
greatest number of plants to the botanical student.

The accompanying photograph of Gentiana quinquefolia L.,
was taken September 5 while exploring the wooded slopes of
Cedar mountain and attracted the writer’s attention on account
of its unusual leaf arrangement. It will be noticed that they
are borne in whorls of three throughout the plant. There is no

44

mention in any of our manuals of any species of Gentianacez
growing in this climate whose leaves are anything but opposite
and a thorough search of the herbaria of both the New York
Botanical Garden and the Brooklyn Botanic Garden failed to

Fic. 1. Unusual leaf arrangement in Gentiana quinquefolia L. Copake Falls, N. Y.

reveal another specimen of similar phyllotaxy. The writer would
be glad to hear from anyone knowing of another case.

A trip made on the western slopes of Bash-Bish mountain
September 3 brought to light four plants which had not been
noted in this region before. Soon after the start the red berry-

45

like annular disk of the American yew, Taxus canadensis Marsh,
was noted. These increased in number at the higher altitudes,
occurring in depressions or very damp shaded spots. Ina large
stand of deciduous trees a number of specimens of Habenaria
hyperborea (L.) R. Br. were collected. One of these is an espe-
cially beautiful specimen, very tall and straight, with about
thirty-five blossoms on it. A surprise was furnished in finding
Hypericum punctatum Lam. in a damp, shady situation. H.
perforatum L. is very common throughout this region but of the
many times in years gone by that a search had been made for H.
punctatum it has never been located in this vicinity until now.
In the descent a number of specimens of Aster acuminatus Michx.
were picked up, growing among some dense, wet underbrush
alongside a “‘trickle.’”’ These are apparently confined to this
mountain as a search of the woods north of Bash-Bish brook
failed to disclose another specimen.

In closing it would be well to correct an error in Mr. S. H.
Burnham’s Supplementary List of the Plants of Copake Falls,
N. Y., published in ToRREYA for September, 1913. The legend
attached to my photograph in Torreya 13: 127 is correct.
Lookout Rock is in Massachusetts and next the state line. The
view is directly west toward the Hudson River and shows the
“Gap” referred to for its entire distance in New York State.
Sunset Rock is a very different spot situate on a high promontory
directly overlooking the valley shown in the distance and about
two miles due northwest of Lookout Rock.

NEw YORK

TWO BRITISH COLUMBIA NOTES
By J. K. HENRY

RHODODENDRON ALBIFLORUM Hook.

The flowers of this beautiful shrub are always described as
white. My specimens from the Selkirks and the Coast Range,
B. C., and Mt. Ranier, Wash., are white. One day last summer,
however, on a mountain side at Roger’s Pass in the Selkirks, I
found one plant on which the three anterior petals had a few
yellow dots towards the base of the segments. On the mountains

46

opposite Vancouver City this form is common, but the spots are
orange. I therefore propose—

R. albiflorum Hook. forma poikilon f. n.

The three anterior petals spotted towards the base with yellow
or orange.

SOME COROLLA FORMS OF CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA L.

At Field in the Rockies, and at Revelstoke in the Selkirks
many forms of this species occur. The variations in the corolla
at once attract even the casual observer. Forms with funnel-
shaped corollas (C. dubia A. DC.) grow side by side with the
forms characterized by the round base. Ordinarily there is no
difficulty in distinguishing the plants. A striking white-flowered
form of C. dubia was observed at Revelstoke. Miss Farr, in her
catalogue for this region, based in part on Macoun’s Catalog of
Canadian Plants, mentions only C. petiolata and C. rotundifolia.
There is also a form at Field with campanulate corollas broader
than long—20-23 mm. broad, 14-16 mm. long; but I have seen
too few plants to form an opinion as to the validity of the form.
The funnel-form corollas are also sometimes as broad as long,
or even broader.

VANCOUVER

REVIEWS

Steven’s Fungi which Cause Plant Disease *

As stated in the preface, this volume is intended to introduce
to the student the more important cryptogamic parasites affecting
economic plants in the United States, with sufficient keys and
descriptions to enable the student to identify them. The book is
in fact rather unique in respect to these keys, and is apparently
intended to be supplemented by the author’s Diseases of Econ-
omic Plants or by other available books on plant pathology,
since in the volume before us but little cognizance is taken of
the pathological effects on the host or remedial measures.

The readily available keys should undoubtedly prove exceed-
ingly useful to students of plant diseases. Of perhaps even

*F.L. Stevens. The Fungi which Cause Plant Disease. Pp. vii-ix + I-754
f. 1-449. The Macmillan Company. New York. 1913. Price, $4.00.

47

greater value to plant pathologists are the voluminous citations
and bibliographies, together with the abundant illustrations,
which include at least one for each genus of importance in the
United States.

With the present vigorous prosecution of the study of plant
diseases, it is obviously inevitable that a book of this nature
should be out of date in some subjects the moment it leaves the
hand of the printer. But this hardly excuses the utter disregard
in a few places of researches of a number of years’ standing, such
as those on Monascus, and those on Puccinia graminis by Pritch-
ard. It is, further, very unfortunate that poor proof-reading
should mar the text in other places, such, for instance, as on p.
80, where the past tense is used instead of the present; on p. 112,
“Bot. Gaz.’ for bot. Ges.; on p. 142, ‘‘conidial’’ instead of
conical; on p. 143, ‘““unknown on,” apparently for known only
on; on p. 391, ‘Key to species,’ instead of Key to assignment
of species. On p. 366 is shown a rare instance of poor selection
of illustration. Each cell of the teleutospore should obviously
have but one basidium. A few of the illustrations might be
made more effective if labelled more clearly; such, for example,
as figs. 77, 100, 173, 174, 249, 383 and 662.

These defects fortunately detract but little from the great
value and usefulness of the book, and there can be no doubt of its

hearty welcome by plant pathologists.
E. W. OLIVE

Harper’s Report on Forests of Alabama *

This is an exceptionally valuable report since it not only con-
tains a vast amount of information about the forests of Alabama
but has it classified and arranged according to geographical
divisions of the state. This method has very decided advantages
over general descriptions, though it requires an extensive and
detailed knowledge of local conditions to be followed satis-
factorily.

* Harper, Roland M. Economic Botany of Alabama. Part I: Geographical
Report, Including Descriptions of the Natural Divisions of the State, their Forests
and Forest Industries, with Quantitative Analyses and Statistical Tables, Mono-
graph 8, Geological Survey of Alabama, University, Alabama. June, 1913. Pp.
228; map and 63 half-tones.

48

In this report fifteen main divisions are recognized and some
of them are subdivided into two or three. The divisions fall
naturally into two classes, namely, the hill country or mineral
region covering about two fifths of the state, and the coastal
plain region. The latter is poor in minerals, water power, and
mountain scenery, but rich in agricultural and timber resources.
The line between them is called the ‘‘fall line,’ because most of
the rivers which cross it have falls there.

The regions comprising the hill country are: (1) Tennessee
valley; (2) coal region, northern and southern portions; (3)
Coosa Valley; (4) Blue Ridge; (5) Piedmont. Those comprising
the coastal plain group are: (6) central pine belt; (7) black
belt; (8) Chunnennuggee Ridge; (9) post oak flatwoods; (10)
southern red hills; (11) lime hills; (12) limesink region; (13)
southwestern pine hills; (14) Mobile delta; (15) coast strip.

In describing each geographical division the same general
plan is followed, though the amount of space devoted to each
varies with the character of the country. The main headings
are: Location, area, and external relations; references to previous
literature; geology and soils; topography and hydrography;
climate; forest types; fire; list of trees (with relative abundance
and habitat of each); economic aspects, such as density of
population, relative area of forests and clearings, status of stock
laws, changes in relative abundance of certain species, principal
forest products and wood-using industries. The location and
boundaries of the different divisions and subdivisions are shown
on amap. The text is supplemented by sixty-three half-tone
illustrations from original photographs. An excellent bibliog-
raphy of Alabama geography is included.

The author has decided views concerning the effect of fires
on longleaf pine, and, as they are somewhat at variance with
ideas held by foresters generally (based on experience with
other types of forest), it may prove of interest to quote him.
Among other things he says:

“In general the effect of fire in a forest is to keep down under-
brush and trees with thin bark or low branches, and thus favor
the growth of trees with thick bark and clear trunks, such as

49

most of the pines. It also returns quickly to the soil the potash
and other mineral substances accumulated in fallen leaves, but
drives off the inorganic matter which would otherwise make the
soil more nitrogenous. It may destroy some insects which would
otherwise injure the trees. . . . (It) does very little harm to
the longleaf pine after that reaches the age of four or five years.

“Tt can be safely asserted that there is not and never has
been a longleaf pine forest . . . which did not show evidences
of fire, such as charred bark near the bases of the trees; and
furthermore, that if it were possible to prevent forest fires
absolutely the longleaf pine—our most useful tree—would soon
become extinct. For where the herbage has not been burned
most of the pine seeds lodge in the grass and fail to germinate,
and if the oaks and other hardwoods were allowed to grow
densely they would prevent the growth of the pine, which
cannot stand much shade, especially when young.

“At the present time most of the fires in the pine woods are
set purposely, to burn off the dead grass and improve the grazing.
This practice has been repeatedly denounced by persons who
have spent most of their lives outside of longleaf pine regions,
but really the only just criticism of it that can be made is that
it is done too often.”

There are two other parts of this report contemplated: “ Part
II, a catalogue of the trees and shrubs, with their distribution
and economic properties; Part III, the medicinal plants, the
weeds and useful or noxious plants not included in the preceding
parts.” SAMUEL J. RECORD

YALE FOREST SCHOOL

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB

DECEMBER 9, I913
The first regular meeting for the month of December was held
on the ninth at the Museum of Natural History at 8:15 P.M.
President Burgess presided. Sixteen persons were present. The
minutes of November 26 were read and approved.
The announced program for the evening was an illustrated

50

lecture by Dr. M. T. Cook on “Peach Yellows and Methods of
their Control.’’ Professor Cook briefly traced the history of
the disease from the earliest times to the present. He showed
that whereas the problem was formerly considered a trivial matter
it is now recognized as one of the most profound subjects which
presents itself to the plant pathologist. The peach yellows and a
closely related disease, little peach, are of considerable menace
to the peach growing industry in the east. This is due to the
fact that these diseases cannot be detected in their earlier stages
and consequently nurserymen and growers are continually
propagating by budding from infected stock.

A most peculiar phenomenon is the appearance of the external
morphological symptoms of peach yellows in trees that have been,
injured, girdled, or neglected. The leaves become leathery,
curl, and usually fold at the midrib. The blossoms appear
earlier and likewise the fruit. The infected peach is generally
speckled and insipid. The one character which enables the
horticulturalist to make certain the presence of peach yellows
is the witches-broom effect of the twigsin winter. This character
is absent from trees suffering from injury or little peach disease.

At present there is no cure for peach yellows or little peach,
and the only remedial measures taken to prevent the spread of
the diseases are quarantine, and the destruction of infected trees.
Dr. Cook hopes that within a short time he will be able to give
the nurserymen and growers simple tests for detecting the
diseases in their earlier stages.

Meeting adjourned. MICHAEL LEVINE,

Secretary pro tem.

NEWS ITEMS

Dr. Britton, accompanied by Mrs. Britton, Mr. John F. Cowell,
Director of the Buffalo Botanical Garden and Mr. Frank E.
Lutz of the American Museum of Natural History, sailed for
Porto Rico on February 7 to continue studies of the botany and
zoology of that island in codperation with the New York Academy
of Sciences. The party will make Mayagiiez a base of operations

51

for explorations in western Porto Rico, and the islands of the
Mona Passage, planning to return to New York about March 16.

An American Botanical Exchange Bureau has been started
by Mr. G. L. Fisher, 901 Pease Avenue, Houston, Texas. It
serves a very useful purpose as a medium of exchange for herba-
rium specimens of American and foreign plants. Further informa-
tion may be had from Mr. Fisher.

Dr. C. A. Schenck, who founded the Biltmore Forest School
in 1898 and has been in charge of it ever since, announces the
discontinuance of the school and his appointment to a position
in the government forest service in Germany.

Yale University has just completed a new laboratory of
botany and zodlogy. The building is an imposing structure of
brown sandstone, erected at a cost of about five hundred thousand
dollars, and has been named after the donor, Mrs. C. J. Osborn.
It is constructed in the shape of an L, one wing being devoted
to botany, the other to zodlogy. The botanical wing, three
stories in height above the basement, contains eight large
laboratories, a smaller laboratory for graduate students, a small
lecture hall, numerous private rooms, rooms for mycological
and photographic work, and a capacious herbarium and museum
. room. In the angle between the two wings is a large auditorium
with a seating capacity of three hundred. It is expected that
in the near future a plant house with facilities for experimental
work will be added.

Dr. Lazarus Schéney, for some time a member of the Club,
died at Coney Island on February 18. He was a Fellow of the
New York Academy of Sciences and a member of numerous other
scientific bodies. He was born at Budapest, October 18, 1838.

Professor W. W. Bailey, for many years the head of the depart-
ment of botany at Brown University, died at Providence, R. L.,
on February 20. The Evening Post writes, in part, as follows:
“Professor Bailey was the son of Prof. Jacob Whitman and Maria
Slaughter Bailey. He entered Brown University in 1860, and in
1862 became a private in the Tenth Rhode Island Volunteers.

-He returned to Brown and was graduated in 1864. He received

52

the degree of Ph.B. in 1873, that of A.M. in 1893 from that
university. He studied botany at Columbia in 1872 and at
Harvard Summer School in 1875, 1876, and 1879. In 1866 he
was an assistant in chemistry at the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, and from 1867-68 he was the botanist of the United
States geological survey of the fortieth parallel. During the
latter year he became Deputy Secretary of the State of Rhode
Island, and from 1869-71 he served as assistant librarian of the
Providence Atheneum. He taught botany in private schools in
Providence, and in 1877 he became an instructor at Brown.
From 1881-1906 he served as professor of botany at tH€ same
university, and since the latter date he has been professor
emeritus. Professor Bailey was a member of the second board
of visitors to the United States Military Academy in 1896, and
in 1902 a delegate to the centennial of the United States Military
Academy. He was a director of the Providence Atheneum,
1900-3; a member of the International Society of Botanists,
the New England Botanical Club, the Rhode Island Horti-
cultural Society, the Boston and Newport Societies of Natural
History, the Torrey Botanical Club, the New York Micro-
scopical Society, Phi Beta Kappa, having been president of the
Rhode Island Alpha, 1903-5, Sigma Xi, president of Brown
chapter, 1903-4. He was also a member of the G. A. R., the
Sons of the Revolution, the Society of American Wars, the
Council of the Agassiz Association, and an honorary member of
the Rhode Island Medical Society.”” Professor Bailey was born
at West Point, N. Y., on February 22, 1843. He was the author
of many books and articles.

The ‘‘second circular” of the Fourth International Botanical
Congress, to be held in London in 1915, has appeared. It is
taken up by a discussion of the nomenclature questions to be
brought up at the Congress. Among these are to fix the starting
point for the nomenclature of Schizomycetes, Schizophyceae
(excepting Nostocaceae), Flagellatae and Bacillariaceae; and the
compilation of lists of ‘“‘genera conservanda’”’ for fungi, lichens,
Bryophyta, and of a double list of such genera for paleobotanists.
After bewailing the fact that nomenclature has occupied most

5d

of the attention of the congresses since the Paris meeting in 1900,
the incorrigibly optimistic committee close their circular thus:
“Tt is highly desirable from all points of view that this work
should be completed in London in 1915, and should cease to
occupy the International Botanical Congresses. We therefore
urgently beg botanists in general, and cryptogamists and palaeo-
botanists in particular, to examine carefully these points which
still require consideration, and to formulate their propositions
in such a manner that nothing may be left over for 1920.”
Further information may be had from Dr. A. B. Rendle, British
Museum, Cromwell Road, London, S. W. The Rapporteur
Général is Dr. J. Briquet, Director of the Botanical Garden at
Geneva.

We learn from Science that The Mendelian Society of Vienna
has celebrated the thirtieth anniversary of Mendel’s death by
opening a new institute devoted to research in heredity.

Dr. E. East, of the Bussey Institution, Harvard University,
delivered a lecture at the Academy of Music, Brooklyn, on Sat-

urday, February 28, on “The evolution of the modern ear of
corn.”’

According to the Evening Post Miss Edna Dwinel Stoddard
has been promoted from instructor to assistant professor of
botany at Smith College.

We learn from Science that Dr. Ludwig Diels, of Marburg, has
been appointed associate professor of botany in the University of
Berlin, and assistant director of the Botanical Garden and
Museum.

®

_ The Torrey Botanical Club
- Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
_ gratuitous copies of the number of Torreya in which their papers
i appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof.

Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor. The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates :_

eae, : . 2pp 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp
_ 25 copies» $.75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies .90 1.20 1270225 =3.20 2.50 . 2.85
100 copies . - 1.15 1.55 / 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90. 3.75. 4.35 4.70
Covers > 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

- The following Committees have been appointed for 1914

- Finance Committee. Field Committee
at's H. Barnaart, Chairman SERENO STETSON, Chairuzan -
“Miss C. C. Haynes :
Budget Committee Program Committee
_ J. WH, Barnuart, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Brirton, Chairman
N. L. Brirron Miss JEAN BROADHURST
B. O. DoncE C. SruarT GAGER
-M. A. Howe. ; F. J. SEAVER
A. W. Evans
H.-H. Russy

Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chairman

Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
E. P. BickNELL /.- Mrs. FE. G. Britton
N. L. Brirron ~~ Puitre DOWELL
C.-C. Curtis Tracy E, Hazen

K. K. Mackenzie : M. A. Howe
NorMAN TAYLOR © “ W. A. Murriby

__ Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
eS WILLIAM MANSFIELD

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

TORREY BOTAN cae ‘CLUB

ite : BULLETIN ©

A raentby journal devoted to eG hoeate. establigned.

1870. Vol. 40 published in 1913, contained 712 pages of text
and 26 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. _ For Europe,

14 shillings. Dulau & Co., ay. Sele Square, London, are,

agents for England,

__ Of former volumes, only 24-40 can be Sipolied entire ; cer :
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire ae OS

_ of some. numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.

Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published ptice of two dollars —

each; Vols. 28-40 three dollars each.

Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not ~

breaking complete. volumes.

(2 5) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at neoulae

intervals. _ Volumes 1-13 are now completed ; Nos..1 and 2 of ee €
Vol. 14 nage been issued. The subscription price is fixed vate 7

~ $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be. pur-

chased singly. A list of titles of the individual parce and of! 6 ae

prices will be furnished on application.

8) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri: Z
dophyta reported as growiug within one hundred ASI eabor Nea

: York, 1888. — Price; $1.00.

Corr espondence: tne to the abou publications should De
addressed to os
DR. BERNARD O. DODGE

Columbia University:

New York City « :

i. ex Le April, 1514 : ‘No. 4
de A Monruty Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News

eee

“EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
ee ieee oe BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

gd JoHN TORREY, 1796-1873

ar ep I o> CONTENTS
The International Phytogeographic Excursion in America: G. E. NICHOLS....-....++- 56

List of Plants Collected on the Stekansoa Anderson Arctic Expedition, 1908-1912
P. A. RYDBERG 65

+ rah New Genus from Missouri : Kennets ROSA ACR RIAs Sn soetice spec p eee peaaeeee 67
: Shorter Notes _ | ;

_ Bergson and the Biometrical Method : Jean BROADHURST ...-000+e 020004 Be .. 68

a ereannss of es Walgett coehy wicandeterssqs depetvnessayensensenacscacntesdzetecees 69
"News Items eerie AN Gla ee: EM cia fons es ears piers Dagar

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
At 41 Nortu QUEEN STREET, LANCASTER, Pa.
By Tue New Era Printing CoMPANY

[Entered atthe Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter-]

‘THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1014

President ; yy ees
R. A. HARPER, Pu.D. pate
Vick- Presidents
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D. ;
HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D. | aE A

; (2
Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD O.- DODGE, Ph.D.
Columbia University, New York City

: Er
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Pu.D.

Associate Editors

JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. : MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.

J. A. HARRIS Pu.D. ARLOW BY STOUT, PH.D.
~ NORMAN. TAYLOR

Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or

express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City ae 7

banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any.
other local.checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only

for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be). :

furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan~<
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City.

| Matter for publication, and books and pps for review, should
be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR

Bpeokiyn Botanic Gard en =
Braduiyny N. ‘YY.

TORREYA

April, 1914.
Vol. 14 No. 4

THE INTERNATIONAL PHYTOGEOGRAPHIC
EXCURSION IN AMERICA*

By GEORGE E. NICHOLS

During the summer of 1913 it was the privilege of the writer
to participate in the International Phytogeographic Excursion
in America. This excursion was organized and conducted by
Professor H. C. Cowles, of Chicago, to whom too much credit
cannot be given for his careful planning and efficient leadership.
The personnel of the party included ten Europeans and seven
Americans. The foreign members were Professor Adolf Engler,
of Berlin; Professor C. von Tubeuf, of Munich; Professor C.
Schroéter, Dr. E. Riibel, and Dr. and Mrs. H. Brockmann-
Jerosch, of Zurich; Mr. and Mrs. A. G. Tansley, of Cambridge;
Dr. O. Paulsen, of Copenhagen; and Professor T. J. Stomps, of
Amsterdam. The American members, besides Professor Cowles
and the writer, were Professor and Mrs. F. E. Clements, of
Minneapolis; Professor and Mrs. A. Dachnowski, of Columbus;
and Dr. G. D. Fuller, of Chicago. The excursion was joined
by other American botanists in various parts of the country, and
some of these accompanied the party for one or two weeks.
Altogether the excursion was participated in by nearly two
hundred. The expedition left New York, westward bound, on
July 30, and the route traveled during the succeeding ten weeks
is indicated on the map (fig. 1.) A short account of the trip is
here given, together with some reference to the more salient
features of the vegetation encountered.t Attention is confined
chiefly to the botanical side of the excursion, but it need hardly
be remarked that-the hospitable reception accorded the party

* Contribution from the Osborn Botanical Laboratory.
7 A more detailed account is being published by Tansley in the New Phytologist.
[No. 3, Vol. 14, of ToRREYA, comprising pp, 30-53, was issued 17 March, ro9r4,]

55

bad

LIRRAI

wtiw YC

; RENE
QaKkv

56

all along the route, and particularly the enthusiastic co6peration
of botanists in the various regions visited, contributed very
materially to the success and enjoyment of the trip.

Although the excursion was formally organized at Chicago,
before leaving the east a number of short trips were taken to
localities of botanical interest in the vicinity of New York.

Te. eal
Co LAS aA
i

¥

ot ee
Pian tea eS
> = tek IY

Fic. 1. Map showing route followed by I. P. E. in the United States.

An afternoon was spent near Hempstead, Long Island, where the
principal attraction was the peculiar natural prairie described
by Harper.* To the Europeans, however, the sandy swamps
proved equally entertaining. A two-day jaunt into southern
New Jersey afforded an opportunity to study the extensive salt
marshes about Barnegat and the pine barren flora in the neighbor-
hood of Warren Grove. In this latter locality the three types
of vegetation so characteristic of the barrens are well represented,
viz: the forests of Pinus rigida, Quercus marilandica, etc., the
pigmy forests of the‘ ‘plains’’—the home of Corema Conradu, and
and the cedar (Chamecyparis tiyoides) swamps with their unique
assemblage of rare plants.t A half day each was devoted to the

* Harper, R. M. The Hempstead Plains of Long Island. Torreya 12: 277—
286. fig. 1-7. 1912.

+ For further description, see Stone, W. The plants of southern New

Jersey, with especial reference to the flora of the pine barrens. Ann. Rept. New
Jersey State Mus. 1910: 25-828. pl. 1-129 + fig. I-5 + map.

57

Brooklyn Botanic Garden and the New York Botanical Garden.
The beautiful hemlock grove in the Bronx Garden gave the
visitors their first glimpse of the climax forest of the east.

Except for a stop at Niagara Falls the journey to Chicago was
uneventful. Chicago lies in the transition area between the
forested region of the east and the prairie region of the middle
west, and the distribution here of forest and prairie is influenced
largely by edaphic factors. On the uplands forests occupy the
glacial moraines and the beaches of the former Lake Chicago;
the rest of the country is grassland.* During the week here
visits were made to prairies and oak-hickory (Quercus sp.,
Hicoria sp.) forests near the city, to clay bluffs and ravines
along the lake north of the city, to a tamarack (Larix laricina)
swamp in northern Indiana, and to a magnificent tract of virgin
beech-maple (Fagus grandifolia, Acer Saccharum) forest in south-
ern Michigan—a forest much like those of southern New England
in its general aspect, but of a more mesophytic type than those
west of Lake Michigan. The real drawing card in this region,
however, is the sand-dunes which fringe almost uninterruptedly
the eastern margin of Lake Michigan, continuing around the
southern end of the lake and along the western shore as far as
Chicago. Two entire days were devoted to the study of this
fascinating area, whose vegetation has been so graphically
portrayed by Cowles.+

The excursionists left Chicago on the evening of August 8,
and arrived in Lincoln, Nebraska, on the following morning.
The country about Lincoln is one of rolling prairies with tortuous
lines of trees fringing the streams. These stream forests, best
developed on the flood plains, represent the westernmost exten-
sions of the deciduous forests of the east. Once the eastern
botanist, westward-bound, has left these behind, he has severed,
so to speak, the last familiar tie. The prairies themselves in their
midsummer aspect are depressing. A hasty survey of the region

* For further discussion see Cowles, H. C. The physiographic ecology of
Chicago and vicinity. Bot. Gaz. 31: 78-108, 145-182. 1901.

7 Cowles, H. C. The ecological relations of the vegetation on the sand dunes
of Lake Michigan. Bot. Gaz. 27: 95-117; 167-202, 281-308; 361-391. fig. I-162.
1899.

58

about Lincoln was made in automobiles, but lack of time and
intense heat precluded anything resembling careful study.

That evening the party continued the journey, stopping next
at Akron, Colorado, 400 miles west of Lincoln. Akron lies in
the midst of the Great Plains. North and south, east and west,
as far as the eye can reach, stretches a vast, featureless expanse
of grassland. Two most interesting days were spent here. The
first of these was occupied by an eighty-mile automobile ride
across the plains, to and from the sand hills, with frequent stops.
The second day was spent about the United States Dry Land
Experiment Station. The prevalent type of vegetation on the
plains proper, as contrasted with the sand hills, consists largely
of various species of Bouteloua, Buchloé, and Aristida, and is
commonly spoken of as short-grass. The short-grass associa-
tions, together with those characteristic of the sand hills, have
been fully discussed by Shantz.*

Two days were next occupied along the eastern border of the
Rocky Mountains—at Palmer Lake and near Colorado City—
studying the vegetation of the tension zone between forest
toward the west and grassland toward the east. In the invasion
of grassland by forest the advance guard is usually a thicket in
which Quercus Gunnisonu. commonly is dominant. The thicket
stage may be followed by Pinus edulis and Juniperus scopulorum,
but more often, as in the Garden of the Gods, the two stages are
telescoped. On the ridges and hills the pinyon and juniper in
many places are becoming supplanted by Pinus ponderosa
scopulorum.

Eight days were devoted to the exploration of the region about
Pikes Peak, headquarters during this period being at Minne-
haha-on-Ruxton, about halfway up the cog railway to the
summit of the peak. Although in certain respects not typical
of the area as a whole, this region gives one a very fair concep-
tion of the general nature of the forests of the Rocky Mountains,
and of the way in which vegetation here is modified as a result of
differences in exposure and altitude. The climax forest in the

* Shantz, H.L. Natural vegetation as an indicator of the capabilities of land

for crop production in the Great Plains area. U.S. Dept. Agr. Bureau of Plant
Industry Bull. 201. 1911.

59

vicinity of Minnehaha (altitude 8,000 feet) consists principally
of Pseudotsuga taxifolia and Picea Engelmanni. The former
predominates at lower, the latter at higher elevations. Such
forests may become quite mesophytic and are best developed on

Fic, 2. I. P. E. on dunes at Sawyer, Michigan. From left to right: (stand-
ing) Dr. Brockmann-Jerosch, Dr. E. N. Transeau, Professor H. C. Cowles, Pro-
fessor O. W. Caldwell, Mr. A. G. Tansley, Dr. O. Paulsen, Mrs. A. G. Tansley,
Professor C. Schréter, Professor A. Dachnowski, Professor J. M. Coulter, Mrs. H.
Brockmann-Jerosch, Professor T. J. Stomps, Professor C. von Tubeuf ; (seated)
Dr. G, D. Fuller, Dr. E. Riibel. Top branches of dune-buried oaks in background.

north slopes. South slopes, on the other hand, are usually coy-
ered with a more xerophytic, open type of forest in which Pinus
ponderosa scopulorum and Pinus flexilis are the characteristic
trees. Gravel slides in all stages of forestation are a prominent
feature in the neighborhood of Minnehaha.* The day selected
for the ascent of Pikes Peak was cold, wet and disagreeable,

* See Schneider, E. C. The distribution of woody plants in the Pikes Peak
region. Colorado Coll. Publ., Science Ser. 12: 137-170. Map. i909. Also the

succession of plant life on the gravel slides in the vicinity of Pikes Peak, loc. cit.,
I2: 289-311. fig. I-6. IgQII.

60

and the top of the mountain was covered with snow. Much
more interesting from a botanical standpoint was the excursion
up Mount Garfield (altitude 12,365 feet), for which two days
were set aside. Engelmann spruce continues as the dominant
tree up to an elevation of about 11,300 feet, where it gives way
to Pinus aristata, the characteristic timber-line tree. ‘‘ Krumm-
holz”’ forms of both these trees are common in certain localities.
On Mount Garfield, as on other peaks of sufficient elevation,
timber-line as a rule is sharply defined, and the alpine vegetation
of the rocky meadows above is in marked contrast to that of the
forests below. The alpine gravel-slides with their curious growth
of ‘‘cushion-plants’”’ are especially unique.

The next stopping-place, after leaving Minnehaha, was Salt
Lake City, Utah, where parts of two days were spent examining
tracts of vegetation in the proximity of Great Salt Lake. As
might be anticipated, the natural vegetation of this desert
country is not very diversified. Sage-brush (Artemisia tridentata)
dominates nearly everywhere on the fresher soils, while alkaline
soils are populated by species of Sarcobatus, Kochia, Atriplex,
and various herbaceous halophytes.*

The journey from Salt Lake City to Tacoma, Washington,
was broken by a brief stop at North Yakima, Washington, to
note the marvelous results that have been achieved in this
territory by irrigation. Of the six days allowed for western
Washington, the five spent in the vicinity of Mount Rainier to
the writer represent the most enjoyable part of the entire trip.
Two days were devoted to forests in the neighborhood of Kapow-
sin and the National Park Inn, and two more were spent about
Camp of the Clouds. Nowhere in the world is there found a
more magnificent display of coniferous forest than here in the
Pacific Northwest. The most characteristic tree of the humid
forests along the western slopes of Mount Rainier, and of the
lowlands of Washington, is Pseudotsuga taxifolia, which here
attains enormous dimensions. Associated with this as im-

* For detailed description of the region visited see Kearney, T. H., Briggs, J. L.,
Shantz, H. L., McLane, J. W. and Piemeisel, R. L. Indicate significance of vege-

tation in Tooele Valley, Utah. Jour. Agr. Research 1: 365-417. fl. 43-48 + fig.
I-13 +map. I0914.

61

portant constituents of the forest are Tsuga heterophylla and
Thuja plicata. Among the most conspicuous shrubs in the rank,
luxuriant undergrowth are Echinopanax horridum, Acer cir-
cinatum, and Gaultheria Shallon. Seedlings of various trees
germinate everywhere on fallen logs; there is a wealth of ferns;
while rocks, ground, logs, and trees are covered with mosses.

The ecological resemblance between this forest and certain
forests in the east, e. g., those of northwestern Connecticut,
is striking. Not only is there a similarity in their general aspect,
in the mesophytic nature of the undergrowth, etc., but the like-
ness is further emphasized when a detailed analysis of the flora
of the two is made. To be sure, the Douglas spruce is lacking in
the east, beech and chestnut in the west, but hemlock is present
in both places. Betula lutea is absent from the western forest,
but Alnus oregana may be considered its ecological equivalent.
The eastern Acer pennsylvanicum finds its counterpart in the
western A. circinatum; Taxus canadensis of the east easily corre-
sponds to T. brevifolia of the west, Cornus Florida to C. Nuttallit;
and so on. Moreover, many herbaceous species are common to
both, e. g. Lycopodium lucidulum, Cornus canadensis, Linnaea
borealis, and Chimaphila umbellata, while the species of Clintonia,
Trillium, Maianthemum, Tiarella, Oxalis, and other genera
characteristic of the eastern forest are closely paralleled by very
similar species here in this western forest.

Proceeding upward from National Park Inn there is a gradual
change in the composition of the forest, until at an elevation of
4,500 feet it consists largely of Tsuga heterophylla, Chamecyparts
nootkatensis, and various species of Abies. There is no distinct
timber-line on Mount Rainier. Camp of the Clouds, in the
Paradise Valley (altitude 5,550 feet), lies in the midst of a lovely
mountain park where scattered clumps of trees—mainly Abies
lasiocarpa—alternate with alpine meadows. The meadows below
the camp are a veritable garden, whose brilliant floral display
was said by the Swiss members of the party to equal even that
of their own Alps.

Returning to Tacoma, some of the party visited the “oak-
openings”’ in the neighborhood of Spanaway Lake, while others

62

took in the kelp-groves near Point Defiance. Further oppor-
tunity to study the forests of the northwest was given at Medford,
Oregon, where for three days the excursionists were guests of the
Medford Commercial and University Clubs. The principal
attraction here was Crater Lake, situated eighty miles northeast
of Medford at the crest of the Cascade Mountains, and regarded
by geologists as one of the wonders of the world. The journey

Fic. 3. From left to right: Professor C. Schréter, Professor A. Engler, Dr. E.
Riibel. Photograph taken near Minnehaha by Dr. H. L. Shantz.

from Medford to the lake was made by automobile. En route,
there were traversed first the fertile agricultural lands of the
Rogue River valley (altitude about 1,400 feet), where the natural
vegetation consists mainly of grassland alternating with oak (Q.
Garryana, Q. californica) and chaparral. The foothills are
sparsely timbered with Pinus ponderosa and oak. With increas-
ing elevation the forest becomes denser, and thirty-five miles
from Medford the road enters the Crater Lake National Forest,
which is heavily timbered with Pinus ponderosa, P. Lambertiana,

63

Pseudotsuga, and Libocedrus decurrens. At still higher levels
occur nearly pure growths of Pinus Murrayana, while about
Crater Lake (altitude 6,000-8,000 feet) are subalpine forests of
Tsuga Mertensiana, Abies magnifica, A. lasiocarpa, etc.

Leaving Medford, the party journeyed directly to the Yosemite
National Park, via San Francisco. Upon entering the foothills
of the Sierras, after crossing the grassy San Joachim Valley, the
most striking difference in the vegetation, as compared with that
farther north, is seen in the presence of Pinus Sabiniana, one of
the most distinctive Californian coniftrs. The first night in the
Sierras was spent at El Portal. From here the party traveled by
stage to the Yosemite Valley, thence to Wawona and the Mari-
posa big-tree grove. A stop of a day and a half was made here.
On the return trip to El Portal a night was spent at Glacier Point,
which commands a splendid view of the Yosemite Valley. The
chief features of botanical interest in this region are the Sierran
forests and the big-tree (Sequoia gigantea) groves. Like prac-
tically all forests west of the Great Plains, those characteristic
of the high Sierras, and magnificently developed in the vicinity
of Wawona, are coniferous. The largest and most conspicuous
tree is Pinus Lambertiana, with which are associated Libocedrus
decurrens, Abies concolor, Pinus ponderosa, and Pseudotsuga.
The shrubby undergrowth is mainly chaparral. The big-tree
occurs in scattered groves, usually intermixed with other trees,
and only rarely forms pure stands. The excursionists remained
for the better part of a day in the Mariposa grove, wandering
about like Lilliputians in the land of Brobdingnag.

In the vicinity of San Francisco a profitable day was spent on
Mount Tamalpais with its evergreen-scrub forest of chaparral,
and in Muir Woods where the acquaintance was made of Sequoia
sempervirens.

The objective point of the excursion upon leaving San Fran-
cisco was Tucson, Arizona. But the thousand-mile railway
journey was interrupted by several stops, notably at Monterey,
the home of Cupressus macrocarpa and the center of one of the
most remarkable communities of endemic plants in existence,
and at Mecca, where studies were made of succession along the
margin of Salton Sea.

64

So much has been written regarding the vegetation of the
Tucson region* that it is hardly necessary to attempt any account
in this connection. During their five days’ stay here the members
of the party were royally entertained, practically every expense
being defrayed by the Carnegie Desert Laboratory. Never had
the writer realized that a desert could be such a congenial habitat.
The first day was occupied by an examination of the laboratories
and their environs. On the second the excursionists were driven
in automobiles eighteen miles across the desert to the foot of the
Santa Catalina Mountains. That night they encamped in the
midst of a grove of oaks and junipers 2,500 feet higher and 30
degrees colder than the distant plain. From this base camp
trips were made to higher levels. All of the party climbed to
Bear Canyon (altitude 6,000 feet) and several ascended Mount
Lemmon (altitude 9,150 feet).

Two days at the Grand Canyon marked the culmination of
the I. P. E. From a standpoint of botanical interest the most
noteworthy feature here is the zonal distribution of the vegeta-
tion on the sides of the canyon. At the top is an open, park-like
forest of Pinus ponderosa, P. edulis and Juniperus monosperma.
Immediately below the rim occur Pseudotsuga and Abies con-
color, but farther down these are superseded by pinyon and
juniper. About halfway to the bottom of the canyon is a plateau
covered with an almost pure growth of Coleogyne ramosissima,
while at the level of the river vegetation is scant and extremely
xerophytic, Ephedra sp. being the most characteristic plant.

Stops for study in the pine forests of eastern Texas and in the
region about New Orleans had been contemplated, but extensive
floods made it necessary to abandon this part of the program.
At New Orleans the party disbanded, most of the European
members returning to New York via Washington.

SHEFFIELD SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL,
YALE UNIVERSITY

* See especially Spalding, V. M. Distribution and movements of desert plants.
Carnegie Inst. Publ. No. 113, pp. 1-144. pl. I-3I. 1909.

65

LIST OF PLANTS COLLECTED ON THE STEFANSON-
ANDERSON ARCTIC EXPEDITION, 1908-12

By P. A. RYDBERG

A small collection of arctic and subarctic plants was recently
turned over to me for naming. They were collected rather
incidentally by Professor R. M. Anderson and kindly donated by
him to the New York Botanical Garden. One species of Astra-
galus is probably new and several of the plants are very rare.
The list is by no means complete as to the vegetation of the
region, but may be of some interest.

Smith’s Landing, Slave River, Alberta, June 5, 1908:

Rosa acicularis Lindl. Small depauperate form.
Prunus corymbulosa Rydb. In good flowers.

Bear Rock, mouth of Bear River, Fort Norman, Mackenzie,
July 9, 1908:
Cypripedium passerinum Richardson (?). Only in leaf, and the
species doubtful.

Mouth of Kogaryuak River, 18 miles east of Coppermine
River, Coronation Gulf, Arctic coast, Canada, June 18, I9II:

Salix arctica Pallas. Rather small specimen.

Draba hirta L. Tall specimen.

Astragalus sp. An unknown species, somewhat resembling A.
alpinus, but more slender, with small, narrow, grayish, hirsute
leaflets, white flowers, purple only on the tip of the keel,
black-hairy calyx shorter than in A. alpinus. No fruit was
found, which makes it impossible to characterize the plant
fully.

Lupinus arcticus S. Wats. A form more grayish-pubescent than
the Victoria Island specimen.

Hedysarum Mackenzit Richards. A low specimen.

_Rhododendron lapponicum L.

Casstope tetragona D. Don. Luxuriant specimens. Used as fuel

by the Esquimeaux.

66

Pedicularis lanata Willd. Fair specimen.
Pedicularis arctica R. Br. Good specimen.

Southwest Victoria Island, 15 miles east of Point Williams,
Arctic, Canada, July 21, Igit:

Salix phlebophylla And. Specimen with rather large leaves.

Papaver radicatum Rottb. In fruit.

Dryas integrifolia Vahl. Both the typical and the lobed-leaved
forms.

Potentilla pulchella R. Br. Good specimen with rather narrow
leaf-segments.

Lupinus arcticus S. Wats. The typical form.

Maram alpina (L.) Desy. In leaves only. Itis probably the
red-fruited form.

Androsace Chamaejasme arctica Kunth. Excellent specimens.

Statice sibirica (Turcz.) Ledeb. Good specimens.

Chrysanthemum tntegrifolium Richards. Small specimen.

Cape Bathurst, Arctic coast, northwest Canada, July 6, 1912:

Salix anglorum Cham. Typical.

Oxyria digyna (L.) Compt. Good specimens.

Ranunculus nivalis L. Good typical specimen.

Draba glacialis Adams. With young flowers, small-leaved.

Cochlearia groenlandica L. In flowers.

Androsace Chamaejasme arctica Kunth. Excellent specimens.

Primula borealis Duby. Just beginning to bloom, therefore
pedicels rather short.

Phlox Richardsonu Hook. Best specimens seen of this rare plant.

Pneumaria maritima (L.) Hill. Good specimens.

King Point, Yukon Territory, August 27, I9I2:

Polygonum fugax Small. Out of bloom and spike gone, but
probably this species.

Ledum decumbens Lodd. Small specimen.

Vaccinium Vitis-Idaea L. Only a fragment.

Valeriana capitata Pallas. Rather small specimen.

NEw YoOrRK BOTANICAL GARDEN

67

A NEW GENUS FROM MISSOURI

By KENNETH K. MACKENZIE

It is a novel experience to receive a specimen from the range
covered by the Illustrated Flora and by Gray’s Manual which
cannot be readily referred to well known genera. Not only has
Mr. E. J. Palmer succeeded in discovering such a plant in south-
western Missouri, but he has found a plant the family position of
which may be open to question. I have not been able to find
anything at all like the plant found by him, and therefore propose
it as the type of a new genus:

Geocarpon gen. nov.

A low glabrous winter-annual branching from the base.
Leaves opposite, equal or nearly so, entire, sessile and connate at
base, without stipules, scarcely succulent. Flowers sessile in the
axils, one at each node, alternating with the flowers above and
below. Calyx free, somewhat turbinate, the lower third or half
united into a tube, the segments five, erect, not carinate, un-
appendaged, ovate, acutish, green with minute white margin,
not petaloid, 3-nerved, each lateral nerve united below cleft of
calyx with lateral nerve of next sepal. Corolla absent. Stamens
five, alternate with calyx lobes, inserted on tube of calyx, the
filaments white, somewhat flattened, slender, barely 1 mm. long,
not reaching above calyx, the anthers minute, short oblong,
bilocular. Capsule ovoid, 1-celled with central placentae, 30-50
ovuled, dehiscent by three valves, the sharp tips slightly exceed-
ing the stigmas. Style none. Stigmas three, stigmatose along
inner surface, alternating with tips of capsule. Seeds minute,
smoothish, estrophiolate, the slender, straight, ascending funiculi
remaining attached to the five central placentae.

G. minimum sp. nov. Branches 1-4 cm. long; leaves of
branches linear-elliptic to ovate, cucullate, 3-4 mm. long, 1-2
mm. wide, the basal linear, flat, 4-6 mm. long; calyx 4-5 mm.
ong, slightly exceeding capsule.

Type collected by E. J. Palmer (No. 3921) in sandy barrens

68

near Alba, Jasper County, Missouri, on April 20, 1913, and sent
to me by Mr. B. F. Bush for identification.

This plant is probably to be referred to the family Aizoaceae,
or as treated in the Synoptical Flora 1: 256 the Ficoideae, and to
the tribe Aizoideae of that family. In many respects it seems
to come closer to the genus Cypselea than to any other North
American genus. It differs markedly in the absence of stipules
and style and in the capsule not being circumscissile. The other
genera of the tribe in question, found in this country, are succu-
lent plants with circumscissile capsules and cornute calyx-lobes-

The tribe Mollugineae of the same family characterized by a
calyx divided nearly or quite to the base, and represented in the
United States by two genera having 3-celled ovaries, is less closely
related to our plant. Nor can our plant be considered an
apetalous representative of the Alsinaceae, as the sepals in that
family are distinct or very nearly so. It seems in fact to represent
a well-characterized genus.

NEw YORK

SHORTER NOTES

BERGSON AND THE BIOMETRICAL MeEtTHopD. The controversy
over the definiteness (and fixity) of morphological types is no
longer of supreme interest to the present-day taxonomists:
But the exact status of the biometrical method is still under
discussion; in that connection, at least, it may be interesting to
note two references from a recent book on philosophy, Bergson’s
Creative Evolution. They at once support and illumine the
biometrical method. The first (P. 13) states that ‘‘vital prop-
erties are never entirely realized, though always on the way to
become so; they are not so much states as tendencies.”” Because
of this we have the second statement (P. 116), “the group must
not be defined by the possession of certain characters but by its
tendency to emphasize them.”

JEAN BROADHURST

69

PROCEEDINGS On: THE’ CLUB
JANUARY 13, I914

The annual meeting of the Club was held on January 13, 1914,
at the American Museum of Natural History at 8:15 P.M.
President Burgess presided. Fourteen persons were present.
The minutes of December 9 were read and approved.

Mrs. L. N. Keeler, Scarsdale, N. Y. and F. L. Pickett, Indiana
University, Bloomington, Indiana, were nominated for member-
ship. The resignations of the following members were read and
accepted: Mrs. Pamela Eakins, Mrs. George Such, Mrs. Henry
Dinkelspiel, Mrs. Alice Popper, Miss Mary Brackett, Wm.
Holmes, and Albert Calman. Mrs. L. M. Keeler and F. L.
Pickett were then elected to membership in the Club.

The annual reports of the officers of the Club were next in
order. The secretary reported that fifteen meetings had been
held during the year with an average attendance of 15 persons.
Eleven new members have been elected during the year. Nine
resignations have been accepted and five deaths have occurred.
The report was accepted and ordered placed on file.

The treasurer’s report was presented and upon motion was
referred to the auditing committee.

Mr. Norman Taylor, editor of ToRREYA, presented a special
report relating to that journal. This report was accepted.

Mr. Sereno Stetson, chairman of the field committee, then gave
his report and upon motion of Dr. Britton this was accepted and
a vote of thanks was extended to Mr. Stetson for the work which
he did in connection with these field meetings. Remarks were
made by Miss Jean Broadhurst, Dr. Mansfield, Professor Harper
and others relating to.future field meetings.

Dr. Britton, chairman of the local flora committee, announced
that the work on the local flora being prepared by Mr. Norman
Taylor would be published as a Memoir of the New York Botan-
ical Garden and goes to press some time in February. Professor
Harper remarked upon the advisability of continuing the local
flora work with a special reference to a study of the Cryptogamic
flora.

70

Election of officers for I914 resulted as follows: President,
Robert Almer Harper; Vice-Presidents, John Hendley Barnhart,
Herbert Maule Richards; Secretary and Treasurer, Bernard
Ogilvie Dodge; Editor, Alexander William Evans; Associate
Editors, Jean Broadhurst, Ernest Dunbar Clark, J. Arthur Harris,
Marshall Avery Howe, Herbert Maule Richards, Arlow Burdette
Stout, and Norman Taylor.

Dr. William Mansfield was elected delegate to the council of
the New York Academy of Sciences.

Meeting adjourned.
MICHAEL LEVINE,

Secretary pro tem.

JANUARY 28, 1914

The meeting of January 28 was held in the lecture room of the
New York Botanical Garden at 3:30 P.M. Vice-president Barn-
hart presided. Twenty-five persons were present. The minutes
of January 13 were read and approved.

Miss Laura Bragg, Charleston, South Carolina, and Mr.
Frederick V. Rand, Columbia University, New York City were
nominated for membership. The secretary then read an applica-
tion presented by Mr. Norman Taylor for a grant of two hundred
dollars from the Esther Herman fund of the New York Academy
of Sciences, to aid him in completing a survey of the Long Island
flora. This application was unanimously approved.

Miss Laura Bragg and Frederick V. Rand were then elected
to membership.

The announced scientific program consisted of an illustrated
lecture ‘‘The Coniferous Forests of Eastern North America,’”
by Dr. Roland M. Harper. The following abstract was furnished
by the speaker:

In eastern North America about 30 species of conifers make up
at least three quarters of the existing forests. Most of the houses
in the United States and Canada are built of their wood, most
of our paper comes from the same source, and in some states at
least, most of the fuel. Most of the conifers grow in pure
stands of greater or less extent, so that there are about as many
types of coniferous forest as there are species of conifers.

Gal

All but a few of the rarer or less important species were dis-
cussed from the standpoint of geographical distribution and rela-
tions to soil, water, climate, fire, etc. Fire as an environmental
factor has hitherto received scant attention, partly because it is
commonly regarded as a mere accident, and partly because it is
not easy to experiment with. But the different species of conifers
differ widely in their relations to fire, and it seems that for almost
every type of coniferous forest there is a normal or optimum
frequency of fire, varying from perhaps once in two or three
years to once or twice in a century. The paper was illustrated
_ by 47 lantern slides.
Meeting adjourned.
BO. Dope:

Secretary

NEWS ITEMS

William Ruggles Gerard died suddenly in New York City,
February 26,1914. He was born in Newburgh, N. Y., March 29,
1841, and in boyhood entered the employ of a druggist in Pough-
keepsie; he remained in the same business until finally he became
proprietor of a drug store in that city. He began the study of
fungi at a time when few American botanists had devoted at-
tention to that group of plants, his first descriptions of new
species appearing in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club
for October, 1873, before the publication of the earliest myco-
logical papers of Burrill, Ellis, Farlow, or Morgan. In the
following year he was one of the founders of the Poughkeepsie
Society of Natural Science, in whose Proceedings a number of his
botanical papers were published. In 1877 he removed to New
York City, where he was an active member of the Torrey Botan-
ical Club for some years. Before the death of William H. Leggett,
the founder and editor of the Bulletin, Mr. Gerard was made
assistant editor, and he followed him as editor, filling that office
from April, 1882, to December, 1885. In later years he was
interested in the derivation of plant names, especially those of

72

American Indian origin, and contributed papers on this subject
to Garden & Forest in 1895 and 1896. Otherwise his botanical
studies seem to have ended with the year 1885.

Miss Jean Broadhurst has been awarded the degree of Doctor
of Philosophy by Cornell University and has been appointed
assistant professor of biology at Teachers College.

Dr. and Mrs. N. L. Britton and party have returned from bo-
tanical explorations in Porto Rico.

We learn from Science that Professor Charles E. Bessey, of the
University of Nebraska, is spending the month of March at the
Desert Botanical Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution near
Tucson, Arizona. Professor Bessey plans to study and collect
material of numerous species of the desert flora. While he is
away Dr. R. J. Pool is in charge of the department of botany at
the University of Nebraska.

Dr. Simon Schwendener, professor of botany at Berlin, has
celebrated his eighty-sixth birthday.

It is stated in Science that Mr. J. Adams, assistant in botany
in the Royal College of Science, Dublin, has been appointed toa
position under the Canadian government.

cA

_ The T orrey Botanical Club

Go iibutors of accepted afticles and reviews who wish six
~ gratuitous copies of the number of Torreya in which their papers
: appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof.

: Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to. the editor. The New Era Printing Co.; 41 North Queen
~ Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates:

es 2pp App 8pp -12pp _—‘ 16pp 20pp

25 copies $ .75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies O02 E20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies £152: 25. 155 1.95° 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies —:1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
~ Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1.cent éach.
-.Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1914

: Finance Committee Field Committee
J. H. Barnuart, Chairman SERENO STETSON, Chairman
Miss.€. C. HAyNEs
Budget Committee Program Committee
ee J. H: Barnuart, Chairman Mrs, E. G. Britton, Chairman
N. L. Brirron Miss JEAN BROADHURST
B. O. DopcE . C.-StuarRt GAGER
M. A: Howe EF. J. SEAVER *
A. W. Evans.

H. H.. Russy

Local Flora Committee

N. L. Britton, Chairman

Phanerogams: Cryptogams:
EP. BICKNELL oy Mrs. E.G. BRitTron
N. L. Brirron ~ - Puitre DOWELL
eae CO CURTISS: Eeet Tracy E, Hazen
Ae Ke, KOM ACKENTIE..¢ = M. A. Howe
* Norman Tayior | W. A. Murrity

Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
; WILLIAM MANSFIELD

OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN

A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established a8

1870. . Vol. 40 published in 1913, contained 712 pages of text ~
and 26 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe, -

t4 shillings. .Dulau.& Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are, 3

agents for England.
~ Of former volumes, only 24—40 can be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars :
each; Vols. 28-40 three dollars each.
Sine copies (30 cents) will be furnished only wheil not |
breakine complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS

The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregulas :
intervals. Volumes I-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of
Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price ts fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-

chased singly. A list of titles of the individual ‘papers and of _

prices will be furnished on application,

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of odnonhyer and Pteri-
-dophyta reported as growing within one hundred Beige of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.

Correspondence relating to theabove publications should be —

addressed to ee ee
DR. BERNARD O. DODGE

Columbia University

New York City —

Mar 4 oN May, 19014 No. 5

ORREYA.

~-A Montuty Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News

EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

- NORMAN TAYLOR

JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873

| ¥ CONTENTS
4 A Preliminary List of the Lichens Found Within a Radius of 100 Miles of New
2 York City: G. C. Wood...-:1..--ss0+= pn) SO eS ee STEN eee: Gir ee 73
‘News Items arth DREAD Sree tae RoR SETS ESIC SS PEPER OETE De CE TICE Cea: REPS Te 95

_ PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
At 4: Nortu Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa.

*) BY THe New Era Printinc Company

{Entered atthe Post Office at Lancaster, Pa.,as second-class matter.]

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

President
R. A. HARPER, Pu.D.

ra

: Vice Petia
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
HERBERT M.. RICHARDS, $.D.

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD O. DODGE, Ph.D.
Columbia University, New York City

Editor

ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Px.D:
Associate Editors

JEAN BROADHURST, PH.D. : MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, PH.D

ERNEST D. CLARK, PH.D: : HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D,
J. A. HARRIS PH.D. -\ _AREOW B. STOUT, PH.D.

NORMAN TAYLOR

pay

TORREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per-annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof.. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing é
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any —
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only

for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will bea

furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTANIcAL Cius, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. Dee

Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should —
be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR

Brooklyn Botanic Garden
Brooklyn, N. Y.

TORREYA

May, Ig1f4.

Vol. 14 No. 5
Pei tIMINARY LIST OF TFHE LICHENS FOUND
WITHIN A RADIUS OF i100 MILES OF
NEW YORK CITY.

By GEORGE C. Woop

Some ten years ago the writer pursued the study of lichens
with a view to becoming familiar with those forms in the neigh-
borhood of New York City. A partial list was brought together
as a result of many excursions and presented to the New-York
Botanical Garden as part of a work towards an advanced degree
in science. The list was lost for some years and but recently
found among the effects of Professor Lucien M. Underwood, then
in charge of advanced work at the garden. |

It was thought advisable to publish the list as a beginning of a
possible future complete survey of the district, particularly with
a view to its adding some forms to the Long Island biological
survey, which is being conducted under the auspices of the
Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. But the nomenclature
used in the completion of the list was that of Tuckerman. The
Engler and Prantl system has since partially superseded it and
it was thought best to arrange it so that it would meet the new
requirements.*

* The following order follows largely the classification set forth by the l’Abbe
Hue, which is based upon thalline structure. This order does not differ greatfy in
results from that adapted by Dr. Zahlbruckner in Engler and Prantl, except in a
few notable instances, though the latter’s is developed upon phylogenetic prin-
ciples. That lichens are the result of a peculiar parasitic or saprophytic relation
between a fungal mycelium and an algal host seems a well established fact, but that
the lichen as a distinct organism has undergone a well marked evolutionary develop-
ment, is also very evident. Therefore to adopt a classification for them as they
are, and not because of their origin, is to me the logical course. We have as yet
no proof of the synthetic formation of lichens im nature. Lichens arise from
preéxisting lichens and thus probably reproduce only by soredia and fragmenta-
tion. Protophytic characters are not necessarily to be employed if we wish to
adopt a natural classification. In rearranging the nomenclature I have had the
aid in several instances by Dr. H. E. Hasse.

R. HEBER Howe, JR.

[No. 4, Vol. 14, of TorREYA, comprising pp. 55-72, was issued 8 April, 1914.]

73

74

The accompanying introductory note by Dr. Howe, curator of
the Thoreau Museum of Natural History at Concord, Mass.,
fully explains the basis upon which the classification followed
here is made. The writer wishes to here make public acknowl-
edgment of the tireless work of Dr. Howe in completely trans-
posing this entire list from the one system to the other, under
most unfavorable circumstances. Thanks are also due him for
reading of the proofs of this article.

Using Dr. Howe’s transposed list, the writer thought it best
to use Tuckerman’s nomenclature of families and genera, in so
far as they fitted into the new scheme as a basis of procedure.
So far as possible this has been done, the equivalent genus and
species being placed under the old name following an equality
(=) sign. In some cases the Tuckerman genus name has been
dropped entirely in the new scheme. In this case, since there is
at present no Tuckerman equivalent, the new nomenclature is
placed first, with the old equivalent of Tuckerman following:
An asterisk (*) before a genus shows where this plan has been
followed. Certain new genera indicated in the equivalents have
also been inserted in the scheme in their proper and relative
places to give a general idea of the new nomenclature as far as
represented in this list, and as a sort of cross reference. Such
genera are indicated by reference to the old Tuckerman genus,
i. e., Biatorella (see Lecanora).

FOREWORD

Not since the year 1823 has a single attempt been made to
catalogue the lichens growing in the vicinity of New York City.
It was in that year that Halsey, supplementary to the list
prepared by Torrey in the year 1819, succeeded in compiling a
list of some 180 species found or reported to be found within
a radius of 30 miles of City Hall, New York City.

Whether it is on account of their lowness in the plant kingdom,
or of the difficulties attending their study, it is apparent that a
field, wide and rich in innumerable forms, and entirely free from
competitors, is open and waiting for one who desires to enlarge
and enrich the already existing, but meager and scattered data
concerning the lichen flora of this region.

i)

After one and one half years of work, including many thorough
examinations of the Lichen Herbarium of the New York Botan-
ical Museum; 30 days spent in the field and much time consumed
in the identification of species, a list has been prepared comprising
over 300 species taken from an area included within the limits of
a circle, the center of which is City Hall, New York City, and the
radius of which is 100 miles.

_ This list is by no means complete. Yet I consider it to be a
beginning large enough to justify me in presenting it at this
time. It is hoped that many new species, hitherto unknown in

this locality, together with many new habitats may subsequently
be added.
BOUNDARIES

A circle drawn with its center at City Hall, New York City,
and having for its radius a line 100 miles in length, will include
the greater part of Long Island; the whole of Staten Island; the
greater part of New Jersey; parts of Pennsylvania; New York
state as far north as Catskill and more than half of Connecticut.

It has been the custom of the Torrey Botanical Club to include
within the 100 mile radius all of Connecticut, all of New Jersey,
all of those counties of Pennsylvania which are touched or crossed
by the circle, all of Long Island, while the northern boundaries
of Green, Delaware, and Columbia counties are taken as the
most northern boundaries of the area situated within the borders
of New York state.

This list, however, will include no lichens other than those
which have been identified as existing strictly within the 100
mile radius.

ECOLOGY

The territory included within the above boundaries is espe-
cially well adapted for lichen study. It is perhaps as rich in this
flora as any other area of similar size in the United States.
District No. 1, including Staten Island, is perhaps most scanty
in the lichen flora, while the Hudson region, including District 5,
is very rich in all forms.

Two leading facts concerning the habitats of lichens make it
comparatively easy to determine why they are found in abun-

76

dance in one place, while scanty or entirely absent in another
locality. (1) They prefer very moist conditions, and in those
conditions are almost invariably found upon trees, deadwood,
rails, or mossy earth. (2) They naturally resist dry conditions,
but if forced to adapt themselves to such environments are
almost invariably found on rocks or less frequently upon sterile
earth.

It is thus easy to conclude why Staten Island is so scanty in
forms. It is high and dry, and affords exceedingly few streams.
If swampy ground occurs, in most cases it is open to the effects of
the tides, which being saline, preclude any lichen growth. Long
Island produces a fairly good growth, but almost exclusively
along its northern shore. This can be explained on the ground
that (1) its swamps are, in the majority of cases, covered with
fresh water, (2) and the shore is rocky. (3) It is comparatively
low. The southern shore, until the extreme eastern end of the
island is reached, is devoid of varied forms because (1) it is too
low; (2) it is sandy; and (3) its swamps are lagoons having
connection with the tides.

The Bronx and Westchester county are high, dry and rocky.
Forests are comparatively at a premium. Crustaceous forms are
the natural result and observation shows that they are practically
the only forms found there. New Jersey, next to the Highland
region, shows, perhaps, the most varied flora found within the
100 mile limit. Here are found many altitudes and as regards
habitat,—pine barrens, rock deserts, cliffs, swamps and streams.
Its forms, then, are many and varied, including the crustaceous,
fruticose, and foliaceous.

At least one half of the whole number of species enumerated
in this list are found at or near Closter, N. J., a village situated
about three and one half miles west of the Palisades and the city
of Yonkers, N. Y. This village is literally surrounded with
swamps, which are veritable jungles. Here the foliaceous and
fruticose forms thrive. A gradual rise toward the Hudson river
produces varied crustose forms, while the base of the Palisades
affords many foliaceous as well as crustose forms. Southern New
Jersey produces a lichen flora comparable to that of Long Island
as regards its lack of wide range of species.

uh

as

143)

ses a seme pee

ee RAN
© ORANGE om,

Yee a

~

_| j NCATLANT 16
; %. tei
a CRLAN Of,
S ay
4
+
DELAWARE %
BAY
a cae a [em a or fo
y

Map of the Local Flora Range. Only the area within the c|

ase a

Eras

we

Ny

NEw) \onoon |
5

ne

SSTeTsoN,
Orc, 201910

=

ircle is covered by this paper.

et

The Highland region, comprising District 4, shows the greatest
_possible range. It includes rocky steeps, mountain brooks,
torrents, springs and ponds, as well as swampy low ground and
abundant forests. The Hudson river itself, with its mighty
evaporation of comparatively fresh water, produces an ideal
atmospheric condition for the growth of many species. That
part of Pennsylvania included within these limits, produces by
far more foliaceous than crustose forks, owing to its peculiar
atmospheric condition and abundant forests.

It may be fairly concluded, therefore, that no region could
afford greater opportunities for the study of lichens, because of
its great differences in altitudes, soils, and atmospheric condi-
tions. It consequently follows, that no region of equal area
produces at the same time such ideal and such poor conditions;
and so many common and varied forms.

STATIONS

The lichens listed are all found in the area composed of the
above six districts, and are arranged in the order of their im-
portance and relationships as originally determined by Tucker-
man. The authority, station, habitat, follow. It will be noticed
that the station of each district is the one most often mentioned
in the list. This because all specimens found within a short
radius of the station are named as at that station.

It will be noted (see map) that the entire area included within
the 100 mile radius, has been divided into six districts, each
having a station, around which all lichens found in that district
have been grouped.

District 1—This district comprises all of the county of Rich-
mond, N. Y., or Staten Island. Richmond, the county seat, is
the station.

District 2—This district comprises all that part of Long Island
west of the 100 mile radius. The station is Cold Spring Harbor.

District 3.—This district consists of all that part of the state of
Connecticut within the 100 mile radius. The station is Ellsworth.

District 4. This district consists of all that part of New York
state, north of City Hall, New York, and within the 100 mile
radius. The station is Bronx Park, New York.

78

District 5.—This district consists of that portion of the state
of Pennsylvania within the 100 mile radius and that portion of
the state of New Jersey, north of a straight line extending from
Perth Amboy southwest to Trenton. The station is Closter.

District 6.—This district consists of all that part of the state
of New Jersey south of a straight line extending from Perth
Amboy southwest to Trenton and north of the 100 mile radius.
The station is Newfield.

AUTHORITIES

Tuckerman is held as the authority in compiling this list for
various reasons, the most important of which are the following:
(1) He was and is our foremost American authority. (2) He
was thoroughly conversant with American forms and conditions.
(3) His descriptions, though from some standpoints obscure, are
much clearer in their application to American lichens than those
of European authorities. For purposes of comparison, the speci-
mens in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden were
accepted as correctly identified, only on such good authority as
that of Leighton, Willey, Miss Clara Cummings, and Bruce
Fink.

All recent and accepted changes in nomenclature occurring
since the death of Tuckerman are included. Several genera
(Acolium, Graphis, Calicium, etc.) have been identified under
other authorities, principally Nylander and Fries.

ABBREVIATIONS

In preparing a list of this length, many repetitions necessarily
occur, as regards stations, habitat, and authority. Conse-
quently, after their first insertion, such are abbreviated.

I. Order: GYMNOCARPI (Schrad.) Fr.
= GYMNOCARPALES (Luyken) Fr.
Sub-order: CYCLOCARPINEAE (Wain).
I. Group: RADIATAE Hue

Family 1. Usneei = Usneaceae Eschew.

Genus 1. Usnea barbata (L.) Fr. Closter, N. J. Common. trees.
= composite material.

U. longissima Ach. Ocean, N. J. t.
U. angulata Ach. Palisades, N. J.; C. t:
U. barbata ceratina Schaer. Atco, N. J., May’s Land-
= plicata (L.) Web. ing, Closter, N. J. lfc
U. barbata plicata Fr. Camden, N. J.; C. (e
=plicata var. Huei (Borst.)
Howe.
U. barbata dasypaoga Fr. Camden, N. J.; C. te
= barbata (L.) Web.
U. barbata florida Fr. Gamden> Nee; Co € te
= florida (L.) Web.
U. barbata hirta Fr. (Cx (bs
= floridaf. hirta (L.) Ach.
U. barbata rubiginea Michx. Philaz Pa. (€: t.
= florida ft. rubiginea
Michx.
U. trichodea Ach. Otter Pond, N. J., Young;
Orient, L. I. sige
Genus 2. Evernia furfuracea (L.) Mann. C.; Catskill, N. Y. le
= Parmelia furfuracea (L.)
Ach.
E. furfuracea Cladonia Tuck. C. t.

= Parmelia furfuracea var.
Cladonia (Tuck.) Howe.

E. trunastri (L.) Ach. Cat.; Ellsworth, Conn. t. and
= Letharia thamnodes (Flot. ) fences.
Hue.
Genus 3. Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. C.; Summit Mt., N. Y.;
= composite. Peach Bottom, Pa.
Common. t. and
rocks
R. calicaris canaliculata Fr. C.; Summit Mt., N. J. te
= canaliculata (Fr.) Herre.
R. calicaris farinacea Schaer. C. t.
= farinacea (L.) Ach.
R. calicaris fastigata Fr. & tie
= fastigiata (Per.) Ach.
emend.
R. calicaris fraxinea Fr. Phila. t

= fastigata var. subam-
pliata (Nyl.) Howe.

R. rigida (Ach.) Pers. ING Ve City7 Atco; N- J-;
= Urlleyi Howe. Camden, N. J. t.
Genus 4. Alectoria jubata (L.) Ach. (Ge t.
= composite
A. jubata implexa Fr. Cc: earth.

= jubata var. implexa
(Hoffm.) Fr.

Genus 5.

Genus I.

Genus 2.

80

A. jubata chalybeiformis Ach. C.; Jamaica, L. I. earth and
= chalybeiformis (L.) S. F. firs
Gray.

A. jubata bicolor Fr. Susquehanna, Pa. earth
= bicolor (Ehrh.) Nyl. :

A. ochroleuca (Ehrh.) Nyl. Susquehanna, Pa. e:

Telochistes chrysopthalmus (L.)

Norm. C. Greenpoint, L. I.;
Phila.; Vineland; Cam..,
N. J. Common. r.
2. Group: RADIATI-STRATOSI Hue
Family 1. Cladoniei = Cladoniaceae

Stereocaulon denudatum Floerk. C.; Pal. rocks

S. paschale (L.) Ach. Pal.; Sus. e., r

S. tomentosum Fr. C. e.

Cladonia rangiferina alpestris
Wg C.; Ja. logs.
= alpestris (L.) Rabenh.

C. rangiferina sylvatica L. C.; Staten Id.; Ells. e.
= sylvatica Hoffm.

C. papillaria (Ehrh.) Hoffm. C.; Cat.; Pt. Jefferson,

INANE gravelly
earth.

C. macilenta Hoffm. (Ehrh.) C.; Pal.; Ja.; Ells. Com-

mon. logs.

C. cornucopioides (L.) Fr. C.; Fhila.; Richmond
= coccifera (L.) Willd. Hill, L. I.; Pal.; Ells. e.

C. coccifera (Schaer.) Spic. G& stumps, e.

C. bellidiflora (Ach.) Schaer. Princess Bay, St. Id. e

C. cristatella Tuck. Rich. Hill, Phila.; Todt

Hill, St. Id.; Richmond,
St. Id.; Princess Bay,
St. Id. Common. Gop Es

C. lepidata Fr. G
= C. cristatella var. ochro-
carpia Tuck.

C. uncialis (L.) Web. C.; Rich.; Ridgewood;

Bridgeton, N. J.

C. uncialis adunca Ach. (OF
= uncialis (L.) Web.

C. furcata (Huds.) Schaer. jenn (Ce e.

C. fimbriata adspersa Tuck. C; e.
= C. furcata var. scabriu-
scula (Del.) Coem.

C. furcata racemosa (Hoffm.)

Fl. GeNE Yo G3 Ells: é.

C. furcata subulata F\.
= v. palamaea (Ach.) Nyl.

C.; Pal.; Pt. Jeff.

Genus 3.

81

C. furcata crispata F1.
= crispata (Ach.) Flot.
C. squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm.

C. Botryella Nyl. =?

C. caespiticia (Pers.) FI.

C. squamosa delicata Fr.
= delicata (Ehrh.) Fik.

C. turgida (Ehrh.) Hoffm.

C. mitrula Tuck.

C. gracilis symphiacarpa Tuck.

= subcariosa Nyl.
C. cariosa (Ach.) Spreng.

C. pyxidata symphicarpia Nyl.
= alpicola
Wain.

C. decortica (Floerk.) Spreng.

C. gracilis elongata (Jacq.)
Flk.

C. gracilis hybrida Schaer.

var. Karelica

= var. chordalis (Floerk.).
C. cornuta (L.) Schaer.

C. degenerans (Floerk.) Spreng.

C. verticillata evoluta Fr.
C. gracilis verticillata Fr.

= verticillata Hoffm.
C. pyxidata (L.) Fr.

C. fimbriata (L.) Fr.
C. fimbriata tubaeformis Fr.

= var. simplex (Weis.) Flot.
Baeomyces aeruginosus (Scop.).

IDKE.
= Icmadophila
(L.) Zahlbr.
B. byssoides (L.) Schaer.

ericetorum

B. roseus Pers.

B. icmadophilus Nyl.
= Icmadophila
(L.) Zahlbr.

ericetorum

ce e.
(C e.
C.; Flushing, L. I. decayed
logs.
INS WK ES e.
Tarrytown, N. Y.; Ja. ie:
(e, wood.
Cc e.
C.; Pal.; N. Y. C.; Green-
wood Cem., Bklyn.
Common.
G:
GE Venviss NeYesIN= Ye
City; Todt H. Common. e.
@Cate- Pils: e.
Ja. e.
@ e.
G3) Cats: r., logs.
GC: e.
G: e.
Ja. e.
C.; Ells. e.
3 Oysters Bay, 1.1:
St. Id.; Safe Harbor,
site li¢hs JPmvikins Iie
common. e.
Cras Rich.-aeale e., logs.
Ja. e
C.; Summit Lake, N. J. decaying
wood.
INE ve: decaying
wood
Ce odtaa Le evalley,
Stream, I, i: Law-
rence, L.I. Common. e.
St. Id.; Shelbourne, N.
Wa e.

*Genus I.

Genus I.

Genus 2.

Genus 3.

82

3. Group: STRATOSAE Hue.

Family 1. Pseudophyciaceae
Pseudophyscia comosa
(Eschw.) Nyl. & Cam.
= Anaptychia comosa
(Eschw.) Mass.

P. aquila (Ach.) Hue New Lots, L. I.
= Physcia aquila (Ach.)
Nyl.

P. aquila var. detonsa Tuck. PalnG€:
= Physcia aquila detonsa
Tuck.
P. aquila detonsa (Tuck.). Pal.
= Physcia detonsa Fr.
P. speciosa (Wulf.) Miill. Ce als
= Physcia speciosa (Wullf.)
(Ach.) Nyl.
P. speciosa var. galactophylla
Tuck. (&
= Physcia speciosa galacto-
phylla (Tuck.).
P. hypoleuca (Muhl.) Hue. C.; Cam.; Atco; Flush-
= Physcia hypoleuca ing, L. I.
(Muhl.) Tuck. ;

Family 2. -Physciaceae
Physcia hispida (Schreb.) Fr. ‘C.
= tenella (Scop.) Nyl.

P. tribacea (Ach.) Tuck. R. Hill.; C., common.
P. stellaris (L.) Nyl. St. Id.; C.; Pal. Common.
P. pulverulenta (Hoffm.) Nyl. Cam.; Cat.; C.; Atco.
P. obscura (Ehrh.) Th. Fr. C.; Cam.; Rich.; Cold
Spring Harbor, L. I.
P. obscura endochrysea Nyl. ye Camr
= var. endococcina (Koeb.)
Th. Fr.
P. adglutinata (Floerk.) Nyl. C.
Pyxine cocoes (Sw.) Nyl. C.; Pal.; Cen. Park, N. Y.;
Cam.
P. sorediata (Ach.) Fr. C.
Xanthoria parietina (L.) Th.Fr. Flatbush; Flushing; C.;
= Telochistes parietinus Ridgewood, L. I.
(L.) Norm.
X. lychnea (Ach.) Th. Fr. St. Id.; C.; Flatbush,

= Telochistes lychneus Nyl. INDY.
X. polycarpa (Hoffm.) Th. Fr. C.; Cam.

= Telochistes polycarpus

(Ehrh.) Tuck.

Genus I.

Genus 2.

*Genus I.

*Genus 2.

85

Family 3.

Buellia stellulata (Tayl.)
Mudd.

B. spuria (Schaer) Korb.

B. dialyta (Nyl.) Tuck.

B. parasema (Ach.) Koerb.
= Lecidea parasema Ach.

B. myriocarpa (Ach.) Mudd.
= Buellia myriacarpa (D.
C.) Mudd.

B. Schraeret De Not

B. petraea (Flot. and Koerb.)
Tuck.
= Rhizocarpon petraea
(Wulf.) Mass.

B. petraca Montagnei Tuck.

B. Elizae Tuck.

B. lactea Mass.
= Polyblastea lactea (Mass.)
Korb.

Buelliaceae

C:
Ce
C
E
Cc:

(C.
C.; Sus.
(Coe Sie

New Bedford, Ct.
Ce Pal:

B. pullata Tuck. IPE, [ei
B. vernicorna Tuck. Cc
Rinodina constans Nyl. (A
= Maronea constans Zw.
R. Ascociscana Tuck. Sus.
R. sophodes (Ach.) Th. Fr. (Ce
R. sophodes confragosa Nyl. (Ce
= R. confrogosa (Ach.)
Koerb.
Family 4. Caloplacaceae
Blastema ferrugineum (Huds.)
Arn. C
= Placodium ferrugineum
(Huds.) Hepp.
B. ferrugineum nigrescens
(Tuck.) (e;
=P. ferrugineum nigres-
cens (Tuck.) Fr.
B. rupestris (Scop) Zahlbr. INfe We (C
= P. rupestre (Scop.) Br.
and Rostr.
Caloplaca aurantiaca (Lightf.)
AM; Ir 35 Rich:

= Placodium aurantiacum
(Lightf.) Naeg. and Hepp.
P. cerinum (Ehrh.) Zahlbr.

C. Common.

ee Ganwe

tite
teas
r., fence.

Ee Genwe

tae ewe

d. w.

*Genus I.

*Genus 2.

* Genus 3.

Genus 4.

84

C. aurantiaca erytheilum (Ach.). C.
= P. aurantiacum erythel-
lum Ach.

C. cinnabarina (Ach.) Zahlbr.

= P. cinnabarinum (Ach.) Id.
Anz.
Family 5. Parmeliaceae
Platysma glaucum (L.) Nyl. Bergen Co.
=Cetraria glauca (L).
Ach.
P. lacunosum var. Atlanticum
(Tuck.) Nyl. C3" Ja; Cold) ‘Spring
= C. lacunosa Ach. Harbor, L. I.

C.; Ft. Wadsworth, St.

P. aurescens (Tuck.) Nyl.
= C. aurescens Tuck.
P. lepatizon (Ach.) Wain.

Passaic, IN, Joe (C.e (C2 S;

ile
C.; Del. Water Gap, Pa.

=C. Fahlunensis (L.)

Schaer.
P. juniperina (L.) Nyl. (CS
= C. juniperina (L.) Ach.
P. juniperina var. Pinastri
(Ach.) Nyl. Bergen Co.
=C. juniperina Pinastri
Ach.

P. Fendleri (Tuck.) Nyl.
= C. Fendleri Tuck.

P. Oakesianum (Tuck.) Nyl.
= C. Oakesiana Tuck.

P. Islandica (L.) Ach.
= C. Islandica (L.) Nyl.

C.; Cam.; Atlantic, N. J.

Cat.

Ulster Co., N. Y.; Rich.
Hill, Del. Water Gap.
Common.

Nephromopsis ciliaris (Ach.)

Hue. C.; East N. Y.; Brainerd,

= C. ciliaris Ach. Ct. Common.
Anzia colpodes (Michx.) Stizb. At., Bergen Co. Com-
mon.
= Parmelia colpodes (Ach.)
Nyl.
Parmelia caesia Fr. (Ce
= Physica caesia (Hoffm,)
Nyl.
P. crinita Ach. C.; Ridg.; Ber. Co.
P. cetrata Ach. =? At.
P. laevigata (Sm.) Nyl. =? Ocean, N. J.; Monmouth,
IN do
P. pertusa (Schrank) Schaer. Ber. Co.; Oc.

(Ach.) Nyl.

fences.

*Genus 5.

*Genus 6.

*Genus I.

*Genus 2.

Genus 3.

85

P. olivacea (L.) Ach.
P. Borreri Turn.

. Borreri rudecta Tuck.
. caperata (L.) Ach.
. conspersa (Ehrh.) Ach.

ne} re) Se)

P. saxitalis (L.) Fr.

P. saxitalis sulcata (Tayl.)
Nyl. é

P. tiliacea (Hofftm.) Flk.

P. perforata (Jacq.) Ach.

P. perlata (L.) Ach.
= olivaria (Ach.) Hue
P. physodes (L.) Ach.
P. centrifuga (L.) Ach.
Parmeliopsis aleurites (Ach.)
Nyl.
= Cetraria aleurites (Ach.)
Th. Fr. and Parmelia aleu-
rites Nyl.
P. placorodia Ny).
= C. placorodia Nyl.
P. ambigua (Wulf.) Ach.
= Parmeliopsis ambigua
Candelaria concolor (Dicks.)
Arn.
= Telochistes concolor
(Dicks.).

C Cam

(C25 LBirie Se licks Cone
anus; Flatlands, Glen
Cove, L.I. Common.

CsStealas

C.; Pal. Common.

C.; St. Id.; Prospect Pk.,
B’klyn; Ridg.; Pater-
son, N. J. Common.

C.; Ridg.; Bra.; Val.; St.

(On S, dele

C.; Val. St. Common.

Cia Rich! Rides Git—
fords, St. Id.

Cl Ss. He-Ridgs- Vale
St.

Oc.; Monmouth, N. J.

C.; Valley Stream, L. I.

CiGampe-wRich=1Stlde

Family 6. Lecanoraceae

Candelariella vitellinum
(Ehrh.) Muhl. Arg.
= Placodium vitellinum
(Ehrh.) Naeg. and Hepp.
Icmadophila ericetorum (L.)
Zahlbr.
= Baeomyces aeruginosus
(Scop.) D. C.

I. ericetorum Nyl. (Zahlbr.)
= B. icmadophilus Ny].
Lecanora fuscata (Schrad.)

ADjoke 1Bree
= Acarospora fuscata
(Schrad.) Arn.

Rich.; Bay Ridge, L. I.

C.; Sum. Lake; N. J.

St. Id.; Shelbourne, N.
Ve.
Chester, N. J.

es Ge

Genus I.

86

L. tartarea (L.) Ach.
= Ochrolechia tartarea (L.)
Mass.

L. varia (Ehrh.) Nyl.

L. varia saepincola Fr.
L. atra (Huds.) Ach.
L. Bockit (Fr.) Th. Fr.

= L. gibbosa (Ach.).
L. muralis (Schreb.) Tuck.
L. xanthophana Nyl.
L. pallescens (L.) Schaer.
= Ochrolechia pallescens (L.)
Mass.
pallida (Schreb.) Schaer.
rubina (Vill.) Wain.
subfusca (L.) Ach.
pallida cancriformis Tuck.

Satan

= L. albella v. cancriformis
(Tuck.) Herre.
L. allophana Nyl.
L. subfusca distans (Ach.) Nyl.
L. Hageni Ach.
L. Willeyi Tuck.
L. Cupressi Tuck.
L. orosthea (Sw.)
= Lecanora symmicta Nyl.
L. athroocarpa (Dub.) Nyl.
= Lecidea athroocarpa
Ach.
L. cinerea Ach.
L. lacustris (With.) Nyl.

L. cervina (Pers.) Nyl.
= Acarospora chlorophana
(Walbg.) Mass. or =A.
squamulosa (Schrad.) Th.
Fr.
L. cervina discreta Nyl.
= A. discreta (Ach.) Th. Fr.
L. privigna Nyl.
= Biatorella simplex (Dav.)
Br. and Rostr.

Family 7.
Pertusaria multipuncta
(Turn.) Nyl.
P. globularis Ach.

C.; Ells.; Pal.

C.; Ridg.; Glen Cove,
ites

C.; Ridg.

Poestenkill, N. J.

Grea

(Co

(Gop lel

C.; Pal.

C.; Ridg.; Flat.; Val. St.
Haverstraw, N. Y.; Sus.
At.; Val. St.; Rich. Hill.
C.

Rich. Hill.

(ee
Cc.
C;
G:
(Cr
C.

Cleat

Pertusariaceae

(Ce
(O53 (Cale,

e., r

tous

Gases

te

I.

it

Bon Gly Vii

Ep

iP

t2,. 1s 1deawe

tr., rails.

ts

Gi eTie

(Gaemls.

i., fences.

(Ec

ite

t.

sandstone.

r. under
water

ig

ifs

ie

ts

tion

Genus I.
Genus 2.

Genus I.

Genus 2.

Genus I.

Genus 2.

Genus I.

87

P. velata (Turn.) Nyl.

P. communis DC.

P. leioplaca (Ach.) Schaer.
P. pustulata Duby.

@yaRads:

Ge Sie lds Rade.
(es

(Cus ane Tallin

P. glomerata (Schleich.) Schaer. Ja.

P. Wulfenii (DC.) Fr. Cat.
Family 8. Acarosporaceae
Biatorella (see Lecanora).
Acarospora (see Lecanora).
Family 9. Stictaceae

Sticta crocata (L..) Ach. Cc.
S. quercizans (Michx.) Ach. @ Pall Sus:

= Lobaria quercizans

Michx.
S. pulmonaria (L.) Ach. C.; Pal. Common.

= Lobaria pulmonaria (L.)
Hoffm.

S. amplissima (Scop.) Mass.
= Lobaria amplissima
(Seop.) Arn.

S. aurata (Sm.) Ach.

Pale-aNe Wotss Ney eC:
Newfield, N. J.; Mata-
moras, Pa.; Safe Har-
bor, Pa. Common.

Gloucester, N. J.

S. sylvatica (Huds.) S. F. Gray. Cat.
Lobaria (see Sticta).

Family 10. Peltigeraceae
Peltigera venosa (L.) Hoffm. c:

P. canina (L.) Hoffm.
P. canina spuria Ach.

= P. spuria (Ach.) DC.
P. apthosa (L.) Hoffm.

P. korizontalis (L.) Hoffm.
P. polydactyla (Neck.) Hoffm.
P. rufescens (Sw) Hoffm.
Nephroma tomentosum

Ce Pal alas ias

C., Glou.; Old Fields, N.
Ve

C.; Phila.; Bra.; Peek-
skill; Fishkill.

(Cue lee,

sus

C.; Newf.; Glou., N. J

(Hoffm.) Koerb. C.
N. Helveticum Ach. (E28 (CHie,
N. laevigatum Ach. C.; Cam.; At.
Family 11. Pannariaceae
Pannaria try plophylla (Ach.)
Mass. Newf.

= Parmeliella tryptophylla

Miill. Arg.
P. molybdaea (Pers.) Tuck.
= Collema molybdium

Newf.; C.; Salem; Hack-
ensack, N. J.

ibe,
(Bion
bon

ne aats”

mosses.

T.,

I.
Yr.
Yr.

r. in

(fo

ota Wein pe ta}

Genus 2.

Genus 3.

Genus 4.

Genus I.

Genus 2.

Genus I.

88

P. molybdaea cronia Nyl.
= Collema molybdium var.
cronia (Nyl.).
P. languinosa (Ach.) Koerb.
P. byssina (Hoffm.) Tuck.
= Dichodium byssinum
(Ach.) Nyl.
P. nigra (Huds.) Nyl.
= Placythium nigrum
(Huds.) S. Gray.
P. rubiginosa (Thunb.) Delis.

P. leucosticta Tuck.

P. microphylla (Sw.) Delis.
P. lurida (Mont.) Nyl.

= Physma lurida Mont.
Hydotheria venosa Russ.
Parmeliella (see Pannaria).
Placyrthium (see Pannaria).

Family 12.

Gyrophora (see Umbilicaria).

Umbilicaria vellea (L.) Nyl.
= Gyrophora (L.)
Ach.

U. Dilleni Tuck.
= G. Dilleni (Tuck.) Mil.
Arg.

U. Muhlenbergit (Ach.) Tuck.
= G. Muhlenbergiit (Ach.)
Schneid.

U. papulosa Tuck.
=U. pustulata papulosa
Tuck.

U. pustulata (L.) Hoffm.

vellea

U. Pennsylvanica Hoffm.
U. hirsuta (Ach.) Stenh.
= G. hirsuta (L.) Ach.

Family 13.
Lecidea contigua Fr.
L. enteroleuca Ach.
L. granosa Tuck.
= Toninia granosa (Tuck.).
L. tessellina Tuck.

Sus.

C.; Pal.
C.; Cam.; Hack.

C.; Hack.

Newf.; Ulster Co., N. Y.;
Shadaken, Pa.
C.; Newf.; Weehawken,

N. J.

Cc.

C.; Pal.; Cam.; At.; N.
Y.C.; Newf.

C. V. under water.

Gyrophoraceae

Cc:

Sus.

C.; Sus.

Rockland Co.

Garrison’s; Washington
Heights, N. Y. C.;
‘Morris Pond, N. J.

Sus.; Mat.; Pa.

Cat.

Lecidiaceae

C.; St. Id.; Ja. Common.
(Cu8 Cait.
Ce

C.

ete
ae

a

., bricks.

89

L. albocoerulescens (Wult.)

Schaer. R. Hill, West Graham,
Ce r.
L. muscorum Koerb. G r.
= Bacidia muscorum (Ach.)
Mudd.
L. alba (Schl.) Nyl. = ? St. Id. ite
L. elaeochroma Tuck. (e 165

= Lecidea parasema v. ela-
eochroma (Tayl.) Ach.

L. spilota Fr. CG Ic
= Lecidea tessellata Fek.

L. lutea Schaer. Newf. it
= Biatorina lutea (Dicks.)
Arn.

Genus 2. Psora (see Biatora).
Genus 3. Catillaria (see Biatora).
Genus 4. Biatorina (see Biatora).

Genus 5. Biatora anthracophila Nyl. Cc; pine wood.

= Lecidea anthracophila
Nyl.

B. campestris Fr. Cr erat e.
= Biatorella campestris
(ire) Iai, Iie.

B. chlorantha Tuck. Cart: pine wood.
= Bacidia chlorantha
(Tuck.) Fink. .

B. chlorosticta Tuck. Cc cedar bark.
= Bacidia chlorosticta
(Tuck.).

B. cuprea (Sommerf.) Fr. Pine Is.; N. Y. cedar bark.
= Lecidea cuprea
Sommerf.

B. geophana Nyl. ec e:

B. granulosa (Ehrh.) Poetsch. Todt Hill, St. Id. sand.
= Lecidea granulosa (Ehrh.)
Schaer.

B. cupreo-rosella Ny. Orange Co., N. Y. ie
= Bilimbia cupria Mass.

B. exigua (Schrad.) Ach. (Ce r.
= Rinodina exigua (Ach.)
IMs Iie

B. hypnophila Turn. (Ce trop, Gla Atv
= Bilimbia hypnophila
(Ach.) Th. Fr.

B. icteria Mont. orale e.

= Psora icteria (Mont.)
Fink.

90

B. mixta Fr. - 1emill.
= Biatorina mixta (With.)
Fink.

B. parvifolia (Pers.) Tuck. Ce
= Lecidea parvifolia (Pers.)

Nyl.

B. rubella Fr. C.; Pal.; Newf.

= Bacidia rubella (Hoffm.)
Mass.

B. Russellit Tuck. C.; Sus.
= Psora Russelliit (Tuck.)
Fink.

B. Resinae Fr. GC:
= Biatorella resinae (Fr.)

AN Jie

B. rufo-nigra Tuck. Pal.
= Lecidea rufo-nigra
(Tuck.) Hasse.

B. russula (Ach.). CG:
= Biatorina russula Ach.

B. sanguineo-atra (Fr.) Tuck. C.
= Bacidia atrasanguineo
(Schaer.) Th. Fr.

B. suffusa Fr. C-
= Bacidia fuscorubella v.
suffusa (Fr.) Fink.

B. uliginosa (Schrad.) Ach. « C.

= Lecidea uliginosa (Schrad.)
Ach.

B. umbrina Ach. (es
= Bacidia umbrina (Ach.)
Br. et Rostr.
B. varians Ach. C.; common.

= Lecidea varians Ach.
B. vernalis (L.) Fr. (Cs, Cai.
= Lecidea vernalis (L.) Ach.
B. viridescens (Schrad.) Fr. Cc:
= Lecidea viridescens
(Schrad.) Ach.

B. Schweinitzii Fr. C.; Newf.

= Bacidia Schweinitzii
(Tuck.) Fink.

B. inundata Fr. G:
= Bacidia inundata (Fr.)
Koerb.

B. fossarum (Duff.) Mont. C.

= Biatorella fossarum
(Duff.) Th. Fr.

white pine.

rotting log;

e.
r., rails.
bor, ls SY
its
rotting
wood.
rotting
wood.
rotting
wood.
ts

Genus 6.
Genus 7.
Genus 8.
Genus 9.
*Genus 10.

*Genus I.

*Genus 2.

Genus I.

oi

B. nigra Tuck. GE:
=?
B. decolorans (Hoffm.) Fr. (Cz

= Lecidea decolorans
(Hoffm.) Schaer.

B. tricolor With. (ee
= catillaria tricolor, (With).
Adios Ihe

B. denigrata Fr. Ce.
= Biatorina synothea,(Ach.)
Koerb.

B. fusco-rubella Hofim. &
= Bacidia fusco-rubella
(Hoffm.) Arn.

Bacidia (see Biatora).

Bilimbia (see Biatora).

Toninia (see Biatora).

Rhizocarpon (see Buellia).

Lopadium vulpinum (Tuck.).
= Heterothecium vulpinum
Tuck. Atlantic Co., N. J.

L. pezizoideum (Ach.) Koerb.
=H. pezizoideum (Ach.) C.
Flot.

Family 14. Diptochistaceae

Conotrema urceolatum (Ach.)

Tuck. CaWaleSt:
= Gyrostomum urceolatum
Fr.
Diplochistes scruposus (L.)
Norm. (Cz
= Urceolaria scruposa (L.)
Nyl.

Family 15. Graphidaceae
Graphis scripta (L.) Ach. Gy Nees C2 Rich=) Git=
fords, St. Id.; Conewa-
go, Pa. Common.

G. scripta graciliens Nyl. C. S. Harbor.
G. scripta f. recta Nyl. CG Raleaoteld:
G. scripta assimilis Nyl. Cc

G. erumpens Nyl. Giff.

G. elegans (Sm.) Ach. Cy

G. dendritica Ach. Gi Pal:

= Phaeographis dendritica
(Ach.) Miill. Arg.
G. sculpturata Ach. (Ce

fir bark.

Aeon o a8

Genus 2.
Genus 3.

Genus 4.

Genus I.
Genus 2.

Genus I.

92

Phaeographis (see Graphis).
Opegrapha varia Pers.

O. varia rimalis Fr.

O. vulgata Ach.

O. viridis Pers.

Xylogropha parallela (Ach.)
Fr.

C. Newf.; St. Id.; Rich.

Hall Wt

(Ce
c:
Cc

Lakewood, N. J.

Family 16. Arthoniaceae

Arthothelium (see Arthonia).
Arthonia glaucescens Nyl.
A. lecidella Nyl.
A. astroidea Ach.
= Arthonia radiata Ach.
A. spectabilis Ach.
= Arthothelium spectabile
Mass.
A. punctiformis Ach.
A. glebosa Tuck.

C.; Newf.
&
CerEiics

4. Group: COLLEMAE Hill.

Family 1. Collemaceae

Collema microphyllum Ach.
= Leptogium microphyllum
(Ach.) Zahlbr.

C. tenax (Sw.) Ach.

C. furvum Ach.

C. myriococcum (Ach.) Arn.

C. pycnocarpum Nyl.
= Synechoblastus pycnocar-
pum (Nyl.) Fink.

C. verruciforme Nyl.

C. cyrtaspis Tuck.
= Synechoblastus cyrtaspis
(Tuck.) Fink.

C. leptaleum Tuck.

C. floccidum Ach.
= Synechoblastus flaccidus

(Ach.) Trev.

C. nigrescens (Leers) Wain.

C. nigrescens leucopepla Tuck.
=C. vespertilio (Lightf.)
Wain.

C. ryssoleum Tuck.
= Synechoblastus ryssoleus
(Tuck.) Fink.

C. pulposum (Bernh.) Ny].

CC

(or

Cc:

C.; Limestone, N. Y.
(CePA:

(Cos 1Pal

(C.

(oe

@3;) Jas ValaSet

CG:
Bats. to N. J.
Cee ale

CxpPale

ce sage

ez

Genus 2.

Genus 3.
Genus 4.

Genus I.

Genus I.

Genus I.

Genus

=

Genus I.
Genus 2.
Genus 3.

93

C. plicatile Schaer.
= Leptogium plicatile (Ach.)
Nyl.

Leptogium bolacinum Stizenb.
= Dentriscocaulon bolacinum
Nyl.

L. tremelloides (L. fil.) Wain.

L. myccochorum saturinun

Schaer.

. palmatum (Huds.) Mont.

. chloromelum (Sm.) Nyl.

. dactyinum Tuck.

SUIS ist le

. lacerum (Sm.) Fr.

= L. scotinum (Ach.) Fr.
L. pulchellum (Ach.) Ny].
L. saturinum (Dicks.) Ny.
L. tenuissimum (Sm.) Koerb.
Synechoblastus (see Collema).
Dendriscocaulon (see Lepto-
gium).

Ulster Co., N. Y.

C7 y Bian Catecaa:

(Oe

Cc

Pale

Pal.; Poughkeepsie, N. Y.
Gea

C-
(Ce
€

Family 2. Heppiaceae

Heppia Despreauxii (Mont.)
Tuck. = H. virescens
(Despr.) Nyl.

Cam.

Family 3. Lichinaceae

Lichina confinis Ag.

Pal.

Family 4. Pyrenopsidaceae

Pyrenopsis Schroederi (Mass.)
Nyl.
= Psorotichia Schaereri
(Mass.) Arn.

Sus.

Family 5. Ephebaceae

Ephebe pubescens Fr.
= FE. lanata (L.) Wain.

CheeSuss

Sub-order: CONIOCARPINEAE Meyer,

Family 1. Caliciaceae

Chaenotheca (see Calicium).
Stenocybe (see Calicium).
Calicium tigillare (Fee) DC.
= Cyphelium tigillare Th.
Fr.
C. byssacaum Fr.
= Stenocybe byssacaum
(Fr.) Nyl.

CepAt:

Genus I.

Genus I.

Genus I.

*Genus 2.

*Genus 3.

*Genus 4.

*Genus I.

94

C. Curtisii Tuck.

C. curtum Turn. & Borr.

C. fuscipes Tuck.

C. phaeocephalum (Turn.)
Turn and Borr. &
= Chaenotheca phaeoceph-
ala (Turn.) Th. Fr.

A090

C. roscidum roscidilum Ny]. (ee
C. roscidum (F1.) Nyl. Ocean, N. J.
C. subtile Fr. Cc.
= C. parieturnum Ach.
C. tubaeforme Tuck. c:

II: Order PYRENOCARPALES Wain

Family 1. Mycoporaceae
Mycoporum pycnocarpumNyl. C.

Family 2. Trypetheliaceae

Try pethelium virens Tuck. @: Pali: Ogden; Pa:

T. cruentium Mont. Salem, N. J.
= Milanotheca cruenta
(Mont.) Miill. Arg.

Family 3. Pyrenulaceae

Pyrenula hylaspora (Nyl.)

Tuck. (C5
P. lactea (Mass.) Tuck. CG:
P. thelaena (Ach.) Tuck. CG:
P. pachycheila Tuck. Newf.
P. nitida (Weig.) Ach. CeiGCat:

or P. nitida (Schrad.) Ach.
P. punctiformis (Ach.) Naeg. C.; Cat.
P. cinchonae Tuck. Newf.
P. leucoplaca (Walbr.) Koerb. C.
Lepthorapsis derinidis (Ach.)

The Er: Ce PalieAt

= Sagedia oxespora (Nyl.)
Tuck.
Porina faginea (Korb.) Arn. Cc:
= Sagedia lactea (Korb.).
Polyblastiopsis lactea (Korb.)
Zahlbr. C
= Sagedia lactea (Kbr.)

Family 4. Dermatocarpaceae

Dermatocar pon arboreus (Fr.)
Fink. C.; Newf.
= Endocarpon arboreum

jolt

- W.

d. w.
d. w.

ig

d. w.

(Schweinitz).
D. hepaticum (Ach.). 3-7 Pale d. w.
= FE. hepaticum Ach.
D. rufescens (Ach.) Zahlbr. (er d. w.
= FE. rufescens (Ach.).
D. miniatum (L.) Mann. Oranges Cow Ne, Ye:
= E. miniatum (L.) Schaer. Youngs, L. I. d. w.
D. fluviatile (Weis.) Th. Fr. (ox t.
= FE. miniatum aquatium
Schaer.
D. miniatum complicatum Sw. C.; Pal. t.

= E. miniatum complicatum
Schaer.
Family 5. Verrucariaceae

Genus 1. Thrombium (see Verrucaria).

Genus 2. Verrucaria epigaea (Pers.)
Ach. c: t.
=Thrombium epigaea(Pers.)
Walbr.

V. nitida Schrad. (Ce ie
= Pyrenula nitida ‘Ach.)
Weig.
’ Boys Hicu ScHoot,
BROOKLYN, N. Y.

NEWS ITEMS.

Dr. M. A. Brannon, dean of the college of letters and science,
and professor of botany, at the University of North Dakota,
assumed the duties of president at the University of Idaho on
April 1.

Professor Bohumil Shimek, of the department of botany,
University of Iowa, sailed for Europe on April 9. He will spend
six months abroad studying the work and methods of various
European universities, and will devote considerable time to a
study of the loess formations of the Old World. Professor Shimek
will deliver a series of lectures at the University of Prague during
May and June. .

We !earn from Science that the seventieth birthday, on March
25, of Professor Adolf Engler, the director of the Royal Botanic
Garden and Museum at Dahlem, near Berlin, was celebrated in
the presence of many eminent German and foreign botanists,
by several functions. According to the account in Nature, on

96

the day itself, Professor Pax, rector of the University of Breslau,
with Professors Diels and Gilg, as its editors, presented to Pro-
fessor Engler a copy of the Fest-Band of Engler’s “Botanische
Jahrbiicher.”” The volume forms a supplement to the fiftieth
volume of this publication, and consists of more than forty
illustrated contributions, largely from his pupils. Professor
Haberlandt presented Professor Engler, on behalf of hundreds of
subscribers, with his life-size marble bust, the work of the
sculptor, A. Manthe. On March 26 there was a banquet at
which the official world was represented; and on March 27 the
monthly meeting of the Deutsche Botanische Gesellschaft was
converted into an ‘“‘Engler’’ meeting, and Professor von Wett-
stein gave, by special invitation, a lecture on the phylogenetic
evolution of the Angiosperm flower.

Mr. G. R. Bisby of the staff of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden,
has been given a leave of absence from the garden, in order to
accept a position as plant pathologist for the season with a potato
grower of northern Maine. He is working under general super-
vision of Dr. Melhus of the U. S. Department of Agriculture.

‘The Austrian Zoological and Botanical Society has awarded
the Archduke Rainer gold medals to two members of Yale
University, Dr. Ross G. Harrison, Bronson professor of com-
parative anatomy, and Dr. George R. Wieland, lecturer in
paleobotany.

We learn from the daily papers of the death on April 28, at Paris,
of the botanist Philippe Edouard Leon Van Tieghem. He was
born on the roth of April, 1829, at Bailleul, France. He was an
officer of the Legion of Honor, was perpetual secretary of the
Academy of Sciences, Paris, and was a professor at the Museum
of Natural History and the Institut Agronomique. He was the
author of many botanical books and papers, but his most dis-
tinguished work in recent vears was the editorship of the botanical
section of the Annales des Sciences Naturelles.

ie

The Torrey Botanical Club
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
~ gratuitous copies of the number of TorREYA in which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof. -

ae Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor, The New Era Printing Co. 41 North Queen
_ Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates :

“i 2pp. 4pp —_ 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp

25 copies $ .75 «=: $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies 90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85.
100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers : 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

#; The following Committees have been appointed for 1914

Finance Committee Field Committee
J. H. Barnwart, Chairinan SERENO STETSON, Chairman
Miss €;-C. Haynes -—

Budget Committee Program. Committee
J. H. Barnuart, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman
N. Le Britton Miss JEAN BROADHURST
B. O. DopGE C. SruaRt. GAGER
M. A. Howe rey SEAVER
AL W. Evans
H. H. Russy

Local Flora Committee
- N. L. Britton, Chairman

- Phanerogams: ’ Cryptogams:
FE. P. BicKNELL ~ as Mrs. E. G. Britton
N. L. Brrrron —. PHitie DowELy
eden CH CURTIS! «. Shee Tracy E. Hazen
-K) Ki Mackenzie > | M. A. Howe
Norman Tayror : W. A. Morrie

_ Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
Wiruiam MansFIELp

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

A OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL cLUB

(1) BULLETIN

A dale cal devoted to general botany, cunts
1870... Vol.-40 published in 1913, contained 712 pages of text
and 26 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,

14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are,

agents for England.

Of former volumes, only 24-40 ¢ can be supplied entire : cers
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire odes
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at. the published price of two dollars ©
each ;- Vols. 28-40 three dollars each.

Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete ies

(2) MEMOIRS

The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at pero: |

intervals. Volumes 1-13 are now completed ; Nos: 1 and 2 of

Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at

$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-

chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and oe ic

“prices will be furnished on application.
(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-_
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New.
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.

Correspondence relating to the above publications should e 3

addressed to
DR. BERNARD O. DODGE
| Columbia University,

New York City.

Sees)

June, IgI4 ) No. 6

ORREYA _

A Montuty Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News

EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
NORMAN TAYLOR
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873
CONTENTS ~
Some Midwinter Algae of Long Island Sound: M. A. HOWE.....-+.000csecercesse ceees OF

_ Occurrence of the Indian Pipe in a Xerophytic Habitat: E. D. HuLL...-:...... ena b cep
Two new Tertiary Species of Trapa : E. W. BERRY... ccs1ccccceccecceceseoeeceeseneeeeaaes 105

Shorter Notes” ink ral om !
_. Whorled leaves in Gentiana: E, J. HILl......-.-..2..-csee een: eres aren OP 108
Se RPROVIEWS ANG NOLES) 65.267 icce cose sins gavcienincn ecawtgses ther ecu sonts cose nen ssnehe Seiezelns otenbiness 109
BeBe HIN soi P se ae NC Ress eRe oe roo ecg de do enercaazeteda de 112

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

At 4: NortH QuEEN STREET, LANCASTER, Pa.
BY Tuer New Era Printing COMPANY

{Entered atthe Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. ]

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

President
R. A. HARPER, PH.D.

Vice-Presidents

JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D,
- HERBERT M.- RICHARDS, S.D.

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD O. DODGE, Ph.D.
+ Columbia University, New York City

Editor

ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Px.D.

Associate Editors

JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D '
ERNEST D. CLARK, Px.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.
J. A. HARRIS PH.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, PH.D.

NORMAN TAYLOR

TorReEyA is furnished to ‘subscribers in the United States and -
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent ©
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan- -
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. a)

Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should
be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR

Brooklyn Botanic Garden
Brooklyn, N.Y. —

TORREYA

June, 1914.
Vol. 14 No. 6

SOME MIDWINTER ALGAE OF LONG ISLAND SOUND

By MARSHALL A. HOWE

For reasons that are more or less obvious the marine algae of
the coasts of New York and New England have received little
attention from collectors during the coldest months of the year.
Mr. F. S. Collins once published in Rhodora* a brief paper on
“Seaweeds in Winter ’”’, with a specific allusion to his experiences
“at a point on the shore of Long Island Sound”’ on an intensely
cold first day of January. Professor Bradley Moore Davis has
more recently in his important contributions to the “ Biological
Survey of the Waters of Woods Hole and Vicinity ”’ (p. 474) given
a list of fifty-four species of algae ‘“‘known to be present in the
cold-water sublittoral formation of the winter and spring’”’ and
he remarks that the water temperatures for this formation prob-
ably average under 35° F. for at least two and a half months.
Exact dates are not given, but it seems to be implied that any
one of the fifty-four may be found during the coldest weeks of
the year. A chart illustrating the algal flora of Spindle Rocks at
Woods Hole on December 30, 1904, includes eighteen species and
another for March 17, 1905, shows ten species. In the detailed
list of the species of the Woods Hole region there are remarks on
the seasonal distribution of each, such as ‘
undoubtedly at other seasons,” ‘‘summer, undoubtedly through-
out the year,’ ‘“‘at all seasons,’ etc. In a recent interesting
papert on “The Seasonal | ife-Cycle of some Red Algae at Woods
Hole”’ Professor I. F. Lewis outlines the life-history of several

99 66

“summer, summer,

* 2: 130-132. 1900.
7 Plant World 17: 31-35. I914.
[No. 5, Vol. 14, of TORREYA, comprising pp. 73-96, was issued 14 May 1914.|

97

LIBR 4
NEW y
BOT ANT
GARDI

98

common red seaweeds of that region, but makes no specific.
references to midwinter observations.

The present notes have been suggested by several small collec-
tions of marine algae made at and near Orient, New York, by
Mr. Roy Latham during the month of February of the present
year, a February, by the way, that ranks among the coldest
ever recorded by the New York City station of the United
States Weather Bureau. Most of the specimens were found
washed ashore after heavy storms and may have been passing
the winter in the deeper waters, but there seems to be nothing
in the list to excite suspicions as to the actual local occurrence
of the species found.

The four following species were found ‘‘near the shore of
Gardiner’s Bay”’ on February 7:

Scytosiphon lomentarius (Lyngb.) J. Ag. Plants 14-20 cm.
long with well-developed gametangia.

Cystoclonium purpurascens (Huds.) Kiitz. Plant (or frag-
ment) about Io cm. high and incipiently tetrasporic. Cysto-
clonium is annotated by Davis as a summer plant at Woods Hole.

Agardhiella tenera (Ag.) J. Ag. A battered and weather-worn
fragment with immature or somewhat abnormally developed
tetrasporangia. Occurring with undoubted Cystoclonium pur-
purascens, the specimen might possibly be suspected of represent-
ing a coarse denuded condition of that species, but the mode
of branching and the larger cells of the inner cortex as well as
the stouter habit indicate that it belongs with A gardhiella tenera.
Lewis considers this a summer species at Woods Hole, but Davis
remarks of it, ““summer, undoubtedly at other seasons.”

Ceramium rubrum (Huds.) Ag. Apparently sterile.

The species of the list immediately following were found on the
shores of the Sound on February 14, just after a severe storm:

Ulva Lactuca L.

Desmarestia aculeata (L.) Lamour. The denuded autumn and
winter condition.

Laminaria A gardhu Kjellm.

Laminaria digitata (L.) Lamour.

Chondrus crispus (L.) Stackh. Tetrasporic.

99

Gymnogongrus Torreyi (Ag.) J. Ag. This is probably only a
peculiar flattened condition of Ahnfeltia plicata, as has been
pointed out by Professor Setchell.* The flattening, however, as
in Agardh’s type specimens, is often pronounced in the upper
parts of the plant, the longer transverse axis being sometimes
twice as long as the shorter.

Ahnfeltia plicata (Huds.) Fr. }

Sterrocolax decipiens Schmitz. Abundant on “Gymnogongrus
Torreyi,’ which fact may be interpreted as strengthening the
idea that G. Torrey is only a form of Ahnfeltia plicata.

Cystoclonium purpurascens (Huds.) Kiitz. Apparently sterile.

Rhodymenia palmata (L.) Grev. Large tetrasporic specimens
attached to Laminaria stalks.

Polysiphonia elongata (Huds.) Harv. Apparently sterile. The
specimens are in part fibrillose and in part represent the coarse
denuded autumn and winter condition. Davis ascribes the
species to “‘summer,”’ but Farlow? recognizes its perennial habit.

Spermothamnium Turnert (Mert.) Aresch. Attached to the
base of Polysiphonia elongata.

Callithamnion Baileyi Harv. With mature cystocarps.

The following were collected on February 25. Mr. Latham
writes that the Chaetomorpha, the Sargassum, and the Champia
were taken by cutting a hole “‘through fifteen inches of ice on
the bay”’:

Chaetomorpha Linum (Miill.) Kiitz.t

Sphacelaria cirrhosa (Roth) Ag. Attached to Ascophyllum (?)
and forming tufts 0.5-1.5 cm. high. Davis refers this to the
summer species.

Desmarestia aculeata (L.) Lamour.

Sargassum Filipendula (Ag.) J. Ag. A plant nearly 5 dm. high,

* Rhodora 7: 136-138. 1905.

7 Mar. Alg. N. E. 172. 1881.

i Ch. Linum has been referred to Ch. aervea (Dillw.) Kiitz. as a form by F. S.
Collins (Green Alg. N. Am. 325. 1909). The plant described by Dillwyn may
be the natural type of the species, but that described by Miiller more than thirty
years earlier would appear to be the historical type, and, if one is to be considered
a form of the other, the rules of botanical nomenclature as now almost universally

interpreted and applied would seem to demand that Mr. Collins’ procedure should
be reversed and that Ch. aerea should be regarded a form of Ch. Linum.

100

somewhat darkened and with scarcely developed receptacles,
but otherwise of about the normal habit.

Phyllophora membranifolia (Good. & Woodw.) J. Ag. Tetra-
sporic.

Champia parvula (Ag.) Harv. Plants 3-4 cm. high, apparently
sterile. This species is ascribed to summer by Davis.

Delesseria sinuosa (Good. & Woodw.) Lamour. A battered
tetrasporic plant.

Polysiphonia elongata (Huds.) Harv. Plants 10-15 cm. long,
fibrillose, apparently sterile.

Melobesia Lejolisit Rosan. On leaves of Zostera.

Dermatolithon pustulatum (Lamour.) Fosl. Onleaves of Zostera,
with the preceding.

Mr. Latham sent in for determination several collections also
that were made in the month of March and so are perhaps not
properly to be referred to as ‘‘midwinter”’ algae, but two of these
collections were so little later than the month of February that
they are of some interest in this connection. The first of these
March specimens were picked up on the “Sound shore’’ on
March 5, but are believed to have washed in “with the great
storm of March 1.’’ Omitting the common Fucaceae and a few
others already mentioned, those of March 5 were

Halothrix lumbricalis (Kiitz.) Reinke. On Zostera leaf, fertile.

Punctaria latifolia Grev. Sterile.

Desmarestia viridis (Mill.) Lamour.

Chondrus crispus (L.) Stackh. Tetrasporic and cystocarpic.

Phyllophora membranifolia (Good. & Woodw.) J. Ag. Tetra-
sporic and cystocarpic plants. The ‘“‘nemathecia”’ of this
species are in structure very suggestive of Actinococcus sub-
cutaneus (Lyngb.) Roseny., parasitic on Phyllophora Brodiaet.
In form, however, they are strikingly different from the sub-
spherical thalli of Actinococcus subcutaneus and a microscopical
examination seems to indicate that they are integral parts of the
Phyllophora thallus rather than parasitic organisms. The re-
cently established facts as to alternation of generations in the
Florideae, together with the obvious structural resemblances
just alluded to, suggest a further consideration of Reinke’s idea*

* In Darbishire, On Actinococcus and Phyllophora. Ann. Bot. 13: 264. 1890.

101

that Actinococcus subcutaneus may really be ‘“‘an asexual genera-
tion of Phyllophora Brodiaet, growing parasitically on the sexual
generation.” Darbishire (Joc. cit.) succeeded in showing that
the thallus of Actinococcus subcutaneus develops from a spore
that enters the thallus of the male plant of Phyllophora Brodiaei
through an antheridial ostiole, but he was not able to discover
whence the spore came or whether it was a tetraspore or a carpo-
spore.

Polysiphonia urceolata formosa (Suhr) J. Ag. Sterile.

Rhodomela subfusca (Woodw.) Ag. Tetrasporic.

Ceramium rubrum (Huds.) Ag. Tetrasporic.

Rhododermis Georgii (Batt.) Collins. Forming cushions on the
margins of Zostera leaves, with pinomsaett:

Corallina officinalis L.

On March 7, Pylaiella littoralis (L.) Kjellm., Polysiphonia
nigrescens (Dillw.) Grev., and Epilithon membranaceum (Esp.)
Heyd. were added to the foregoing lists.

NEw YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN.

OCCURRENCE OF THE INDIAN PIPE (MONOTROPA
UNIFLORA) IN A XEROPHYTIC HABITAT

By EpwIN D. HULL

The Indian pipe (Monotropa unzflora) is considered one of the
most mesophytic of our plants, and the habitat in which it grows:
is supposed to conform to its nature. The 7th edition of Gray’s
Manual gives the habitat of this species as, ‘“‘Rich and dark
woods.” S. Coulter (1) says, “Indicative of rich soil.” I have,
however, found it growing sparingly on the oak dunes about
Lake Michigan at Miller, Lake Co., Indiana, where it seems to
be the only mesophyte in an otherwise distinctly xerophytic
flora, at least so far as the vascular plants are concerned. The
trees of this association, of which the black oak (Quercus velutina)
far exceeds all the other species in abundance, stand some dis-
tance apart and permit considerable light to penetrate, so that
the forest is decidedly open rather than dark. The undergrowth
does not form a continuous mat, and there are numerous broad

102

patches of barrensand. Cowles (2) in 1899 described the ecology
of these dunes, and showed conclusively that the flora is xero-
phytic. Coulter (1) listed the vascular plants of these oak dunes,
totalling 43 species, all of which are of a xerophytic character.
The nature of the situation is best shown by listing some of the
most conspicuous and abundant plants contributing to the
undergrowth. These are Pieris aquilina, Lupinus perennis,
Viola pedata lineariloba, Opuntia Rafinesqui, Vaccinium penn-
sylwanicum and Phlox pilosa. The Indian pipe, not being
abundant, seems to have been entirely overlooked by the numer-
ous investigators of the sand dune flora. Its scarcity, however,
may be due to other than edaphic causes. Coulter (1) reports
it as widely distributed throughout Indiana, but not abundant,
so it may be as common here as in more mesophytic areas in the
state. This author listed the counties in which the plant has
been found, but it seems not to have been reported from any of
the counties bordering the lake, nor from any of the counties
adjacent to these, although it doubtless occurs in all. I
found at the above mentioned station September 15, 1912 a
single clump of this species at the base of a black oak (Quercus
velutina), consisting of three stalks, evidently of recent appear-
ance, as the summit of the stems showed no tendency to become
erect as is the case when the fruit matures. Stalks of the pre-
ceding year were also found. Early in October of the same year
I found in a similar situation at Dune Park, a few miles east of
Miller, another clump of these plants with the seeds nearly all
shed. It is seen, therefore, that the aerial life of this species
is very brief, doubtless of less than a month in duration, at least
in this locality. While the plants found at Miller were some-
what dwarfed, the two dried stems before me measuring II and
12.5 cm., they are considerably above the minimum height, .5
dm., given in Gray’s Manual.

It should be here noted that Coulter (1) reports tke species
as occasional on dry wooded hillsides in the southern counties of
Indiana, and I have myself found it on the summits of dry oak
covered hills in DeWitt Co., Illinois, where the plants are locally
abundant. Such habitats, while probably not nearly so xero-

103

phytic as the oak dunes of Lake Michigan, are not of an extreme
mesophytic character by any means. I have noticed that in
these Illinois plants the culmination of the flowering period is not
reached until the latter part of August or early September, but
the flowers do not come so late as in plants of the sand dunes.
That the habitat, in DeWitt Co., at least, is more mesophytic,
is indicated by the distribution of the xerophytic fern (Pteris
aquilina) in that county. Herein the dunes this fern is associated
with the oaks, but in the oak woods of DeWitt Co. it is entirely
absent, occurring only on barren, exposed hills, the most xero-
phytic areas in the region. The situation in southern Indiana
may be the same.

The late blooming, September 15, is also noteworthy. Coulter
(1) gives the blooming period as extending from June to August,
which is the exact time given in Gray’s Manual. ' It is interesting
that xerophitism, often so potent a factor in early blooming,
seems to have a reverse effect on the flowering of this species.

To account for the occurrence of this mesophyte in a xerophytic
area, there seems to me two theories which should be considered.
One theory would be that some local condition, comparable to the
usual mesophytic habitat of this species, exists. A second view
would be that the plant is able to endure xerophytic conditions
on account of its short aerial life, provided there is sufficient
stable humus to enable the underground portion to persist from
year to year. An alternative, of course, would be to consider
the plant as a xerophyte, but there is no evidence to support
such an assumption.

Of the two theories the second seems to be the more valid one.
About the only evidence to support the first view is that appar-
ently the plants are here subjected to rather severe conditions,
as is shown by the scarcity and semi-dwarfness of the stems,
these being also much blackened by the sun. But such evidence
may be more apparent than real, for the plant is able to persist
and ripen its seed as well here as elsewhere. To support the
second view we have the evidence of late blooming, which seems
to me very important. If a local condition existed, the plant
would be expected to flower in its usual season. Cowles (2)

104

has shown that even in the open shifting sand between the oaks,
a very xerophytic situation, such fungi as various species of
Geaster and Lycoperdon occur. Plants like these can hardly be
called xerophytes, but on the contrary are extremely mesophytic,
the entire aerial life of the plant being of extremely brief duration.
Otherwise the plants probably exist only as spores, the delicate
mycelium being unable to withstand any severe or prolonged
drought. Of similar habit are many desert plants, both annual
and perennial, which spring up during wet seasons and persist in
dry periods only underground, or as seeds. These plants, as
pointed out by Schimper (3) possess no xerophytic structures,
and would, therefore, be called mesophytes. Comparable in
habit to these desert perennials, it seems to me, is the Indian
pipe, although, unlike them, its activity must be confined to a
definite period, on account of seasonal changes in temperature.
The question might naturally be raised that if the plant is able
to live in xerophytic habitats, it should also be found in the more
exposed places, as are the fungi. But the peculiar short root
system of this species would be exposed quickly by a shifting of
the sand, even though slight, and the plant would necessarily
perish. As I have stated, the fungi probably exist over severe
periods in the form of spores, while the Indian pipe cannot pro-
duce fruit in a single season from the seed, in all probability, so
that a stable soil is requisite.

It would seem, however, that the plant is confined to woodland:
habitats, whether mesophytic or otherwise. Sunlight, as is well-
known, causes a blackening of the stems, and extreme sunlight
would doubtless kill them. It is unlikely, therefore, that the
plants could exist in the open. But given a degree of shade, it
seems reasonable to suppose that they could exist in some of the
most xerophytic places.

The late mid-September blooming, which seems to be the key
to the persistence of the plant here, could be accounted for in the
following manner. Fuller (4), who investigated the evaporating
power of the air in its relation to the vegetation of the sand dunes,
has shown that commencing about the first of September there is
a decided drop in the rate of evaporation and this drop continues

105

during the greater part of the month, when the rate begins to rise
on account of the trees shedding their foliage. By the latter
part of September the rate of evaporation is at its lowest expres-
sion during the period under observation, namely, from May to
October, inclusive. This low rate of September forms a striking
contrast to the high rates of much of June and all of July and
August, the usual flowering period of this species. It is during
this period of low evaporation that the stems of the Indian pipe
spring up, flower and mature their fruit.

From the above data it would seem that the Indian pipe is a
‘mesophyte, but so far from being confined to mesophytic woods,
is able to persist in decidedly xerophytic areas. It seems, how-
ever, to be confined to woods. This persistence is determined
by the short aerial life of the plant, and not by the formation of
any xerophytic structures.

CHICAGO, ILL.
LITERATURE CITED

I. Coulter, S., A Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and the Ferns and their Allies
Indigenous to Indiana. Indiana Dept. of Geology and Natural Resources.
24th Annual Report, pp. 553-1002. 1899. Data concerning the Indian
pipe is given in pp. 867-868.

2. Cowles, H. C., The Ecological Relations of the Vegetation on the Sand Dunes
of Lake Michigan. Bot. Gazette 27. 1899. The oak dunes are described
in pp. 379-382.

3. Schimper, A. F. W., Plant-geography upon a Physiological Basis, pp. 610-612.
Oxford, 1903.

4. Fuller, G. D., Evaporation and Plant Succession on the Sand Dunes of Lake
Michigan. Transactions Illinois State Academy of Science 4: 119-125.
IQII.

VO NE Wore PNR SPE CIbS OF TRAPA

By Epwarp W. BERRY

The genus Trapa, formerly included in the family Onograceae,
is now made the type and only genus of the Hydrocaryaceae
(Trapaceae, Dumort, 1827). There are three existing species, all
aquatics, and all confined to the Old World except tor the naturali-
zation of Trapa natans L., in New England and New York. The
latter species is found irregularly scattered throughout central
and southern Europe, its area of distribution being a contracting

106.

one as shown by its occurrence in post-glacial deposits at very
many localities beyond its present range in Russia, Finland,
Sweden and Denmark. The two other existing species are
Trapa bicornis L., and Trapa bispinosa Roxb., of southeastern
and southern Asia and said also to occur in Africa.

The genus has an extended geological history. Rosettes sup-
posed to represent the floating leaves (Trapa ? microphylla Lesq.,
and Trapa ? cuneata Knowlt.) are widespread in the Rocky
Mountain province in beds of late Cretaceous and early Tertiary
age. The oldest recognizable fruits are a large bi-cornute form
from the Eocene of Canada and Alaska and Trapa wilcoxensis de-
scribed in the following paragraph. An Oligocene species (Trapa
Crednert Schenk) has been described from Saxony, and no less
than seven species have been described from the Miocene—two
occurring in Idaho (Payette formation), one in Japan and the
balance in Europe, where two species continue into the Pliocene.
A species from the late Pliocene of America is also described in
the present note. The existing Trapa natans has been recorded
from the preglacial beds of England and Saxony and from very
many interglacial and postglacial deposits in Portugal, Italy,
Netherlands, Germany, Sweden, Russia and Denmark, Gunnar
Andersson in a recent paper (1910) mentioning 18 localities in
West Prussia, 6 in Denmark, 17 in Sweden and 29 in Finland.
With this short prefatory statement the two following species
may be briefly characterized.

Trapa wilcoxensis sp. nov.

Fruit relatively small, rhomboidal in outline, wider than high,
indehiscent, coriaceous, armed with two more or less extended,
laterally directed or ascending (not recurved) horns. Width
1.3 cm. to 1.8 cm. Height 7 mm. to 9 mm. Somewhat com-
pressed (naturally), expanded medianly, broad and extended
below, more or less extended and rounded above. Horns stout,
conical, more or less extended. Surface more or less tuberculate
medianly. Figs. 1-3.

This species comes from the middle Wilcox of the Lower
Eocene at Peryear, Henry County, Tennessee. It shows con-
siderable variation in size and relative development of horns and

107

is not particularly close to any previously described form. While
much smaller than the existing species it is clearly referable to
Trapa. Itisacurious fact that nearly all of the North American
Trapa have two horns like the existing Asiatic species instead
of four as is normally the case in the existing European species.

Trapa alabamensis sp. nov.

Coriaceous nuts, rhomboidal and roughly bilateral in outline,
much swollen and tuberculated medianly, with normally two,
short, conical, acuminate, slightly recurved horns. The base is
rounded and shows a conspicuous scar. The sides are somewhat
unsymmetrical and faintly and irregularly ribbed and usually
show three large tubercles on each face above the middle. The
base is large and full. The apex is but slightly produced or
truncated. Length from tip to tip of the horns about 4 cm.
Height about 2cm. Figs. 4, 5.

Fic. t. Fruits of Tertiary Trapa; 1-3, Trapa wilcoxensis from Lower Eocene of
Tennessee; 4, 5, Tvapa alabamensis from the Pliocene of Alabama.

The present species is very close to the existing Trapa natans
especially to the two horned variants (the species is normally four
horned). The latter is larger and more symmetrical with
stouter more recurved horns, and a more extended apex as well
as a stouter and more symmetrical body. The present species is
common in the late Pliocene clays of Red Bluff, Perdido Bay,
Baldwin County, Alabama, and inland from the present Gulf
coast to elevations of over 300 feet near Lambert, Mobile County,
Alabama.

108

Both o1 these new species are of great interest since they are the
first recorded indigenous forms from the eastern United States
and show that the genus was present in this area throughout the
Tertiary. They alse throw an interesting light on the conditions
of sedimentation at the time of their existence.

JouNs HopxKINs UNIVERSITY,
BALTIMORE, MD.

SHORTER NOTES

WHORLED LEAVES IN Gentiana.—In his notes on the flora of
Copake Falls, N. Y., Sereno Stetson describes and gives an illus-
tration of an unusual leaf arrangement in Gentiana quinquefolia
L., where whorls of three are shown instead of the normal
opposite phyllotaxis in Gentiana. Information is requested
from those knowing a similar case. There is one in mysherbarium
of G. Andrewsii Griseb., which I collected by Chautauqua Lake, at
Mayville, N. Y., September, 1907. One stem among those taken
has four whorls of three leaves, those of the uppermost nodes
below the leaves subtending the cluster of flowers at the top.
The stem was cut off near the root, and was about 4 dm. high,
2 dm. being occupied by the verticillate leaves. The four lower
nodes represented on the stem have the leaves opposite, so that
the entire stem does not share in the abnormality. One leaf
in the upper whorl has a flower in its axil. The only mention I
have seen of a similar case, except that of Mr. Stetson, is by Dr.
O. Penzig in his Pflanzen-Teratologie (2: 155. 1894). Under
Gentiana asclepiadea L., a plant of southern Europe, he says:
‘“‘Whorls of leaves with three members in place of the pair, not
rare.”

Dalia JalMicit,.

CHICAGO, ILL.

109

REVIEWS

Gibson’s Supplement to Jost’s Piant Physiclogy*

This is an unusual type of book, and difficult to review.
Botanists are familiar with Gibson’s English translation of the
first German edition of Jost’s work. A second German edition
contains so much new matter, and other extensive alterations as
really to call for a new English translation. Scientific books of
971 pages, however, are expensive, and of doubtful financial
success, especially when a second edition follows a first within
a very short time, and this fact, quite probably, is the explanation
of this supplement.

It aims to give all the changes in the second edition as com-
pared with the first. Herein, the reviewer believes, lies its
weakness, for much that is unimportant, or not essential, is
necessarily included, and this becomes irritating and wasteful
of one’s time. For example, of what vital importance is it that
on page 199, line 41, of the first edition, one should read ‘‘leading
even to’’ vs. “‘leading to” (Supp. p. 58); or on page 202, line 55,
“If glucose,” vs. “When glucose’”’ (Supp. p. 59); or that on p.
205, Il. 55-56, ““many unending’’ should be read ‘‘an endless
number of’’ (Supp. p. 63); or that on page 405, Lecture XXXII
is XX XI in the second German edition (Supp. p. 128), et cetera,
throughout the Supplement?

In short, it seems to the reviewer that it would have been
preferable to have included in the Supplement only the new
matter of the second German edition, and important errata. It
is for the new matter that the Supplement will undoubtedly be
valued and consulted, the numerous summaries of recent work,
or new summaries and references to older work being especially
welcome. These are found in connection with the topics of ©
photosynthesis, protein synthesis, respiration, fermentation, and
elsewhere. Many, if not most, students of experimental evolu-
tion will no doubt be surprised as well as interested to read (on

* Plant Physiology, by Dr. Ludwig Jost. Authorized English Translation,
by R. J. Harvey Gibson. Supplement, Incorporating the Alterations of the

Second Edition of the German Original. Pp. 1-168. Oxford, at the Clarendon
Press, 1913. Price, 2s. 6d. net.

110

page 125 of the Supplement) Hofmeister’s clear statement made
in 1868, to the effect that mutation, rather than continuous
variation, supplies the material for selection in species making.
“New forms,” said Hofmeister, ‘‘do not come into existence by
the summation in successive generations of small differences from
the customary form, all tending in the same direction; they
appear suddenly, and are widely different from the parent.”

If America were as Teutonic in the matter of the publication
of scientific books, as it is in the organization of education,
and of scientific research, we would not have to rest content with
supplements, but would early enjoy an American translation of
the second German editions of works important enough to run
into a second edition. C. STUART GAGER.

Schaffner’s Field Manual of Trees*

As a field manual to slip in one’s pocket, the present volume
will unquestionably fill a long felt want, as it condenses the
information contained in more complete works. The book is
scarcely more than one quarter inch thick, and only 634 x 4%
inches long and wide. Brief descriptions are given for the genera
and species, but not for the tamilies. Keys are provided ,
throughout and the latter feature has been very thoroughly
covered. ‘“‘Key to the genera of trees in the summer condition,”’
“Key to the genera of trees in winter condition,” ‘‘General key ©
to the families and genera,’”’ and ‘‘Key to the fruits” will give
some idea of the scope and usefulness of this side of the book.
In the appendix is a “‘General classification of the wood of trees
included in the manual”’ and a glossary of terms. The classifica-
tion of woods is based on their structure, porusness, and other
structural characters.

Of course the main body of the work is taken up with the
description of the individual species. All the usual features are
covered, tersely and concisely, and for practical field work, these
descriptions will be found quite adequate. There are notes on

* Schaffner, J. H. Field Manual of Trees, including southern Canada and the
northern United States to the southern boundary of Virginia, Kentucky, and

Missouri, westward to the limits of the prairie. Pp. 1-154. R. G. Adams Co.,
Columbus, Ohio. Price, limp cloth, $1.25; limp leather, $1.75. 1914.

rl

the uses of the different species, and the geographical distribution
is given for each kind.

The nomenclature used is that of the second edigen of Britton
and Brown's “Illustrated Flora,’’ but the sequence of families is
that adopted in the work of Clements, Rosendahl and Butters in
their “‘Minnesota Trees and Shrubs,’ published in 1912. This
is the ““Besseyan System’’ which differs from the Engler and
Prantl sequence in following the gymnosperms by the orders
Ranales, Geraniales, Malvales, Rosales, Celastrales and so on.
One criticism that can be justly levelled at a purely popular
hand-book such as this are the names Cassiatae, Fabatae and the
like, which are categories readily understandable by the trained
botanist, but will be unfamiliar to the greater part of the readers
to whom the book is addressed.

As a workable pocket manual of trees, the book is sure to
have a wide range of usefulness. Nx. T.

Warner, C. H., Formaldehyde as an Oxidation Product of
Chlorophyll Extracts, Proc. Roy. Soc. B. 87: 378-385, 1914,
reports a series of interesting experiments demonstrating the
production of an aldehyde when light acts on a film of chlorophyll
(prepared by allowing an alcoholic or ethereal chlorophyll
extract to evaporate on glass plates). The production of alde-
hyde goes on parallel with a bleaching of the chlorophyll, is
dependent on the presence of oxygen, but independent of the
presence of carbon dioxide. Along with the aldehyde a volatile
substance, capable of liberating iodin from a potassium iodide
solution, is produced.

In the same number of the Proceedings, Wager, H., The Action
of Light on Chlorophyll, Proc. Roy. Soc. B. 87: 386-407, describes
a more varied series of experiments covering essentially the same
ground. Warner is inclined to consider hydrogen peroxide the
active oxidizing agent, produced in the presence of oxygen and
light, which attacks the chlorophyll; Wager argues that probably
some other peroxide is concerned.

This work again shows that the original experiments with
chlorophyll films as performed by Usher and Priestley did not

112

demonstrate, as these authors had concluded, the synthesis of
carbon dioxide and water.

Warner and Wager both cautiously raise the question whether
in green leaves a photo-decomposition of chlorophyll gives rise
to formaldehyde which is then polymerized into sugars, instead
of there being a direct synthesis of carbon dioxide and water into
formaldehyde.

It is to be noted that a number of the experiments described
seem suitable as laboratory exercises and lecture demonstrations.

W. G. M.

NEWS ITEMS.

The Board of Managers and the Women’s Auxiliary of the
New York Botanical Garden held a reception and spring inspec-
tion of the grounds, buildings and collections on the afternoon
of Thursday, May 7, from three until six o'clock. Tea was
served in the museum building at 5.20 P.M. About 250 guests
motored through the grounds and speeches were made by Dr.
W. Gilman Thompson, one of the committee of the board of
managers, and by the director, Dr. N. L. Britton.

“After a lapse of over twenty-one years a botanic garden at
the Cape is once again an established fact. It is described by the
Kew Bulletin as ‘thoroughly worthy of a United South Africa.’
The choice of the Kirstenbosch estate as the site for the National
Botanic Garden was a particularly happy one, and there can be
no doubt that the selection of this site for the purpose would
have met with the approval of Cecil Rhodes himself. The
existence of so suitable a site for the garden as is this portion of
the Rhodes estate would, however, have been of little value but
for the farsightedness of General Botha and his government, in
consequence of which the scheme has passed from the region of
proposition and discussion into the realm of fact. The control
of the garden is to be exercised by a board of five trustees, of
whom three are nominated by the Government, one by the Cor-
poration of Capetown, and one by the Botanical Society. The

115

site granted for the garden is a farm about 400 acres in extent on
the eastern slopes of Table Mountain, which has been neglected
for some years. Though it is largely overgrown with poplars
and pines, there still exist on it specimens of nearly every native
tree to be found in Southern Cape Colony, west of the Knysna
forests. The general situation of the garden is all that could be
desired. A feature of very great importance is the presence of
permanent water, and there are two constant streams, which
will be of the utmost value for irrigation purposes, and will, no
doubt, also be capable of effective treatment from the scenic
point of view, especially as the gorges are richly wooded with
native vegetation. There is also a heavy winter rainfall, and
the garden is practically completely sheltered from the drying
southeast wind.”

Mr. W. W. Eggleston left New York May 8 for a trip, during
May and June, to the Manti, Fillmore and Fish Lake Forests,
Utah and the Kaibab Forest, northern Arizona. This latter
region, north of the Grand Canon, Arizona, is very little known
botanically, having been visited by Mr. Ivar Tidestrom in Igog,
but perhaps not previously, by botanists.

Dr. N. L. Britton and Mr. Stewardson Brown left New York
on May 20 for Bermuda where they will study the vegetation,
returning about June 8.

Dr. H. A. Gleason, of the University of Michigan, has returned
from a trip around the world begun last September. He will
teach the coming summer at the biological laboratory of the
University of Michigan. Dr. Gleason expects to spend the
month of September at the New York Botanical Garden studying
the genus Vernonia.

It will be a source of regret to local botanists to hear that within
a short time there will be practically no natural vegetation left
on the Hempstead Plains. A corporation is now ploughing up
the virgin prairie with traction machinery and only that part of
the plains south of the Motor Parkway remains in its original
state. The corporation intends to plough all the plains as rapidly
as possible, leasing the ploughed land for agricultural purposes.

114

On the afternoon of May 23, a conference was held at the
Brooklyn Botanic Garden between the garden staff and some high
school teachers of biology of Greater New York, as represented
by the New York Association of Biology Teachers. The
purpose: of the conference was to offer an opportunity for the
members of the association to become better acquainted with
the aims, equipment, and work of the garden, and to enable the
latter to secure from the teachers practical suggestions as to how
the garden may render the largest service to the teaching of
botany in New York City and vicinity. Following the conference
there was an inspection of the first section of the laboratory
building and the first two sections of the conservatories. The
second section of the conservatories devoted to tropical economic
plants, was opened to visitors for the first time on this occasion,
and will hereafter be open to the public daily.

a

- The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
sratuitous copies of the number of TorrEyAin which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof. |

~ Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor. The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished-the following rates :

5 2pp 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $.75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50. copies -90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35. 4.70
Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1914

Finance Committee Field Committee

J. H. Barnuart, Chairman SERENO STETSON, Chairman
Miss C. C. Haynes

| Budget Committee Program Committee
J. H. Barnuart, Chairman Mrs. E. G, Britton, Chairman
N. L. Brirron Miss JEAN BROADHURST
B. O. DopGE C. STUART GAGER
M. A. Howe F, J. SEAVER
A. W. Evans 7
H. H. Russy

Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chairman

Phanerogams: : Cryptogams:

E. P. BIcKNELL Mrs. E. G. Britton
N. L. Britton Puitie DOWELL
Gy Curtis Tracy E. Hazen

K. K. Mackenzie M. A: Howe
Norman TAyLor W. A. Murrity

Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
WILLIAM MANSFIELD.

OTHER PUBLICATIONS
i OF aes

(1) BULLETIN

A facintaly journal devoted to general botany, ectlighed

1870. Vol. 40 published in 1913, contained 712 pages of text | ;

and 26 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum...’ For Eutope, —
14 shillings. Dulau & Go., 37. Soho) Square, London,. grey
agents for England. | 7 Tea
Of former volumes, only 24—40 can be supplied entire ; cer--
tain numbers of other volumes:are available, but the entire stock |
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion. of sets,
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published | price of two. ella mel
each; Vols. 28-40 three dollars each. |

Sele copies (30 cents) will be furnished only ies not Bie

breaking complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS | -

The Memorrs, established 1880, are published at irregulas
intervals. Volumes 1-13 are now comipleted ; Nos. 1 and 2 of
Vol. 14 have been issued, The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-' ~
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers: oye of ay
prices will be furnished on application.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pters |
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred alee of New :
York, 1888. © Price, $1.00:

Correspondence relating to the above publications should be :
addressed to ;
DR. BERNARD O. DODGE
Columbia University

New York City

Vol. 14 : July. 1914 : No. 7

~TORREYA

On MonTuty JouRNAL OF Horaicas Notes AND News

\
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Ne : BY
NORMAN TAYLOR
JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
The Influence of lena Seasons on the Growth of Yellow Pine: J. E. Kirx-
RY ODES eters ocr gana aes eet. ee sak Mos BK Red Stace aid Ie py, sabe k yD soe teat es gas ae 2 Pee cy e Ti5
A New Southwestern Sedge: K. K, MACKENZIE...) c.ee ee cteete pees 125
Shorter Notes
Tri- and Tetracarpellary Walnuts: F. A. MCDERMOTT ....00 0202.20 y ieee 127
Revie wsrand Wotes 50, kee Cn hcdia ciel speapas dco ese onagysl oan Se 5 SU eae 128
Selden’s Everyman’s Garden Every Week : N. e BRETTON: cer ohne Wine wae 128
Proceedings of the Club ............ Br elt OL ee ARAM Deed A er BRE GP pcr ALE SOC in D2
Nera tern, 25300005 5 est ey GRO UN yA RCA ARR? Pe 131

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

AT 41 NorTH QUEEN STREET, LANCASTER, Pa.
BY THe New Era Printinc Company

{ Entered atthe Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. |]

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

President
R. A. HARPER, PH.D.

Vice- Presidents
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D,
HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD O. DODGE, Ph.D. se
€olumbia University, New York City ~

L£ditor

ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Pu.D.
é Associate Editors
JEAN BROADHURST, PH.D. ~ MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu. D

ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D,
J. A. HARRIS Px,D. ARLOW B. STOUT, Px.D.

NORMAN TAYLOR

TorReEyA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and_
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To.
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten. cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only —
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. _ Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTanicaL Ciup, 41 North Queen St., Lan- .
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. ie

Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should ~
be addressed to 5

NORMAN TAYLOR

Brooklyn Botanic Garden
Brook'yn, N. ¥.

PAs

TORREYA

July, 1914.

Vol. 14 No. 7

THE INFLUENCE OF PRECEDING SEASONS ON THE
GROWTH OF YELLOW PINE

By J. E. Kirkwoop

Many of the mountains of western Montana have no trees
on their western and southern slopes, except at altitudes above
4,000 or 5,000 feet. Some support sparse open stands of yellow
pine and Douglas fir; in such places the ground cover usually
consists of grasses and a few shrubs. The barren aspect of these
slopes is due to the desiccating influence of wind and sun, to the
full force of which they are exposed throughout the growing
season. The annual precipitation in the vicinity of Missoula is
15.84 inches, which represents the mean of over twenty years of
observation. May and June are the months of heaviest rainfall,
furnishing 4.43 inches of the abovemean. By thesame reckoning
July and August together furnish 1.95 inches of the annual
precipitation, and during these months the soil becomes dry to
a depth so great that only deeply rooted perennials are able to
survive, and these with growth suspended, or at least very much
retarded.

Situations on such slopes, locally more favorable, are occupied
by incipient forest growth which increases toward the greater
altitudes, where, owing to the storage of snow and to other
factors, conditions are more favorable for the growth of trees.
In this region the yellow pine and Douglas fir are the species most
resistent to drouth, encroaching gradually upon the prairie, and
eventually occupying it fully or giving way to other species of
forest trees. In the margin of the yellow pine type, where the
prairie and the forest blend, the conditions for forest growth are

[No. 6, Vol. 14, of TORREYA, comprising pp. 97-114, was issued 8 June 1914.1]

115

NE)

116

most severe from the standpoint of moisture requirements as
compared with other forested areas. Under such circumstances,
therefore, we should expect to see most clearly expressed the

F.c.1. Part of the crown of a young pine (Pinus ponderosa), showing the height
growths of the years 1910 to 1913 inclusive.

influence of any variation in the moisture supply from time to
time, and especially from year to year.
The relation of the water supply to metabolism and assimil-

ALA

ative activity is well known. It is equally well known that the
rate of height and diameter increase is the expression of the
relative abundance of soil moisture, as well as of other elements
in the essential conditions of growth and development. It has
been shown that there is a close relation between the annual
precipitation and diameter growth in the western yellow pine.
Douglas,* working on Pinus ponderosa near Flagstaff, Arizona,
found that for a period of years the relative diameter of each
season, as revealed by careful stem analyses, corresponded closely
with the relative abundance of moisture in the several years, as
shown by the weather records of that locality. The results of
this investigation further showed that the variability in increment
was in this instance subject to several factors, such as the relative
porosity of the subsoil, the unequal distribution of soil moisture
in different directions from the tree, etc.; in short, that any dif-
ferential distribution of moisture, either topographically or from
season to season was expressed in a corresponding variation in
the size and form of the annual rings. The conclusions in this
paper seem to be supported by the facts presented, and will
doubtless apply to other regions as well, where the amount of soil
moisture varies considerably from year to year during the period
of more rapid growth. Relative height and diameter increase,
however, are not always the expression of the conditions in the
same season in which such increase took place, but sometimes
indicate the factors prevailing in the preceding year. Bogue,f
as a conclusion from observations at Stillwater, Okla., states that
“the month of maximum rainfall is the month of maximum
growth.” As a result of further studies at Lansing, Mich., he
finds that the width of the ring is proportionate to the rainfall
within certain limits, but that excessively heavy or light pre-
cipitation is evidenced by a corresponding growth of the tree in
the following year, and rightly attributes the difference to the
difference in the amount of food material stored in the preceding
season.

* Douglass, A. E. Weather cycles in the growth of big trees. Monthly
Weather Review 37: 225-237, June, 1909.

7+ Bogue, E. E. Annual rings of tree growth. Monthly Weather Review 33:
250-251, June, 1905.

118

The main growth of trees in height and diameter is accomplished
during the first few weeks of the growing season. The opening
of the buds in the spring or early summer is followed by the rapid
elongation of the shoot of the season, and the early expansion of
its leaves. There after-growth in length is very much retarded,
and finally ceases with the formation of the terminal bud, which
is to be unfolded in the following season. This terminal bud is
formed long before the summer is over and into it are crowded
the nutritive substances which supply the food for its early
expansion the following year. Upon the size and vigor of the
buds thus formed depends the length of the shoot of the following
season, other things being equal. Likewise the size and vitality
of the bud are measures, in the main, of the conditions obtaining
in the seasons in which they were formed. The greater the
supply of moisture, up to the optimum degree, the more favorable
the temperature, sunlight, etc., the greater is the reserve force
in the buds and consequently the more vigorous are the shoots
issuing from them.

It is improbable that the whole growth of the new leader is
at the expense of the food stored in the bud alone. That from
other parts also doubtless contributes, but the tendency is to
crowd the formative materials toward the extremities of the
main shoot and the branch. In the sharing of these materials
the main shoot leads and the branches follow in the order of their
importance. The principal growth, however is undoubtedly at
the expense of the locally stored materials, the substances stored
elsewhere having their part to play in the development of the
tissues in their immediate proximity.

An examination of the buds reveals the cells of the leaf rudi-
ments and axis densely crowded with a granular material which
appears to be proteid, responding to several tests for that sub-
stance. This is in line with what is known concerning the nature
of reserve materials in trees. The density of the stored substance
is greatest in the bud, and much less in the stem outside of the
bud.

It is a matter of no difficulty to determine by external markings
the limits of annual growth on the younger portions of the stem

119

and branches of most woody plants. Sometimes it is possible to
trace the annual growth back through twenty five or thirty years
by reference to the branching system. Pinus ponderosa is a
favorable subject for study in this particular. At the top of the
leader a strong bud is formed toward the conclusion of the growing
season. Close to the base of this bud are formed several lateral
ones, the subsequent development of which produces a whorl of
branches. As other lateral buds are usually lacking along the
shoot of the season, it follows that each circle of branches marks
the limit of a season’s upward growth of the main stem. As the
internodes, or spaces between successive circles of branches, do
not increase in length after they are first formed, the height
increment of all the past seasons can be determined, so far as one
is able to identify the distinct whorls which mark the conclusion
of each year’s growth.

That the length of the internode in the western yellow pine
growing in dry situations is an expression of conditions affecting
growth, not in the present, so much as in the preceding season, is
now shown with remarkable clearness by the trees of this region.*
Some of the facts here set forth were observed on an island in
Flathead Lake during the summer of I913. Trees were growing
at altitudes varying from four or five to one hundred feet above
the level of the lake, and in the more open places among the
mature trees many younger individuals were present varying
from four to fifteen feet in height. Of many of these it was
observed that the internode for 191I was considerably shorter
than that for 1910. Reflecting upon the fact that the season of
1910 throughout the whole region was exceptionally dry, and
that of 1911 much more favorable, the question arose as to the
apparently contradictory evidence of the internodes. Why
should the growth be less in a season supposedly more favorable,
and greater in a season obviously less advantageous?

It is evident that the growth in length in each season is not
directly affected in this region by the lack of rain in July and
August, since the elongation of the shoot is practically ended
before the dry season sets in and before the moisture from winter

* Pfeffer, W. Plant Physiology, Vol. I, p. 603.

120

snows and spring rains disappears from the soil, but indirectly
by the drouth in the months indicated, as affecting the supply of
reserve food in the buds and other parts. The supply of food
stands in direct ratio to the condition of several factors, among
which the amount of available moisture is very influential, during
the middle and later summer of the season next preceding. As
a lack of moisture affects adversely assimilative and other activ-
ities, a meager store of nutritive materials would be the result
of a dry summer, and would find expression the following year
in reduced growth in length of all the new shoots. Of course
this weakness of the buds would not occur in trees as a result of
diminished precipitation in situations providing adequate soil
moisture throughout the season, but only where drouth appears
early, as is usually the case on southern and western slopes. For
this reason those trees in the locality mentioned which grew
nearer the water level showed no such inequality in the length of
the internodes, and the same was found to be true in more favored
situations elsewhere.

It is true, of course that assimilation can take place at all
seasons in evergreens, under proper conditions of temperature
and illumination. It has been shown that assimilation may
proceed in some plants at a temperature as low as — 40° C., and
that in pines and spruces the process is active at 3° to5° C. In
the northern Rocky Mountain region, however, the temperatures
are considerably below o° C. during most of the winter, and fre-
quently below — 40°C. The soil, moreover, is frozen to a depth
of several feet, resulting in a reduction of the water supply. In
this problem, however, it is chiefly a question of relative activity
and not of complete suspension of photosynthesis at any time,
while we are dealing with reserve material in the form of proteid,
not starch, nevertheless the synthetic activity of the tree, so far
as this material is concerned, is closely associated with starch
formation, according to the best evidence at present available.

Seeking further evidence on the relation of the growth of
yellow pine to the distribution of rainfall, the writer made two
series of observations in the vicinity of Missoula, the results of
which are given in the accompanying tables. Where the forest

121

borders on the grass land strips of timber afforded convenient
material for study. In these cases the stand was a mixture of
yellow pine and Douglas fir, varying in height from five to
twenty-five or thirty feet. One of these areas occupies one slope
of a shallow, narrow valley which traverses in a direction from
southeast to northwest, the barren western slope of Mt. Sentinel,
southeast of the town of Missoula. The timbered slope of the
valley faces the northeast, its opposite slope facing southwest is
treeless. Along the edge of this stand, a strip over a quarter of a
mile in length and about fifty yards in width provided the 42
young yellow pines whose measurements are here recorded. All
the pines up to thirty feet in height were measured, except such as
showed evidence of injury in the parts concerned.

In Table I the height growth is shown of each of the five
seasons, 1909 to 1913 inclusive. ~The measurements are in inches.
It will be observed that practically every one of the pines growing
on this area exhibited a growth during the season of I9II con-
siderably less than that of either of the two seasons preceding or
following, and that, although the difference in afew cases is
reduced to zero, in nearly all of the individual cases the difference
between the growth of 1911 and that of the other seasons
amounted to several inches. The same relation appears con-
spicuously in the totals and again in the averages, but the most
significant fact seems to be in the absence of exceptions to the
general rule.

Table II presents the results of similar measurements on
another area near Missoula about two miles from the first. Only
a few observations were recorded in this case, as practically every
tree approached showed the same condition.

If one compares these measurements with the weather data
given in Table III he will find that the lengths of the internodes
stand in relation to the conditions of the seasons in the manner
suggested above. The mean precipitation and temperature

* Miyake, K. On the starch of evergreen leaves, and its relation to photo-
synthesis during the winter. Bot. Gaz. 33: 321-340, 1902.

7 Jumelle, Rev. Gen. de Bot. 4: 263, 1892. Pfeffer’s Physiology of Plants,
Vol. I, p. 338.

= Green, J. R. Vegetable Physiology, p. 174. IgITI.

122

TABLE |

APPROXIMATE MEASUREMENTS OF THE HEIGHT GROWTH OF Pinus ponderosa,
MADE ON THE UPPER PORTIONS OF THE MAIN STEM, FOR EACH OF THE
SEASONS INDICATED, IN INCHES

No. 1909 IQIO IQir IQ12 1913
I 8 8 5 6 8
2 6 8 4 5 6
3 5 5 4 4 6
4 IO nme) 6 ume) 10
5 6 9 3 6 8
6 8 | 8 5 6 9
7 9 | 8 8 | 3 8
8 8 | 6 6 | 5 5
9 8 | 6 5 9 9

nae) 13 12 8 Il 13

II 12 9 8 12 14

12 7 | 7 5 7 It

13 8 8 a II 12

I4 I2 13 Il I4 13

15 I2 I2 6 sme) 12

16 4 | 10 6 II | 14

17 Il | 12 8 12 | 12

18 | 9 10 7 Il 12

I9 pit Ii Fl iri I2

20 I2 =U 6 8 12

21 10 12 6 Io ime)

22 I2 12 6 77 9

23 I4 T4 1K) 15 | I4

24 I4 T4 II sO) | 12

25 14 20 6 16 4

20 I4 IO, 12 IA 4

27 | I4 10 IO 14 13

28 13 ies 5 12 13

20 4 15 IO 13 14

30 12 13 nO) Wit 12

31 | Io I4 II 13 I4

BP II I4 II I4 I4

BR 13 8 6 | 12 I2

34 8 8 | 9 | iit 8

35 IO 13 72 13 I4

30 | T2 13 | 12 | 12 192

By | IO II 4 Tey, I4

38 12 13 9 13 12

39 13 13 II 14 I5

40 8 13 9 I2 16

4I 12 I5 7 13 16

42 8 8 6 IO 12

ao caller sae 437 457 2 Bus 443 | A9O
Average. ....| 10.4 | 10.88 | 7.57 T0.54 | EEOo

records are given for the months April to September inclusive for
the years represented by the measurements. The temperature
is important in this connection as affecting the rate of transpira-

123

tion of the trees and the rate of evaporation from the soil. The
season of 1909 was marked by ample rainfall in June and July,
and by temperatures, during the earlier part of the season, lower

TABLE II

MEASUREMENTS ON THE SAME BASIS AS SHOWN IN TABLE I, BUT OF TREES ON
A DIFFERENT AREA

No 1909 IQIo IQII Igt2 1913
i a6) 50) 9 II
2 8 Io ai 9 12
3 10 6 4 5 7
4 i 8 6 9 9
5 6 aj 6 8 Ir
6 7 8 7 Ir IO
7 7 7 4 8 | 8
8 7 7 5 8 8
ANGI S Sia cae 62 63 48 69 65
Average. .... 7.75 Won 6 8.37 9.28

than those of any of the other years here recorded. Precipita-
tion was least in 1910, and of the rain of this season over 40 per
cent. fell in September, too late to be of much influence in the
formative work of the year. The months of June and July were
marked by only four fifths of an inch of rain, and by temperature

higher than usual, which served to intensify the drouth during

ANeivis, JUL
WEATHER DATA FOR MISSOULA, 1909 TO 1913 INCLUSIVE, APRIL TO SEPTEMBER
T. = temperature, F.
Ig09 | IgQIoO | IgIt | Igt2 IQI3
Mo. | ~ i | | |

| Rain T. | Rain i || Renin eve ekxctin ae Rain AN
Apr... | I.I9 40 | 0.66 Su |) O74 || 4B | BOR | A | nae 45
May...| 0.99 SO |) iO x 56 1@O) || Bir BAO). || Sl tei eZ
iiimeras| 2-05 60 | 0.67 Og |) eager |) TOA |} ae |, Ge 2.39 62
alive 6 oll S52 Of |) One Wit || Ow |) CO TOYA || (0883 1.52 67
PAU e ee O:34 66 | 0.57 62 | 0.43 64 TO Cm EOS 1.52 67
SEDER 2:36 Sy | 27 IO) |) agaae || ea Te OMe O) 0.74 57
Total . a ILIELO7/ | 6.71 7.05 12.29 8.58

the very period in which most of the new tissues were taking form.
This period was followed by another month of dry weather, in
which the slight amount of rain which fell could have had no

124

appreciable influence, and during which the synthetic activity
of the tree must have been greatly retarded. The year 1911 was
marked by a more advantageous distribution of the rain, 3.59
inches falling in June and July, as compared with .8 of an inch
in the same part of the previous year, and this season’s advan-
tages were clearly expressed in the ample growth of the shoots in
the following season. Likewise the season of I912 was an
exceedingly favorable one for forest vegetation in this region, as
testified by the excellent growth of all shoots in 1913.

A series of observations of a similar nature was conducted also
on the Douglas fir, growing with the yellow pine in the same area
which furnished the data given in Table I. Twenty-three trees
were measured, these trees being of about the same age as the
pines. From the figures given it will be apparent that the com-

TABLE IV

APPROXIMATE MEASUREMENTS OF THE HEIGHT GROWTH OF DOUGLAS FIR
(Pseudotsuga taxifolia), MADE ON THE UPPER PORTIONS OF THE MAIN
STEM, FOR EACH OF THE SEASONS INDICATED, IN INCHES

No | 1909 | Igto IgII Igi2 1913
I | 12 | 13 8 TA 12
2 6 9 6 II II
3 | 13 II IO 13 12
4 13 12 13 I2 Io
5 II Io I2 I2 I2
6 13 13 Io I4 I4
7 4 | 12 8 14 14
8 Il yy int I4 I2
9 8 14 13 12 8

10 | 8 | 05 8 13 I2

II 13 | 13 13 14 13

I2 13} I2 12 14 I4

nz Io | I2 13 I4 I2

4 12 Io 6 14 i223

I5 16 12 6 I4 16

16 12 14 m0) 12 I2

17 I5 I4 0) I4 I4

18 9 8 10 12 I2

19 5 8 6 nae) I2

20 12 ing 8 nme) 10

21 12 8 6 13 I2

22 I4 13 I2 I5 | T4

23 10 II | 8 8 12

Moralee see 262 263 219 203 283

Average. .... II.4 | II.4 9.5 | 12.7 | i snmeoae,

125

parative lengths of the internodes are not so uniform as in the
case of the pines, there being some instances in which the longer
internode falls in the year 1911, instead of the shorter. The
reason for these exceptions is not clear; they may possibly be
due to local variations in the soil moisture. The totals and the
averages, however, show the same relations to one another as
in the case of the pines. The figures are given in Table IV.

It is evident of course that the influence of the preceding season
is not limited to the retardation of height growth during the year
immediately following, but that the shorter twigs must involve
the production of a lesser leaf area than usual, which must in
turn be reflected in the amount of reserve products accumulated.
Here, however, the problem becomes complicated, and the
lessened leaf area on the last shoot may in a measure be compen-
sated by the greater illumination of the older leaves, by this fact
made possible. The figures for I912 as compared with those for
1913 in Table I would seem to indicate the holding over effect
as here suggested, though the same does not appear to be true
of the Douglas fir. It is also evident that trees of different
species on the same areas are not equally responsive to the
variations of soil moisture in the manner indicated, a fact which
probably is due chiefly to a difference in the degree of tolerance
though to some extent to other specific peculiarities.

UNIVERSITY OF MONTANA

A NEW SOUTHWESTERN SEDGE
By KENNETH K. MACKENZIE

Since writing the article on Carex for the Illustrated Flora two
species have been found by Mr. E. J. Palmer in southwestern
Missouri not included therein. One is Carex arkansana Bailey,
heretofore known from Arkansas and Oklahoma. The other is
an undescribed species bearing a remarkable outward resemblance
to the European Carex vulpina L., and in technical characters
intermediate between that species and our own Carex stipata
Muhl. It is represented in the collections at the New York
Botanical Garden by several specimens, and seems first to have

126

been collected by Bigelow in 1853-4 in the Whipple Expedition
from “Fort Smith to the Rio Grande.” Elihu Hall secured it
on June 6, 1872, in swamps at Hempstead, Texas (No. 734); and
B. F. Bush collected excellent specimens (No. 993) at Catale,
Indian Territory, now Oklahoma, on May 22, 1895. These
specimens in the Columbia University herbarium have been
taken as the type. Mr. Palmer’s specimens (No. 3405) were
collected on May 21, 1911, in wet sandy soil near Jasper, Missouri,
and were distributed as Carex conjuncta Boott. The other speci-
mens referred to were all distributed as Carex stipata Muhl.

A detailed description of this species follows, which may be
known as

Carex Oklahomensis, sp. nov.

Culms cespitose, 3.5-8 dm. high, 4-6 mm. wide at base, 1.5
mm. beneath head, slender but stiff, sharply triangular, rough
above, not wing-angled or strongly flattened in drying, exceeding
leaves, aphyllopodic, brownish at base, the rootstocks fibrillose.
Leaves with well-developed blades 3-4 to a culm, the blades flat,
thickish, 2.5-5 mm. wide, up to 4 dm. long, serrulate on margins
towards apex as well as roughened on veins, the sheaths tight,
strongly green and white mottled dorsally but not conspicuously
septate nodulose, ventrally white-hyaline not red-dotted or
cross-rugulose, thin, and soon ruptured, exceeding base of
blade. Head 4—7 cm. long, about 15 mm. wide, oblong-cylindric,
with numerous spikes, continuous or somewhat interrupted
below, the basal branches compound, appressed, sessile or short-
peduncled, the upper simple, closely aggregated and scarcely
distinguishable; lower one or two bracts prolonged, setaceous,
the others scale-like. Spikes androgynous, subglobose, 5-8 mm.
long, nearly as wide, with some 6-12 appressed-ascending
perigynia and inconspicuous staminate flowers. Scales ovate
or lance-ovate, as wide as but shorter than perigynia, chestnut
brown tinged with hyaline margins and prominent midvein
excurrent as a cusp. Perigynia lance-ovate, 4-5 mm. long, 1.75
mm. wide, plano-convex, thick, the walls thin, spongy and sub-
turgid at base, green or in age greenish-straw-colored but not
brownish, dorsally conspicuously 7-10 nerved, ventrally less con-
spicuously fewer nerved, sharp-edged to the truncate sub-cordate
base, stipitate, tapering to a serrulate deeply bidentate beak
shorter than body, at apex reddish-brown tinged, and with a
suture on the outer side. Achenes lenticular, yellow, stipitate,

127

ovate-orbicular, 1.75 mm. long, 1.5 wide, apiculate, jointed with
style, the latter thickened at base. Stigmas two.

From its American allies this species may be distinguished by
the combination of wingless culms, erugulose white and green
mottled sheaths, and beak of perigynium not exceeding body. It
is to be referred to the group STENORHYNCHAE Holm.

NEw YORK

SHORTER NOLES

TRI- AND TETRACARPELLARY WALNUTS.—In TORREYA, June,
1913, the writer published a short note on “A Tetracarpellary
Walnut.” Recently he has had an opportunity to examine a
series of 106 abnormal walnuts, all from the grove in Santa Ana,
California, referred toin the first note. Of these 106 walnuts, 89
were tricarpellary, 45 being symmetrical and 44 unsymmetrical.
The remaining 17 were tetracarpellary, 7 being symmetrical and
10 unsymmetrical. The statement as to symmetry is as viewed
from the pointed end; a few of these specimens were incomplete,
that is, the grooving of the shell did not extend entirely around
to the back of the shell. It was not found possible to connect the
production of these malformed walnuts with any particular tree
or trees in the grove.

If this case be taken as typical, it would appear that the
tendency toward the production of the tricarpellary type is
greater than that toward the tetracarpellary type, and that ap-
proximately one half of the specimens are symmetrical or nearly
so, in both types.

I am indebted to Prof. R. C. Shuey, of the University of
Pittsburgh, for these specimens.

F. ALEX. McDERMoTT.
MELLON INSTITUTE,

UNIVERSITY OF PITTSBURGH,
PITTSBURGH, PA.

128

REVIEWS

Selden’s Everyman’s Garden Every Week*

Mr. Selden has written a very useful little book which is full of
information for the amateur gardener. Its introductory chapters
are upon cold weather planning and reading; saving the family
purse; garden soils, good and bad; tools that are essential; garden
eugenics; water whenever needed; garden mistakes of various
sorts; and taking planting cues from nature. These are followed
by chapters describing work which may be done to advantage
during every week from early April until November, and the book
concludes with chapters on indoor work and suggestions for the
garden calendar. The book is packed full of suggestions, direc-
tions and remarks concerning garden crops of all kinds, and cannot
fail to be of great service to a large constituency.

N. L. Britton.

BLACKMAN, V. H. AND PAINE, S. G., A Recording Transpiro-
meter, Ann. Bot. 28: 109-113, 1914, describe an ingenious device
for automatically recording the loss of water from a plant. The
properly prepared potted plant is placed on the left-hand pan of a
balance and counter-poised. Nearby is a water reservoir with a
tube placed so as to discharge a uniform series of drops directly
over an opening in the cover of a flower pot. When the ex-
periment is started a small vertical funnel, attached to a hori-
zontal metal tube, intercepts the drops and discharges them into
a waste vessel. The metal tube passes through two solenoids
placed end to end.. As water is lost by the plant the left-hand
balance pan rises and finally, by means of a mercury cup attached,
makes an electric contact, closing the circuit through the further
one of the two solenoids. This draws.back the metal tube, and
water drops now fall into the flower pot. As the left pan descends
the circuit is broken, but drops continue to fall into the pot until
the rising right pan, by means of an arrangement similar to that
on the left pan, closes an electric circuit through the near solenoid,
thus moving the tube back into its original position.

* Selden, C. A. Everyman’s Garden Every Week, pp. 1-338, small octavo.
Dodd, Mead & Company, I914.

129

Every time the left pan closes its circuit a portion of the current
passes through the magnet of a recording pen, marking on a
revolving drum. The wires with which the mercury cups make
contact can be raised or lowered, thus varying the interval at
which the marks are made. The movement of the balance is
steadied by means of a disc fastened beneath one of the pans and
moving up and down in a heavy liquid. A number of records
can be traced simultaneously on the drum, so that it is possible
to set up two or more plants under different conditions, together
with an evaporimeter beside every plant and automatically
record the water loss from each on the same drum. The appar-
atus is obtainable from Messrs. Baird & Tatlock, Cross Street,
Hatton Garden, London, E.C.

It is perhaps asking too much that the fashioners of a beautiful
piece of apparatus should also present a handsome series of
results obtained with their invention. Yet it is difficult to repress
altogether a feeling of resentment in viewing the one puny record
contributed by the authors. W. G. M.

i PROCEEDINGS OF THE, CLUB
FEBRUARY I0, I914

The first meeting of the Club in February was held February
10, 1914, at the American Museum of Natural History at 8:15
P.M. President Harper presided. Twenty-four persons were
present. Mr. Charles Van Loan’s resignation was tendered to
the Club and accepted.

President Harper asked for permission to appoint a series of
special committees to study the Cryptogamic flora of the vicinity
of New York. Vice-President Barnhart then took the chair and
opened the matter for discussion. Dr. Howe made a motion to
grant President Harper the permission requested. The motion
was unanimously carried.

The business program was then followed by an illustrated
lecture on “The International Phytogeographical Excursion of
1913,’ by Dr. George E. Nichols. Dr. Nichols will publish a short
account of the Expedition in Torreya for April.

Meeting adjourned. MICHAEL LEVINE,

Sec. pro tem.

130

FEBRUARY 25, I914

The meeting of February 25, 1914, was held in the Laboratory
of the New York Botanical Garden at 3:30 P.M. President °
Harper presided. Twelve persons were present. The minutes
of February 10 were read and approved.

The secretary read a communication from Dr. C. Stuart Gager
relating to the death of Dr. L. Schéney who was at one time a
member of the Torrey Club.

The treasurer announced a gift of one hundred and eight dollars
to the Underwood Fund by Miss Caroline C. Haynes. This gift
was the proceeds from the sale of ‘“American Hepaticae” (Ex-
siccatae) prepared and distributed by Miss Haynes. A vote of
thanks was extended to Miss Haynes for this generous contri-
bution.

The first number on the announced scientific program con-
sisted of a lecture on ‘“‘The Nature and Inheritance of Fascia_
tion, by Dr Ol b. White:

Dr. B. O. Dodge then reported briefly on the use of the stereo-
scope in connection with binocular microphotographs.

Adjournment followed.
B. O. DonGE,

Secretary.
MARCH 10, 1914

The meeting of March 10, 1914, was held at the American
Museum of Natural History at 8:15 P.M. President Harper
presided. Twenty-four persons were present.

The reading of the minutes of the previous meeting and trans-
action of other business were dispensed with. The announced
scientific program was then in order.

Professor H. M. Richards delivered an illustrated lecture on
“Some Aspects of Californian Coastal Vegetation.”’

Adjournment followed.
MICHAEL LEVINE,

Sec. pro tem.
MARCH 26, 1914
The meeting of March 26, 1914, was held in the Laboratory of
the New York Botanical Garden at 3:30 P.M. Vice-president
Barnhart presided. Eighteen persons were present.

131

The minutes of the meetings of February 25 and March Io were
read and approved. Edward D. Hull, 6024 Ellis Ave., Chicago,
Ill., was nominated for membership.

The death of Rev. J. Henry Watson and confirmation of the
report of the death of Dr. C. B. Robinson were announced. On
the motion of Norman Taylor a committee consisting of Dr. John
H. Barnhart and Dr. Marshall A. Howe was appointed to draw
up resolutions on the death of Dr. Robinson.

Edward D. Hull was then elected to membership.

The announced scientific program consisted of a paper on
- “Notes on the Local Flora,” by Mr. Norman Taylor. These
consisted chiefly of material taken from the introduction to his
forthcoming work on the “Flora of New York and Vicinity.”’

Meeting adjourned.

BO: DonGeE,
Secretary.
NEWS ITEMS

Dr. Ross Aiken Gortner, who has been in charge of the Bio-
chemical Laboratory of the Station for Experimental Evolution
at Cold Spring Harbor, will take up his duties of Associate Pro-
fessor in the newly established Department of Soil Chemistry
at the University of Minnesota, August 1. The work in the
Physico-chemical Properties of Vegetable Saps which he has
been carrying on with Dr. J. Arthur Harris will be continued
by his assistant, Mr. John V. Lawrence, and Dr. Harris.

Miss Susan Minns has given $50,000 to the Botanical Depart-
ment of Wellesley College, in memory of Susan M. Hallowell,
the former Head of the Department.

Members of the Torrey Club are invited to attend a field
meeting of the American Fern Society to be held July 16, 17
and 18 in the neighborhood of New York City. A trip to collect
fern hybrids is contemplated as well as a visit to the New York
Botanical Garden fern conservatories, and probably also a more
extended trip for some special fern. Further information may
be had by writing Mr. R. C. Benedict, 2303 Newkirk Avenue,
Brooklyn, N. Y.

132

Professor Thomas H. Macbride, who has been head of the
Department of Botany in the State University of Iowa for over
thirty years, has been elected President of the University. He
entered upon his new duties April first.

At a combined excursion of the Torrey Club and several other
organizations held on June 7, more than sixty people attended.
The locality visited was Cliffwood, N.J., where the hybrid oaks,
Quercus Rudkini and Q. heterophylla, were observed, also the
marl banks there which contain many cretaceous plant remains.

Dr. J. W. Harshberger will give two courses in systematic
and field botany this summer along ecological lines at Cold Spring
Harbor, Long Island, and later on Nantucket.

The Right Honorable Joseph Chamberlin, who for many
years maintained one of the best private collections of orchids in
existence, died July 3, at Prince’s Garden, London.

We learn from Magazine San Diego that an official in Mexico
was requested by the governor of the state to render a report
on the Fauna and Flora of his district. A second more per-
emptory demand for the delayed report is said to have elicited
the following: ‘‘Dear Sir: Fauna left this locality two weeks ago.
Flora is in jail. Awaiting your further instructions, | am,

‘Your most obedient servant, etc.
JosE GONZALES.”

® :

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish ‘six
gratuitous copies of the number of TorrReEya in which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof.

Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor. The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates :

2pp App Spp 12pp lopp 20pp

25 copies $ .75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies -90° 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85

~ 100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1914

Finance Committee Field Committee

J. H. Barnuart, Chairman ~ SERENO STETSON, Chairman
Miss C.,C.. Haynes

Budget Committee Program Committee
J. H. Barnuart, Chairman -Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman
N: L. Britron Miss JEAN BROADHURST
B. O. DopGE C. STUART GAGER
- M. A. Howe F, J.. SEAVER
A. W. Evans
Et: H. Russy

Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chairman

Phanerogams: _ Cryptogams:
E. P. BicKNELL -Mrs: E. G. Britton
N. L. Britton PHitre DOWELL

C. C. Curr®is Tracy E. HAzEn

K. K. Mackenzie M. A. Howe
NorMAN TayLor = » Be eA OAS: MURRILG

pe eat to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
WILLIAM MANSFIELD

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN

A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. Vol. 40 published in 1913, contained 712 pages of text
and 26 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. . For Europe,
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37° Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England. ;

Of former volumes, only 24—40 can be supplied entire ; cer=
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire ee
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24~27 are furnished at the published price OF two dollars
each; Vols. 28-40 three dollars each.

ee copies (30 cents), will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes. .

4

(2) MEMOIRS

The Meworrs, established 1889, are published at irregulas
intervals. Volumes I-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of
Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at .
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-, |
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and ahs
prices will be furnished on application.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri- |
__ dophyta reported as growiug within one wer miles of New |
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.

Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
DR. BERNARD O. DODGE
: Columbia Univesity

New York City”

A Vol. 14 August, 1914 No. 8

A Monruty Journat or Boranicat Notes AND News

4

EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873

CONTENTS

Proposed Work on the Cryptogamic Flora of New York: R. A. HARPER............ 133
Two New Plants from the Tertiary Rocks of the West: T. D. A. CocKERELL...... 135

Some Comparisons of the Lichen Floras of Eurasia and North America:
R. H. Howe, Jr. 138

A Possible Habit Mutant of the Sugar Maple: A. F. BLAKESLEE..... ......0....002... 140
A Classification of Botanical Science in Two Dimensions: R. M.-HarPer......... 144

Ne Wissel terny ss ype) sacs oi ta wk gate slashes ASA OU s oe Sai Feae fo ka heenday sine Babe « Bock ce Apauee a oe 148

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

AT 41 NortTH QUEEN STREET, LANCASTER, Pa.
BY THz\ New Era Printing Company

[Entered atthe Post Office at Lancaster, Pa,, as second-class matter.]

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1014

Prise:
R. A. HARPER, PH.D.
Vice-Presidents
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
HERBERT, M. RICHARDS, S.D.

Secretary and Treasurer

BERNARD. O. DODGE, Ph.D.
Columbia University, New York City

Editor

ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D.
Associate Fditors

JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Px.D
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pxu.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.
J. A. HARRIS Pu.D. ARLOW B. STOUT, PH.D.

NORMAN TAYLOR

- Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTANICAL Cius, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City.

Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should

be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR

Brooklyn Botanic Garden
Brooklyn, N. Y.

fA gS es See al ae

TORREYA

August, IgIq4.
Vol. 14 ; No. 8

PROPOSED WORK ON THE CRYPTOGAMIC FLORA
OF THE REGION ABOUT NEW YORK

May 8, 1914

To THE MEMBERS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB:

The following program for work on the cryptogams has been
sent to all members of the Torrey Botanical Club and others
interested. It is desired to secure the coéperation of as many
collectors and field workers as possible.

The Club proposes to undertake special work during the
coming year on the cryptogamic flora of the region. The com-
pletion and provision for publication of Mr. Taylor’s list of the
flowering plants and ferns suggest the extension of the Club’s
activities to this further field as the next large undertaking
necessary to complete our knowledge of the plant life of the local
flora district.

Notable work on various groups of the cryptogams has already
been accomplished and it is hoped to publish at once in the
Club’s journals preliminary lists, so far as they are available.
It is the desire of the Club to enlist the assistance in this under-
taking of as many collectors and field workers as possible. It
has been decided to create a considerable number of special
committees with chairmen, who, as far as possible, are interested
in particular groups and to invite the members of the Club and
others to enroll themselves on one or more of these committees.
The chairmen will organize field excursions either for their
special work or in conjunction with other committees and the
effort will be made to arrange the dates for trips to the different
regions so as to visit each locality at a time most favorable for

_ [No. 7, Vol. 14, of TORREYA, comprising pp. 115-132, was issued 17 July 1914.]

133

134

collecting its special flora. It is desired that the data obtained
should include records as to abundance, perfection of develop-
ment, etc., at the various stations for each species and that such
records be continued in succeeding years so that in the case of
the fleshy fungi and algae, especially, more reliable information
as to their occurrence and distribution than is now available
may be accumulated.

Facilities for domparing, identifying and preserving material
will be provided at the New York Botanical Garden, the Brooklyn
Botanic Garden, Columbia University, Barnard College, Yale
University and Rutgers College.

The excursions for the study of the flowering plants under Mr.
Stetson will also be continued as heretofore and members are
asked to enroll themselves for this work as well as for that on
the cryptogams.

You-are cordially invited to enter your name under the head
of one or more of the committees named and to return the en-
closed slip to B. O. Dodge, Secretary of the Club. Notices as
to special meetings, field trips, etc., will then be sent to you

from time to time.
R. A. HARPER,

President
Ba (OL IDs,

Secretary

CHAIRMEN OF SPECIAL COMMITTEES ON LOCAL FLORA,
TorRREY BOTANICAL CLUB

loweninegiulambse: wee. ccc fae ive me one usu oee ae Sereno Stetson
ers andahienaealllies, 077 3025 Mie eset | R. C. Benedict
INTOSSES Sty erreinbe Cait cl eens Lene eee Mrs. E. G. Britton
PAVE W OLUS ree e Ce ss et eee och ene a fey eee cena ne ae A. W. Evans
Binesin Wiatene nledewe cs). oo... a ee 2 pak. Ee alazen
Nantne sal caer tere fc eo). ta pee ee eee . «MAP Howe
Gasteromlycetes see te ee i ee pone
FAW AMETIOMIVCCUCS eee cei aire Serine een Ae ee W. A. Murrill
Except Russula and Lactarius... .. .Miss G. S. Burlingham

Gortinanusryers tet es oo ee ee ee Scenery eae R. A. Harper

Okymorcacins: | oo e seme mre Se Oy bis M. A. Levine
“2 SG] SC UT pai e ea eke P i e anna H. M. Richards
Rusts and Smuts.:...... lo EEG BR a ee E. W. Olive
Descomycetesicy. Wa ME ea, B. O. Dodge
Peter Ves Se et a Ree, Oh W. C. Barbour

Pyrenomycetes, Sphaeriaceae and Dothideaceae.H. M. Richards
Hypocreaceae, Perisporieae, Plectascineae, Tuberineae,

a. jie) Seaver
Reb ORIMITIS SClCT@tIAn nee. See ee es eo A. B. Stout
Imaperfecti........ H. M. Richards, F. J. Seaver, Mel T. Cooke
(OTIC SUES Soe ce tine at ee ek er a C. A. King
MRP UNIAN ER LES che caso ta ere hae, Mey ode A. F. Blakeslee
MBbmrgnsantaceae sal fons Ce oy ye le es
WD ivexOMIVGELES 2). ola de sn eek ey ee nd bese Miss M. E. Latham
Wescisrand: Bacteria. f!2.an.: 2321.22) 25.-% Miss J. Broadhurst
Lipecerete, (Geen sae aa ei tare ara rea eg Mel T. Cooke

DVO NEW PLANTS FROM THE TERTIARY ROCKS -
. OF THE WEST

By T. D. A. COCKERELL
Smilax labiduromme sp. nov.

Leaf 53 mm. long and 35 wide; deltoid, with truncate base,
the lateral margins nearly straight, but under a lens showing
shallow crenulation; five principal longitudinal veins.

Miocene shales, Florissant, Colorado, Station 14 (Wuzlmatte
P. Cockerell). On the same slab, three mm. from the leaf, is an
earwig, Labiduromma bormanst Scudder. The genus Smilax and
the family Smilaceze are new to the Florissant list, but various
species of Smilax have been found in other American formations.
Smilax carbonensis n. n. (S. grandifolia Lesq., Tertiary Flora,
Pl. [X, f. 5, from Carbon, Wyoming) is a larger leaf, with cordate
instead of truncate base, and convex lateral margins. It is
probably quite distinct from Smulacites grandifolia Unger,*
which as originally figured by that author, has the basal sinus
very deep (over 30 mm.); and in any event S. grandifolia Buck-

* Chloris Protogaea, pl. XL, f. 3.

136

ley* antedates Unger’s name by about four years. In the
determination of Smilax leaves there is indeed a large element of
uncertainty, owing to the variation in outline, as Laurenty
has beautifully illustrated in the case of S. aspera. This should
prevent us from multiplying specific names based on different

Fic. 1. Smilax labiduromme Cockerell.

looking leaves of the same region and period, but on the other
hand, it should not lead us to consider identical plants of quite
different parts of the world and different geological horizons.
Something must be allowed for the inherent probabilities in
each case. Knowltont has described Smilax lamarensis from the
supposed Miocene of the Yellowstone; it resembles S. carbonensis
rather than the Florissant species, having the cordate base and
rounded sides. Heer,§$ from beds supposed to be Miocene at
Asakak, Greenland, describes a Smilax lingulata; it is a narrow
leaf quite unlike the Florissant plant, resembling, in fact, the
living S. laurtfolia L.

A much more ancient plant assigned to this genus is Smilax

* Am. Journ. Sci. 45: I7I. 1843.

7 Ann. Mus. Marseille, 12: pl. 1. (1908.)

t Geol. Yellowstone Nat. Park, pl. CXXI, f. 3, 4.
§ Kong]. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., 13, no. 2: 15, pl. 1, f. 12 (1874).

137

Kansana n. n. (S. undulata Lesq.,* not of Pohlt), from the
Dakota group in Kansas.

Tithymalus phenacodorum sp. nov.

Seed. Length 4.75, breadth 4.25 mm.; short-pyriform, with
four sides slightly flattened; surface coarsely irregularly wrinkled.
Five miles southeast of mouth of Pat O’Hara Creek, Clark’s
Fork Basin, Wyoming; above red-banded beds, in strata sup-
posed to be older than the Wasatch, though formerly classed

Fic. 2. Seeds of Tithymalus: A. T. prenacodorum, side view. B. T. phenaco-
dorum, from above. C. T. Willistoni, side view.

with that group. Typein American Museum of Natural History;
collected by Mr. W. Stein, along with numerous remarkable land
shells, of the genera Protoboysia, Boysia, Vitrea, Thysanophora,
Pyramidula, Gastrodonta and Oreohelix.

Compared with the seeds of T. Willistont Cockerell,? from the
Loup Fork Beds of Long I., Kansas, the new species is distinctly
longer, while the depressions between the ruge are more irregular
and less definitely in longitudinal series. A quite similar but
still longer seed is that of the living Mexican Tithymalus
campestris n.n. (Euphorbia campestris Cham. & Schl., 1830), the
seed of which is well figured by Millspaugh, Botanical Gazette,
XXV (1898): 25. In TJ. campestris, however, the rugae are
more labyrinthiform than in T. phenacodorum.

Extremely hard and dense seeds, such as those of Tithymalus,
are readily fossilized where ordinary vegetation decays and
disappears. It is probable that careful search will reveal them
in other Tertiary strata. I adda figure of T. Willistont, as it has
not been figured.

* Fl. Dakota Group: 39 (1892).

7 Pohl, A. DC. in D. C., Mon. Phan. 1: 135.
i Torreyag: II19. 1909.

138

SOME COMPARISONS OF THE LICHEN FLORAS OF
EURASIA AND NORTH AMERICA

By R. HEBER HOWE, Jr.

In studying many of the filamentous and foliose lichen-species ©
of North America I have been struck with the interesting corre-
lation of species-distribution found on the two continents of
North America and Eurasia. This correlation is so often over-
looked, that new varieties and even species are being described
without a sufficient study of the distributional problems that
present themselves, though as Dr. Darbishire has pointed out,
these species may be ‘‘alike only in their external morphology,”’
and “
ancestor.’ It, nevertheless, should make one wary of describing

may have been separately derived from some common

new species even if excused by any such theoretical probability.

That the lichen flora of western Europe and the western
coast of North America is closely allied,—as that of eastern
Asia and eastern portions of the United States is, in some striking
instances, at least undeniable. I am told that the same analogy
is apparent in other groups, 7. e., the mosses.*

CLIMATE, ELEVATION, ETC.

There are evidently several underlying causes that develop
lichen species; just what these are, and their relative importance,
is still to be explained. We have climatic conditions, the three
most important factors of which for lichens, as for all plants,
are moisture and sunlight, and the variability of temperature
due to elevation or latitude. The character of the soil (of no
concern in the species here discussed) plays, no doubt, an im-
portant réle. The proximity of the sea also, it would seem,
has a definite influence. All of these factors, however, fail, it
appears, to explain entirely the curious occurrence of a given
species on both continents. A combination of them all is more
likely the answer.

[* Gray, Hooker and many recent writers have discussed the well-known rela-

tionship of the flora of eastern Asia and eastern North America. See TORREYA
for January 1914, p. 8.—Ed.]

139

In a recent paper by Dr. Darbishire* on Arctic flora, a most
interesting and enlightening comparison of Arctic species with
those of Germany is made, showing that the advance and
retreat of the ice age explains a remarkable distribution, which
results in 72.3 per cent. of Arctic lichens being found in the Tyrol.
A conclusion, that the crustose species are of a later evolutionary
development than the fruticose, is also brought forward by means
of comparison of the two floras.

A few examples taken from the Usneaceae show the correlation
that I have in mind, and which at a later date I moigle to be able
to take up in more detail.

Genus: USNEA

U. plicata (L.) Web. I have before me examples of Usnea
plicata from the Alps which are practically as robust as those
from the Californian coast, and are impossible to separate if
the labels are withheld. These Californian plants have been
described as representing a new species, 7. e., U. californica
Herre. This species was considered by Dr. Zahlbruckner to
belong to the series Pachynae, but in reality it is a Mesinae, a
point in which Dr. Zahlbruckner now agrees with the author.f
Dr. Herre was perhaps mislead by this belief when he described
the species.

U. articulata (L.) Hoffm. Though this species is never well
developed in our area, it is found only on the Californian coast.
It is of course a well marked species in the British Isles.

Genus: LETHARIA

L. vulpina (L.) Ach. This plant occurs throughout north-
western United States, reaching in California perhaps, a slightly
more robust development (7. e., L. vulpina var. californica
Nyl. = L. columbiana Nutt.) and is an exactly parallel case with
U. plicata.

* Rept. 2d Norwegian Arctic Exped. ‘‘Fram,’’ 1898-1902, Videns. Sels. I Krist.
51-53. 1909.

7 In litt. Sept. 9, 1913, ‘‘ Die californica, deren Originale exemplar bei mir erliegt

ist eine echte Pachyna.” In litt. Feb. 2, 1914, “Darin haben Sie recht, dass Usnea _
californica nicht zu des Pachynae gehort.”’

140

L. thamnodes (Flot.) Hue. This species shows that the
eastern Asiatic distribution is in this case parallel with that of
eastern United States. L. thamnodes is not known from west of
the Mississippi and is now considered synonymous with Evernia
mesomorpha Ny. from eastern Asia.

Genus: RAMALINA

Ramalina fraxinea (L.) Ach. This species (typica) is unknown
from our area except on the Pacific coast, and we have small
argument to distinguish it from the common R. Mensiezit Tuck.,—
in fact unlabelled material from the coast of France is in many
cases impossible of separation (see Bryologist 17: 20-22. 1914).

R. Duriaei (DeNot.) Bagl. This plant occurs only in southern
California and appears again on the southeastern Atlantic coast
of Europe.

R. calicaris (L.) Fr. emend. (= scopulorum). The only repre-
sentative of this species-group is the occurrence in Alaska of
“R. subfarinacea Nyl.

- Genus: ALECTORIA

A. Fremontit Tuck. This species, known only from western
North America, is no longer a unique representative of our area,
as it is now well known from Scandinavia and even France.

THOREAU MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY,
ConcorbD, Mass.

A POSSIBLE HABIT MUTANT OF THE SUGAR MAPLE
(ACER SACCHARUM)*

By A. F. BLAKESLEE

In the summer of 1911 while on a collecting trip near Bing-
hamton, N. Y., the writer’s attention was attracted to a single
tree in a distant row of sugar maples. Its strikingly regular
outline suggested either that it had become overgrown by a
vine or had been artificially trimmed to suit the whim of some
topiarian artist. A closer approach and inspection, however,

* Contribution from the Department of Genetics, Connecticut Agricultural
College.

141

showed that neither supposition was correct. Moreover, the
owner of the farm upon which the tree was growing, Mrs. Lucy
A. Burbank, gave the information that the tree in question had
been planted by her husband somewhat over 30 years pre-
viously, together with the other trees seen in the row (Fig. I).
The exact source of the young trees could not be given but, when
planted, all were supposed to be normal sugar maples. It had
early shown its peculiar form and most people who had seen it
insisted it had been kept trimmed, but such was not the case.
A comparison with the adjacent trees of the same age would
indicate that its growth had been relatively slow. At the time
the photographs were taken, its height was about 32 ft. and
the diameter of the trunk at breast height was 9 inches. For
comparison it may be stated that the height of the first tree to
the right of the one in question is about 43 ft. and has a trunk
diameter of 15 inches.

The limbs are slender and branch profusely to form a close
thicket of slender branchlets which end at a nearly uniform
distance from the trunk. By the shortness of the petioles of the
outer leaves and the progressive elongation of the petioles of
those toward the base of the season’s growth, the foliage is
formed in a dense, even thatch which, in connection with the
regularity of the skeleton, produces an appearance similar to
that of a symmetrical arbor vitae. So far as can be seen, the
habit of growth alone is peculiar, for the individual leaves and
winter twigs are like those of normal sugar maples.

Scions have been sent to the New York Botanical Garden and
to the Arnold Arboretum. Successful grafts onto normal stock
have been obtained at the latter institution as well as in the Bo-
tanic Garden of the Connecticut Agricultural College. Without
doubt the tree will hold its peculiarity of growth when propagated
vegetatively as have other form varieties of maples such as the
fastigiate sugar maple (var. monumentale) which has the aspect
of a Lombardy poplar.

A short note describing this habit variant of the sugar maple
was presented at the Washington meeting of the Botanical Society
of America, I911, and an abstract of this note was given in

142

Science, Jan. 26, 1912. Since then two trees of somewhat similar
appearance have been brought to the writer’s attention.

Under date of Jan. 29, 1912, Mr. J. N. Prouty of Humboldt,
Iowa, writes: ‘We have in this town what I presume is a dupli-

Fic. t. Summer and winter view of possible habit nutant of sugar maples.

cate of your tree. . . .. The tree is more than 40 years old, the
stem about one foot in diameter, and more than 30 feet in height

143

though it has the appearance in the picture of being a shrub.
It was transplanted with many others of the same variety to a
gravelly ridge where it made a slow growth—slower than the
one to the right which is of the same variety and transplanted
at the same time.’’ A colored photo postal sent shows a bushy
tree of regular outline much broader than the one pictured in the
present article. Those “‘of the same variety’’ in the row are
obviously normal sugar maples.

Mr. L.S. Hopkins, of the Peabody High School, Pittsburg, Pa.,
after examining photographs sent him, writes concerning a tree
discovered in Wayne, Co., Ohio: ‘Although of a slightly differ-
ent type, I think my tree is exactly the same. . . . The tree is
not an unusually large one but rather undersized. However,
the shape is such that every one who sees it for the first time
thinks it has been trimmed into its present form but so far as I
have been able to find out it has never been touched.”’

The three trees discussed, in addition to their regularity of
outline, show in common a relatively slow growth. The wide
separation of the localities where they are found would indicate
they had originated independently. It is possible that individual
trees of similar habit may be found in other localities. If so,
the writer would be glad to have them brought to his attention.
The form, however, is so unusual in a deciduous tree and so
conspicuous from a distance that it is improbable they could
escape notice, even of a layman. Their occurrence therefore
must be extremely rare. Moreover, Prof. C. S. Sargent has
kindly examined photographs of the tree from Binghamton,
N. Y., and informs the writer that no occurrence of a sugar
maple with any such habit of growth has been reported or is
known in the literature.

Fruit has not been obtained from any of these three trees and
the writer has been unable to visit the tree at Binghamton
during the flowering season. In consequence no experiments
have been undertaken to discover how the peculiar form is
inherited in sexual reproduction. That the peculiarity is an
inheritable character and not a mere environmental modification
is presumable from the association of the abnormal forms with

144

normal trees acting as controls under similar growth conditions.
The term mutation may be conveniently applied to the sudden
appearance of an inheritable peculiarity, whether due to an
immediately preceeding change in the germ plasm or to the rare
kaleidoscopic combination of unit characters already present.
The form variant of the sugar maple here described therefore,
may be provisionally classed as a mutant.

A CLASSIFICATION OF BOTANICAL SCIENCE IN TWO
DIMENSIONS

By ROLAND M. HARPER

The classifications of knowledge relating to the vegetable

kingdom which one finds in encyclopedias, text-books, library
manuals, etc., usually arrange the ultimate units in a linear
sequence (a space of one dimension), and almost necessarily so,
for the parts of a written or spoken discourse, such as a lecture
course, are consecutive rather than simultaneous. But a classi-
fication of science, books, plants, life-zones, or anything else,
that has but one dimension can not as a rule place all the units
in their proper relation to each other, for in a linear sequence
each unit can be adjacent to not more than two others.*
_ An ideal classification should have several dimensions, but
any system represented on a sheet of paper or other plane surface
is limited to two. This answers fairly well for classifying sci-
ences, though, for it allows us to classify them by subject matter
and by point of view at the same time.

The subjoined table represents a crude attempt to arrange the
botanical sciences in two dimensions. The columns represent
the objects studied, and the horizontal divisions the points of
view or methods of investigation. The columns form a regular
series of increasing complexity, from vegetable matter in general
to plant associations; but there is no such simple relation between
the horizontal rows, and if a third dimension were available the
points of view might advantageously be grouped in two dimen-
sions instead of one, so as to bring the study of environment,

* One of the latest and most elaborate linear classifications of pure and applied
botany is that of Harshberger in Science, II. 36: 521-525. Oct. 18, 1912.

145

TABLE OF BOTANICAL SCIENCES

Objects ||__. A :
F ssocia-
Points Vegetable \ells Tissues | Organs | Plants Lion
of view matter
\} | |
General (func- | | ie Bid
tions, classi- || Botany | Cytology | Histology) oe peas I Sociology
fication, etc.) | ee
| |
, || Plant |
j | ‘ oy? >?
Composition | chemrsuiay Pharmac ology? F
{| pis ieee wl
: || Specific | ‘ Strength
oye ti gravity peu of wood, ®
pEQpeTtics ete. P etc.
Structure | Mo; rp h q i © gy ?
Nutrition,
respiration, | SDA : 1 # |
photosyn- {| Meas) 2s o Oss a7 |
thesis, etc. | |
ST | | |
Germination ||
and growth, | Rib ye sitios 0 2-7: invasion?
or life history || | |
|
Seasonal or | :
arierran il | 1 |
other periodic || SS AS LLL 2
Phenol ogy
changes
co a || |
Movements and | Phage olleesy
responses |
Reproduction ES a
ology |
| |
Pesca: er | Genetics |
inheritance
| | |
| | | Phyl- |
Evolution or | > ogeny | Suc-
history 3 Paleo- cession
botany
| Compe-
tition
Interrelations ? ? Syl 2OREN SL
osis, etc.
parasi-
tism,ete.
Environment oe Par hs Synec-
(influence of) BY ology
Areal
distribution eo 2S

146

for example, next to that of seasonal changes’ and movements
and responses, as well as to interrelations and distribution.

The rectangular spaces left blank are those in which no laws
can be placed. For example, we can hardly conceive of the
nutrition of plant associations, or the geographical distribution
of cells. Spaces occupied only by interrogation points are
those in which there seem to be a few laws, but not enough to
have received a special name as yet.

The last four or five columns should each be regarded as made
up of a multitude of smaller ones, corresponding to the different
kinds of tissues, plants, etc. Organs can be subdivided twice, |
first into kinds of organs, and then into different forms of each
kind. Plants may be classified either by their supposed phylo-
genetic relationships, as in taxonomy, or by structure and
adaptations (this sometimes called ecological classification), or
in various other ways. For the taxonomic subdivisions there
are numerous minor “‘-ologies,’’ such as mycology, bryology,
agrostology, and even batology and ionology; and for the struc-
tural subdivisions there are a few terms, of which dendrology is
probably the most familiar.

Some of the horizontal rows, especially the last two, can be
similarly subdivided. The subdivisions of ecology are the
various environmental factors, and those of geography the
divisions of the earth’s surface; and each of these systems may
be arranged in more than one way.

In studying any portion of the field we may proceed either by
rows or by columns. For example, most ecological treatises use
the environmental factors for the primary subdivisions, and
consider the effect of each one separately on organs, plants, etc.
But the Chicago text-book, published about two years ago,
considers the organs first, and then the relation of each to different
environmental factors. Each method of course has its advan-
tages.

In a general way this table might be said to indicate the order
of historical development of the sciences named. If such a
table had been prepared in the time of Linnaeus it would prob-
ably have lacked most of the lower half. The last column and

147

the last row but one received very little recognition anywhere
until the last decade of the nineteenth century (and even yet
very little attention has been paid to them in some of the
older states where botanists are most numerous).

The best order for teaching these sciences in a complete
botanical course—if such a course is ever given—is not so
obvious, principally because a course of instruction cannot very
well proceed in two directions simultaneously, but must follow
rows, or columns, or first one and then the other. ‘Perhaps the
best way around this difficulty would be to subdivide the field
along horizontal lines into several parts, and then take a column
at a time, transgressing the upper or lower limits occasionally
to make certain points clearer. Then too it is customary to
teach along with the pure sciences more or less of certain applied
sciences or arts which have no place in the table, such as eco-
nomic botany, forestry, plant breeding, and agriculture.

It will be observed that systematic botany or taxonomy,
which was once the largest feature in botanical text-books, is
absent from the table. Classification is not peculiar to plants
or organisms of any kind, and in itself is not a science at all, but
rather an art, a method or a convenience. The earlier classi-
fications of plants were very artificial and not scientific, but the
scientific basis of modern taxonomy is phylogeny, which has its
proper place in the table.

Some botanists are inclined to regard physiology and ecology
as essentially one, while others have difficulty in drawing the
line between ecology and geography.* But the above table and
explanation should make the relations between these three
sciences clear. Although they are more or less interdependent,
they consider plants from three fundamentally distinct points of
view. Plant sociology, which is sometimes regarded as a part
of ecology, is still more distinct.

It is scarcely necessary to remark that the sciences dealing
with the animal kingdom in general and those dealing with man-
kind in particular could be classified in a very similar way.

* Human ecology and human geography have been even more persistently
confused than the corresponding botanical sciences, and a great deal of modern
so-called geography is nothing but ecology. For additional notes on the scope of
geography see Science II. 38: 816. Dec. 5, 1913.

148

NEWS ITEMS

On July 16, the Torrey Club and the Staten Island Asso-
ciation of Arts and Sciences were entertained by Dr. N. L.
Britton and his brother, Mr. R. H. Britton, at Great Kills,
Staten Island. The party, numbering over sixty, were taken in
motor-boats over to Crooke’s Point where the flora was observed.
Dinner was served at a local hotel at which speeches were made
by Dr. Britton, Professor Harper, Dr. Hollick, Messrs. Cleaves
and F. D. Tansley, and others. In the afternoon further explora-
tion of the region was enjoyed by the party.

According to a careful census just completed, the Botanic
Garden of Grinnell College, Iowa, with the adjacent nursery,
reports 494 distinct species and hybrids, mostly of hardy plants,
and 115 minor varieties and forms. The uncultivated part of
the garden contains probably 50 other native and naturalized
species.

Dr. R. M. Harper is at work on a study of the geography and

vegetation of northern Florida. His address until September
first is Florida State Geological Survey, Talahassee, Fla.

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
gratuitous copies of the number of Torreya in which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof.

Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor. The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates :

2pp 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $ .75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies -90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85

-100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20
200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70

Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1914

Finance Committee Field Committee
J. H. Barnuwart, Chairman SERENO STETSON, Chazrman
Miss C. C. HAYNES
Budget Committee Program Committee
J. H. Barnuart, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman
N. L. Brirron Miss JEAN BROADHURST
B. O. DopGE C. SruarT GAGER
M. A. Howe F, J. SEAVER
A. W. Evans
H. H. Russy

Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chairman

Phanerogams: Cryptogams:

E. P. BIcKNELL Mrs. E. G. Britron
N. L. Britton Puitrie DowELL
C.-C. Curtis Tracy E. Hazen

K. K. Mackenzie M. A. Howe |
NorMAN TAYLOR W. A. MurriLy

Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
WILLIAM MANSFIELD

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

bars THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN

A monthly journal devoted to-general botany, established
1870, Vol. 40 published in 1913, contained 712 pages of text .
and 26 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37° Soho Square, London, ‘are,

agents for England.

_ Of former volumes, only 24—40 can, be supplied entire; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock —
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-40 three dollars each.

Single copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes. |

(2) MEMOIRS

The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregulas
‘intervals. Volumes 1-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of
Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. ‘A list of titles of the individual papers and of
prices will be furnished on application.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of = Pe
York, 1888. -Brice, $1.00. ;

Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
DR. BERNARD O. DODGE
Columbia University

‘New York City

Vol. 14 September, 1914 No. 9

TORREYA

A Monruty Journat or Boranicat Notes anp News
EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

JOHN TORREY, 1796-1873

CONTENTS

The Aquatic Vegetation of Squaw Shoals, Tuscaloosa County, Alabama :
R. M. HARPER 149

A new southeastern sedge: K. K. MACKENZIE... 02. .....cccecececceeceee, cececcueneeseueccess 155

Additions to the Pleistocene flora of the southern states: E. W. BERRY............ 150

_ Shorter Notes
Occurrence of Indian Pipe: J. J. DAVIS........ oii. cecceecececece ceeeeeee is saree iD 162
““Modern”’ Botany in 1821.2 -..... 6.0 ..ccccepeceneeee ie idee Re San, Bes seh ass atete toes 162
Proceedings of the Club......... racist Ruse ESE TD), Sere cane Ope lls Oe NK, Pete ea 163
A Wews: Ttems.o. 20 cys fr... z. ad aS LD Tae ca Ee gO AM AN ee See SA ca 165

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

At 4: NortH Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa.
BY Tue New ERA Printing Company

f{ Entered atthe Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter-]

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1014

President
R. A. HARPER, Pu.D.

Vice-Presidents. ‘

- JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.

Secretary and Treasurer pie ies!

BERNARD O. DODGE, Ph.D, . Meath EF
Columbia University, New York City © Bre,

Editor
ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., Px.D.

Associate Editors

JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. — MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.
J. A. HARRIS Px.D. -. SARLOW B..STOUT, Px.D.

3 NORMAN TAYLOR

Torrey is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the eauivalent thereof. Postator
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing —
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BoTANiIcaL CiuB, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
- easter, Pa., or Columbia University, New Vork City. Peo |
; Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should
be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR

Brooklyn Botanic Garden
Brooklyn, N. ¥

ree 1914

TORREYA

. September, IgI4.
Vol. 14 : No. 9

THE AQUATIC VEGETATION OF SQUAW SHOALS,
TUSCALOOSA COUNTY, ALABAMA

By RoLAND M. HARPER

Most rivers which traverse hilly and rocky regions have rapids
or shoals at many places, where they cross strata a little harder
than the average. At such places the gradient of the stream-bed
is steeper than usual, and consequently the velocity of the water
is greater and its depth and seasonal fluctuations less. Most
rocky shoals, in the eastern United States at least, seem to be
almost devoid of aquatic vegetation. But for some reason not at
present obvious, vegetation seems to thrive on the shoals of the
Warrior River, which drains most of the coal region of Alabama
and parts of some of the neighboring limestone valleys. Shoals
were formerly abundant along this river and its tributaries above
the fall-line at Tuscaloosa, but in the last two decades all within
25 miles of Tuscaloosa have been obliterated by the building of
locks and dams for the purpose of extending navigation to as
many coal mines as possible and ultimately to Birmingham
(‘the Pittsburgh of the South’’). The lowest shoal on the river
that is still visible is Squaw Shoals, in the extreme northeastern
part of Tuscaloosa County (in T.18S., R. 8 W.), about 26 miles
from Tuscaloosa by water. And at the present writing a 63-foot
dam (Lock 17) is being built at its foot, which if no unexpected
difficulties arise will completely spoil the shoals for scientific
purposes within a year or two.*

* Since the above sentence was written the work has been suspended for lack
of further appropriations from Congress, which will be welcome news to phyto-
geographers.

{No. 8, Vol. 14, of ToRREYA, comprising pp. 133-148 was issued 12 August 1914.]

149

150

On a visit to Squaw Shoals on June 4, 1913, I gathered some
facts which may be of interest for comparison with other places,
even after the opportunity for verifying some of them is gone
forever. Se ore

The shoal is about three miles long and a thousand feet wide,
with a total fall, at low water, of forty feet. Its foot is about 1 55
feet above sea-level. As some of the accompanying illustrations
show, the river in this part of its course is bordered by rather
steep wooded hills, rising two or three hundred feet above the
water in a distance of half a mile or so, but the country is not at

Fic. t. View of Squaw Shoals looking up-stream, showing Dianthera in fore-
ground and Panicum virgatum farther away. The most conspicuous trees at the
brow of the bluff at the right are Pinus palusiris.

all mountainous. The rock in the neighborhood is all shale
and sandstone of the upper Carboniferous, with the strata hori-
zontal or nearly so. In the bed of the river it is pitted with
numerous pot-holes a foot or soin diameter. The water averaged
only about two feet deep on the shoals at the time of my visit,.
so that a pedestrian could pick his way across without much
difficulty. It probably varies from less than half to more than
twice that depth. It is always more or less turbid.. The dis-

151

charge of the river at this point varies from about 100 to 116,000
cubic feet a second, and averages about 6,700. As a rule the
maximum occurs in March and the minimum in September.

The rocky bottom projects above the water in many places,
and in some of the quieter spots there are deposits of sand and
silt; so there is naturally some local diversity in the vegetation.
In the following list, however, all the plants found growing in
the channel of the river at the shoals are included. They are
divided into trees, shrubs and herbs, and those in each group
arranged as nearly as possible in order of abundance. The trees
are all rather stunted, as might be expected.

TREES HERBS
Platanus occidentalis L. Panicum virgatum L.
Betula nigra L. Hymenocallis coronaria (LeConte) Kunth.
Liquidambar Styracifiua L. Dianthera Americana L.
Salix nigra Marsh. Scirpus Americanus Pers. é
SHRUBS Zizaniopsis miliacea (Mx.) Doell. & Asch. ©
Alnus rugosa (DuRoi) Koch Osmunda regalis L.
Cephalanthus occidentalis L. Triadenum petiolatum (Walt.) Raf.
Hypericum galioides Lam. Harperella fluviatilis Rose.
Ttea Virginica L. Eleocharis mutata (L.) R. & S.

The occurrence of a Podostemon in such a place would not have
been at all surprising, but it was not detected.

Most of the species listed are rather common and widely
distributed, but three or four of them are here some distance
from the localities given for them in Mohr’s Plant Life of Ala-
bama, and two or three deserve special mention.

The Hymenocallis, although perhaps not quite the most abun-
dant herb, was the most conspicuous element of the vegetation
at the time, being in full bloom. From a distance its numerous
large white flowers gave somewhat the appearance of a thin layer
of snow. Up to 1go1 this species seems to have been reported
only from rocky shoals in muddy rivers just above the fall-line
near Columbia, S. C., and Augusta, Ga. In the year named Dr.
Mohr (in his Plant Life of Alabama, p. 447) added a third station,
very similar to the others, namely, the Warrior River near Tusca-
loosa, where it was found by Dr. Eugene A. Smith. That locality
having been drowned out several years ago, Squaw Shoals is

152

now the lowest possible station.for the plant on that river. But
about the same time that I visited Squaw Shoals Mr. R. S. Hodges
of the Geological Survey of Alabama saw what is undoubtedly
the same species in similar situations in a creek near Helena,
She by County, where it seems to be in no immediate danger of
extermination.

Strange to say, this rare and handsome plant is not mentioned

Fic. 2. View of Squaw Shoals looking diagonally up-stream from site of lock on
left bank.

in either edition of Small’s Flora of the Southeastern States, even
as a synonym. Although it might be difficult to distinguish
from H. occidentalis in the herbarium, it differs greatly from that
species in habitat, and blooms about two months earlier; approxi-
mately at the same time as an unidentified Hymenocallis in
South Georgia of which I published a photograph a few years
ago.*

It seems rather strange to find a plant with a large bulb and
succulent leaves growing in running water, but this probably
indicates that the rocks to which it is attached are often exposed
to sun and wind for a few weeks in the fall, when the water is
lowest.

* Bull. Torrey Club 32: 463-465. f. 5. ro05; Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 257.
pl. 24. 1906.

153

The Harperella is even less known to botanists than the
Hymenocallis, having been found previously only in rocky beds
of streams on Sand and Lookout Mountains in northeastern
Alabama, and that only since 1905.* It was not in flower or
fruit at the time, and I did not collect specimens, so that this
new locality may never be represented by evidence of the kind
demanded by some systematists.

Eleocharis mutata is another comparatively rare species, pre-

Fic, 3. Hymenocallis coronaria at Squaw Shoals, in about a foot of water.

viously reported in the United States only from the glaciated
region and coastal plain, where it grows usually in ponds.t

On the loamy banks of the river at this place are found among
other things Alnus rugosa, Kalmia latifolia, and Batodendron
-arboreum, which cannot endure much fluctuation of water, and
Fraxinus caroliniana and Breweria humistrata, which are chiefly
confined to the coastal plain.

It is one of the ironies of fate that the shoals, rapids and falls,

* See Torreya 6: 112-114. 1906; 10: 237-239. 1910. The plant was then
referred to H. nodosa, H. fluviatilis not having been described until afterward. For
description of the latter see Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 13: 290. 1911; Small,
Sab Os Ss ed 213555 sore.

7 See Mohr’s Plant Life of Ala. 396-397; also Rhodora 7: 72. 1905.

154

which are in many ways the most interesting spots on our rivers,
are the very places that are doomed to obliteration first by the
commercialistic ‘‘development’’ of water-power or navigation,
or both—as is planned at Squaw Shoals. The controversy over
Niagara Falls is of course familiar to all; and there are other in-
stances of the same sort of work in progress in Alabama. At this
very time one of the water-power syndicates is threatening to
build a dam across Little River at the lower falls on Lookout
_Mountain, a spot noted for the occurrence of such rare plants
'as Rhododendron catawbiense, Chondrophora virgata, Harperella

Fic. 4. Fatch of Panicum virgatum and Dianthera americana on Squaw Shoals,
with small trees at left.

fluviatilis, the mountain form of Sarracenia flava, and several
species chiefly confined to the coastal plain.*

The greatest loss to science in such cases is not the mutilation
of the scenery (the chief contention at Niagara), nor even the
destruction of stations for the rare plants, for the same species

* See Torreya 6: I14. 1906.

155

can still be found elsewhere. It is the termination of the oppor-
tunity to study various interesting problems of potamology and
phytogeography,* as for example, how so many coastal plain
plants managed to establish themselves or persist in these interior
localities. As no two shoals are exactly alike, the effacement of
any one of them is an irreparable loss. But as it is impossible
to measure such a loss in money, there is not much hope that the
interests of science will ever be permitted to outweigh those of
commercialism. ;

A NEW NORTHEASTERN SEDGE

By KENNETH K. MACKENZIE

In addition to several species, which are also of wide European
distribution, the group of which Carex flava L. is best known, is
represented in the northeastern part of North America by a
widely distributed plant which is unlike anything known from
Europe. In all the European species of the group characterized
by long beaked perigynia, the perigynia beaks are rough and
strongly brownish-red tipped at the apex and the pistillate scales
are also strongly brownish-red colored and very conspicuous in
the spikes. In the American plant under discussion the perigynia
beaks are smooth or obscurely few-toothed, under a microscope,
and are whitish at the apex when young or in age are light
tawny colored. The brownish-red tint is lacking in the scales, and
the scales are very inconspicuous in the spikes, at maturity being
concealed by the perigynia. These characters give this plant a
markedly different appearance from that presented by the other
members of this group, and enable it to be readily recognized
in the field.

This plant was long ago recognized as distinct from Carex
flava L. by Dewey, who treated it as identical with the European
Carex lepidocarpa Tausch. Olney distributed various specimens

* See Bull. Torrey Club 32: 161. 1905; 37: I09. 1910; Geol. Surv. Ala. Monog.
8: 148. 1913. Since the last publication appeared the dam of the Coosa River
there referred to has been completed, flooding several square miles of country,
including an unrecorded station for Sabal glabra, among other things.

156

of it as Carex flava L. and forma androgyna and forma lepidocarpa
and remarked that the forms with a nearly sessile staminate spike
and the forms with a strongly peduncled staminate spike were
often found in the same clump (Olney Car. Bor.-Am. 7). Bailey
treated the plant as Carex flava var. graminis Bailey, but prob-
ably included other elements in his conception of his variety,
especially the plant covered by his reference to the rough beaked
perigynia. The plant treated by Prof. Fernald as Carex flava
var. rectirostra Gaudin is almost entirely the present species,
as is also a portion of the plant he treats as Carex flava var. elatior
Schlecht. The description of the plant called Carex lepidocarpa
Tausch by me in Britton & Brown’s Illustrated Flora (2d ed.)
is also taken from the present species.

When the really distinguishing features of this plant are, how-
ever, understood, it is readily told from all its allies and should
no longer be confused with any of them.

Carex flava, itself, is further distinguished by the noticeably
longer perigynia (5-6 mm. long), the leaf-blades averaging wider
(2-5 mm. wide), the sharper culms and more yellowish aspect of
the whole plant. The tendency of the pistillate spikes to be
staminate at the top is also much less developed.

In North America genuine Carex lepidocarpa seems to be con-
fined to the extreme northeastern part. I have seen specimens
only from the Gaspi region and from St. Pierre. The extremely
long-peduncled staminate spike usually serves as an additional
means to distinguish this species.

What I take to be the plant described from Maine by Kiiken-
thal (Pflanzenreich IV: 673) as var. laxior of Carex lepidocarpa
Tausch is more closely allied, but in addition to the points
already discussed can be distinguished by its sharp-angled culms
and green shorter-beaked perigynia. The beaks of the perigynia
in this plant are exceptionally rough.

I have seen numerous specimens of this species Sere show
that it ranges from Maine and Quebec as far West as Indiana
and Wisconsin. In New Jersey, where I have become well
acquainted with it, it is confined to the northwestern counties
where it occurs in wet calcareous meadows, in which situation

157

it is often locally common. My number 4645 collected at
White Pond, Sussex County, near Andover Junction, on June 26,
1910, may be designated as the type.

The species may be described and known as:

ea Carex cryptolepis sp. nov.
“ Carex lepidocarpa Tausch,”’ Dewey, Wood’s Class Book (2 Ed.).
585. 1847.
Carex flava L. var. graminis Bailey, Mem. Torr. Club 1: 30 (in
part). 1887.

“ Carex flava L. var. rectirostra Gaud.”’ Fernald Rhodora, 8: 211
(in part). 1906.

“Carex flava L. var. elatior Schlecht.’’ Fernald 1. c. (in part).
1906.

“Carex lepidocarpa Tausch,’’ Mackenzie in Brit. & Brown III.
Flora (2d ed.): 430 and fig. 1076. 1913.

Densely cespitose, not stoloniferous, the culms erect, slender.
2-6 dm. high, smooth or very nearly so, obtusely triangular below,
acutely triangular above, phyllopodic, light brown at base,
exceeding culm leaves, but mostly exceeded by leaves of sterile
shoots. Leaves 4-6 to a fertile culm, on lower fourth, but not
bunched, light green, the blades erect, flat, 1.5-3 mm. wide,
usually 0.5-2.5 dm. long, roughened towards apex, not strongly
septate, the sheaths conspicuously white-hyaline ventrally, not
prolonged upwards at mouth; sterile shoots phyllopodic, con-
spicuous, the blades averaging longer. Staminate spike subses-
sile to strongly peduncled, 7-18 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, occa-
sionally partly pistillate at base, its scales oblong-lanceolate,
greenish-yellow with green midvein, acute. Pistillate spikes 3
or 4, the upper one or two approximate, the next strongly sepa-
rated and the lowest often very strongly separated, mostly
staminate at apex, sessile or lower exsert-peduncled, oblong, Io-
20 mm. long, 7-10 mm. wide, closely 15-35 flowered in many
ranks, the upper perigynia ascending, the middle spreading and
the lower reflexed; bracts leaf-like, sheathing, the lower with
erect, the upper with widely spreading blades. Scales lanceolate,
acute, greenish-yellow with green midvein, narrower than and
about length of body of perigynia, concealed and_inconspicuous
at maturity. Perigynia light- or yellowish-green, or at maturity
yellowish, 4-4.5 mm. long, the body obovoid, 1.75 mm. wide,
inflated, suborbicular in cross-section, the upper part empty,

158

coarsely about Io-nerved, round-tapering to a sessile base,
abruptly slender beaked, the beak nearly as long as body, straight
or the lower bent, smooth or very obscurely few toothed, promi-
nently bidentate, the teeth smooth, closely contiguous to one
another, whitish or in age light tawny tinged. Achenes obovoid,
triangular, 1.5 mm. long, I mm. wide, blackish, slightly silvery
shining, prominently pitted, apiculate, jointed with slender, bent,
at length deciduous style. Stigmas three.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED

QuEBEC. Notre Dame du Lac, Northrop 202; Aug. 13, 1887
(C); Lake Edward, Brainerd, Aug. 1, 1901, and Aug. 21, 1896 (B).

Maine. Mt. Desert Island, White, Sept. 5, 1891 (C); Moose-
head Lake, C. E. Smith (C); Great Pond, Mt. Desert Island,
Rand, June 23, 1892 (C).

VERMONT. Stratton, Brainerd (B) and also Grout, July 4,
1895 (C); East Wallingford, Eggleston 1684, July 11, 1899 (N. Y.);
Newfane, Howe, Aug. 1, 1891 (N. Y.); Lake Dunmore, Braimerd,
July 11 and Aug. 11, 1896 (B); East Middlebury, Braznerd,
July 12, 1890 (B); Sudbury, Brainerd, Aug. 14, 1896 (B);
Enosburgh, Brainerd, July 17, 1895 (B).

Mass. Essex Co., Oakes (N. Y.); Needham, Forbes, July 18,
1902 (K. M.).

RHODE IsLAND. Providence, Olney, marked “C. lepidocarpa
Dewey! Tausch? not of Kunze!” (C); Cumberland and East
Providence, Olney, July 22 and 26, 1871 (C& N. Y. & K. M.);
Thurber 1846 (N. Y.).

NEw York. Lake Mohegan, Leggett, July 9, 1868 (C);
Pyramid Lake, Britton, Sept. 2, 1900 (N. Y.); Whitesboro,
Haberer, June 1883 in part (N. Y.); Adirondack Mts., E. C.
Howe, July (N. Y.); Paradox Lake, Brainerd, Sept. 9, 1882 (B).

NEw JERSEY. Waterloo, Britton and Porter, July 28, 1885 (C);
Stanhope, Morris Co., Mackenzie 2118, June 24, 1906 (K. M.);
White Pond, Sussex Co., Mackenzie 826, July 31, 1904 (K. M.);
Andover Junction, Sussex Co., Mackenzie 4671, July 26, 1910
(K. M.).

OnTARIO. Sarnia, Lambton Co., Dodge, Aug. 1, Ig11 (K. M.);

e Victoria, Brainerd, Sept. 13, 1901 (B).

, 159

MicHIcAN. Grand Rapids, Miss Cole, June 8, 1892 (K. M.);
Harsen’s Island, St. Clair County, Dodge, July 18, 1911 (K. M.);
Port Huron, St. Clair County, Dodge, July 17, 1911 (K. M.).

INDIANA. Grass Lake, Steuben Co., Deam 1202, July 22, 1906
{N. Y. & K. M.); Wolf Lake, Mrs. Chase 1396, July 26, 1900
{K. M.).

WIsconsIN. Milwaukee, Hasse, June 25, 1882 (N. Y.).

—

=

ADDITIONS TO THE PLEISTOCENE FLORA OF: THE
SOUTHERN STATES*

By EDWARD WILBER BERRY

During the last few years I have collected or received for
identification several small collections of fossil plants from various
localities and horizons in the Pleistocene of North Carolina, Ala-
bama and Mississippi, and since these should be a matter of
published record for the benefit of botanists and others interested
in the question of the former distribution of existing species, the
following brief compilation has been made.

NortTH CAROLINA

The first of these collections is from North Carolina. A most
interesting deposit containing fossil plants was discovered in
1906 on the right bank of the Neuse River about four and one-
half miles above Seven Springs in Wayne County. The section
shows at its base a tough blue clay interstratified with layers of
leaves, fruits, wood, and other vegetable débris, overlain by
sand and gravel, and exposed in the recent cutting of the river.
‘The manner of occurrence indicates that at the time of deposi-
tion the locality was at the head of a Pleistocene estuary, the
plant material accumulating exactly as it is at the present time
along the coastal plain rivers. The collection from this locality
was of such exceptional interest that a short account of it was
published in 1907.{ Thirty-eight species were listed, the locality

* Published with the permission of the Director of the U. S. Geological Survey.
- 7 The deposits are referred to the Chowan formation by Stephenson, N. C. Geol.
Surv., 3: 285. 1913. ;

ft Berry, E. W., Journ. Geol. 15: 338-340.. I907-

160

being referred to as Station 850. There remained a mass of
fragmentary leaves and seeds. Some of the best preserved of
the latter were subsequently submitted to the U. S. Biological
Survey and were determined by Mr. W. L. McAtee. The large
collection of recent fruits and seeds gathered together by the
Biological Survey and the long experience of Mr. McAtee, in
identifying the comparable remains found during extensive
studies of the stomach contents of birds, renders these identifica-
tions particularly authoritative. Following are the additions to
this late Pleistocene flora:

1. Chaetochloa sp. A caryopsis of a grass of the genus
Chaetochloa Scribner.

2. Sparganium sp. A nutlet of a bur-reed, specifically un-
determinable.

3. Populus cf. deltoides Marsh. The eae contain Sune
dant bud-scales greatly resembling and probably those of this
species, the leaves of which have been found in Pleistocene de-
posits of very similar age in Alabama.

4. Polygonum sp. An achene of an undetermined species of
the genus Polygonum L.

5. Viburnum cf. molle Michaux. Two stones, probably repre-
senting this species, which is still found in this area. The present
range of the species is from Massachusetts to Florida near the
coast.

6. Viburnum cf. nudum L. ‘Two stones, probably representing
this species, whose present range is from Long Island to Florida.

7. An achene of a species of Compositae resembling those of
the genus Centaurea L.

8. A single seeded dry drupe suggesting the family Oleaceae.

FLORIDA

In the vicinity of Milton, Santa Rosa County, Florida, there
is a buried swamp deposit of late Pleistocene age containing
trunks of a species of Pinus; and stumps, roots, and seeds of
Taxodium distichum, as well as undeterminable fragments of
dicotyledonous leaves.*

* This deposit is mentioned in Harper, R. M., Peat deposits of Florida, pp. 295-
297, 1910, and without any warrant is referred to the so-called Grand Gulf formation.

161

ALABAMA

A few miles below Columbus, Georgia, along the west bank
of the Chattahoochee River in Russell County and in the vicinity
of Abercrombie Landing, the late Pleistocene terrace contains
considerable deposits of impure peat which in places carries
identifiable plant remains. A collection made here in 1907 by
L. W. Stephenson was described by me that same year and twelve
species were recorded.* I made additional collections in 1909
and subsequently recorded four additional species.

In a recent review of this material characteristic seeds of
Phytolacca decandra L. were recognized, but since care was not
taken to exclude recent seeds in the collecting of large specimens
containing leaves, it is possible that this is a recent seed, although
it has the appearance of being fossil and not recent. In addition
to the foregoing the stones of an undetermined species of Rubus
were identified from this locality.

During 1913 Dr. C. W. Cooke of the U. S. Geological Survey
made a collection of leaves from a grey argillaceous sand exposed
about three miles west of Monroeville, Monroe County. The
elevation is about 470 feet and the material is of a sort which is
characteristic of what has hitherto been called Lafayette forma-
tion in this region. The collection, while not large, contains the
following forms:

Arundinaria sp. (probably Quercus virginiana Miller
macrosperma Michx.) Platanus sp. (probably occi-
Hicoria aquatica (Michx. f.) dentalis L.)
Britton Persea pubescens (Pursh) Sar-
Quercus phellos L. gent

These six forms are all still existing and all of them have pre-
viously been recorded from the Pleistocene of the southern coastal
plain so that I have no hesitation in asserting that the deposits
are of Pleistocene age.

MISSISSIPPI

In 1910 I collected the following plants from a clay-lens in the

Pleistocene terrace materials exposed along the Chickasawhay

* Berry, E. W., Amer. Nat. 41: 689-697. pl. I-2. 1907.
7 Berry, E. W., Amer. Jour. Sci. iv. 29: 387-398. I9I0.

162

River, one and one-half miles above Chicoria in Wayne County:

Taxodium distichum (L.) L. C. Betula nigra L. (leaves)

-- Rich. (cone) Quercus phellos L. (leaves) ,
About ten or twelve miles up the river from this locality, C. W:

Cooke made a small collection of fossil leaves in 1913. The

locality is on the Chickasawhay River four miles northwest of

Waynesboro in Wayne County. This collection contains identi-

fiable leaves of the following species:

Hicoria aquatica (Michx. 3) Quercus predigitata Berry
Britton Fagus americana Sweet

Quercus phellos L. ;
All of these are forms that are of widespread occurrence in the
late Pleistocene of southeastern North America.

JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY,
BALTIMORE, Mp.

SHORTER NODES

OccURRENCE OF INDIAN PipE.—The article of Mr. Edwin
D. Hull in the June number of TorreEya on the “Occur-
rence of the Indian Pipe (Monotropa uniflora) in a Xero-
phytic Habitat’ reminds me that in 1911 the plant was
fairly abundant in a swamp of mingled black spruce and
tamarack, the former predominating, in northwestern Wisconsin
(Gaslyn, Burnett County). The individuals were somewhat
dwarfed and blackened and were mostly concealed by the
Sphagnum. They were in flower about the first of August.
I had not visited the locality before nor have I since, but it im-
pressed me as being a permanent habitat of these plants which I
do not recall having seen elsewhere in the vicinity. :

J.J? DAviche
“ MODERN”’ BOTANY IN 1821
» INE Cuntosa
“Alte Zeit und neue Zeit.

““FRAGER: Was ist Botanik?
“LINNAEUS: Est scientia naturalis, quae vegetabilium. cogni-
tionem tradit. (Philos. bot. 1. 1750.)

163

“Das JAHR 1821: Botanik ist die photoskotochromo?thermokry-
ohydrogeoaérooryktozoophytoanthropobiomor phostoechiogeni-
metriskopische Phytologie.’”’ (From Flora 5: 224. 14 Ap 1822.)

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
APRIL 14, 1914

The meeting of April 14, 1914, was held at the American
Museum of Natural History at 8:15 P.M. President Harper
presided. Seventy-nine persons were present.

The announced scientific program consisted of an illustrated
lecture on ‘‘Edible Fungi,” by Dr. W. A. Murrill. This lecture
will be published in full in the Journal of the New York Botanical
Garden.

- Adjournment followed.
MiIcHAEL LEVINE, Sec. protem

APRIL 29, 1914

The meeting of April 29, 1914, was held in the Laboratory
of the New York Botanical Garden at 3:30 P.M. President
Harper presided. Eighteen persons were present.

The minutes of the meeting of April 14 were read and approved.

The committee appointed to draw up resolutions on the
death of Dr. C. B. Robinson presented the following resolutions:

WHEREAS, The members of the Torrey Botanical Club have
learned with the deepest sorrow of the death of their fellow-
member, Dr. Charles Budd Robinson, at the hands of certain
barbarous residents of Amboina Island in the Dutch East
Indies, be it therefore

Resolved, That the Torrey Botanical Club desires hereby to
place on record its appreciation of the accurate, scholarly char-
acter of the scientific work accomplished by Doctor Robinson,
its admiration of his boundless industry and of his frank and
loyal personality, and its profound regret that a career of such
substantial achievement and abundant promise should have been
brought to so untimely an end, and
_ Resolved, That these resolutions be entered upon the minutes
of the Club and that a copy be transmitted to his family.

164

These resolutions were adopted.

A communication from Edward F. Bigelow, Presiderit of the
Agassiz Association, in which the Torrey Club is invited to make
a field excursion to Arcadia, Sound Beach, was read and referred
to the chairman of the field committee with power.

The resignation of Miss Helen Palliser was read and accepted.

Mr. Edward Nelson, Agricultural Experiment Station, Gaines-
ville, Florida, was elected to membership.

The first number on the announced scientific program consisted
of a brief paper on ‘‘Observations on Sphaersoma and allied
genera,” by Dr. Fred J. Seaver. This paper will be published
in full in Mycologia for May.

The second paper was given by Dr. N. L. Britton, on “The
vegetation of the smaller islands belonging to Porto Rico.” Dr.
Britton exhibited a number of specimens and photographs of
plants collected on the islands of Desechao and Mona. Lists of
the plants found on these islands will be compiled for future
publication.

Adjournment followed.
B. O. DODGE,

Secretary
MAY 12, 1914
The meeting for May 12, 1914, was held at the American
Museum of Natural History with President Harper presiding.
Seventy-five persons were present.
The announced scientific paver consisted of an ithaca
lecture on ‘‘Wild flowers of spring,’’ by Dr. N. L. Britton.

Adjournment followed.
B. O. DODGE,

Secretary
MAy 27, 1914

The meeting of May 27, 1914, was held in the Laboratory of
the New York Botanical Garden at 3:30 P.M. with Vice-president
Barnhart presiding. Ten persons were present.

The minutes of the meetings of April 29 and May 12 were read
and approved.

Mr. G. A. Reichling, Brooklyn, N. Y., was elected to member-
ship.

165

The first number on the scientific program consisted of a paper
on “Some midwinter algae of Long Island Sound,” by Dr.
Marshall A. Howe. The paper will be published in full in June
TORREYA. .

The second paper was presented by Dr. Michael Levine on
“The origin and development of lamellae in Coprinus micaceus.”’

Adjournment followed.
Be Of; DODGE:

Secretary
NEWS ITEMS

The board of trustees and the director of the Missouri Botanical
' Garden have issued invitations to the celebration of the twenty-
fifth anniversary of the organization of the garden, to be held in
St. Louis, October fifteenth and sixteenth. Addresses will be
made by the director, Dr. G. T. Moore, and by many visiting
botanists. Some of the foreign speakers, who include professors
Wille, Lipsky, Briquet, Czapek, Fitting and Klebs, may have
difficulty in reaching St. Louis on account of the war, but “‘it is
known that all of those on the program will make every effort
to come.”’ The celebration will not be postponed. Besides the
speeches the celebration includes inspection of the buildings
and grounds, a motor trip through the city, and a dinner by the
trustees to invited guests at the Liederkranz Club.

Professor Guy West Wilson, who during the past year has
been employed by the Federal Government as an agent of
the laboratory of forest pathology in the investigation of the
chestnut bark disease in cooperation with Dr. Mel T. Cook
of the New Jersey Experiment Station, has been appointed to
the newly created chair of mycology and plant pathology in
the State University of Iowa at Iowa City, Iowa, with the rank
of assistant professor.

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
gratuitous copies of the number of TorReYA in which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof.

; Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor. The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates:

2pp 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $ .75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies -90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70. 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1914

Finance Committee Field Committee
4 dsb: BaRNHART, Chairuian © SERENO STETSON, Chairman
Miss C. C. Haynes
Budget Committee Program Committee
J. H. Barnuart, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman
N. L. Britron Miss JEAN BROADHURST
B. O. DopGE C. SruaRT GAGER
M. A. Hower F. J. SEAVER
A. W-. Evans
H. H. Ruspy

Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britron, Chairman

Phanerogams: - Cryptogams:
E. P. BicKNELL Mrs. E. G. Brirron
N. L. Brirron Puitip DowELL
CGy Curtis Tracy E. Hazen
~K. Ko. Mackenzie > - - M. A. Howe
_ Norman Tayior W. A. Murrite

Delegate to. the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
WILLIAM MANSFIELD

OTHER PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN

A monthly journal devoted to general botany, established
1870. — Vol. 40 published in 1913, contained 712 pages of text —
and 26 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,
14. shillings. Dulau &. Co., 37. Soho Square, London, are,
agents for. England. ee

Of former volumes, only 24-40 can | be supplied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stock
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24-27-are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-40 three dollars each.

Sinele copies (30 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregulas
intervals. Volumes 1-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of
Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles. of the individual papers and of
‘prices will be furnished on application.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New
York, 1888. Price, $1.00.

Correspondence relating to. the above publications should be
addressed to :
DR. BERNARD O. DODGE
Columbia University
| New York City

‘Vol. 14 October, IQI4 No. I0

ORREYA _

A Monruty JourNnat or BoranicaL NoTes anp News
EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

BY

NORMAN TAYLOR

JOHN TORREY, 1796-2873

CONTENTS
The Vegetation of Connecticut. III. Plant societies on uplands: G. E Nicos 167.
Algal stalactites in Bermuda: J. W. HARSHBERGER..,....00.....0scsecesee cdees crseenorens 195
On Erigeron pusillus Nutt.: N. L. BRITTON 2.005002. 20cceenseces veseav ete cris tv cvaty-cepeseee 197

News Items... ..... NS AA IMIG Bp ORE OES Nk SNP PRP NN Bchc eden ecocnt ee oonec eras 199

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB

At 41 NortH Quzen Street, LaANcAstzER, Pa.
BY THe New Era Printinc COMPANY

{ Entered atthe Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter. ]

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1014

President
R. A. HARPER, Pu.D.

Vice-Presidents

JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D.
HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.

Secretary and Treasurer
‘BERNARD O. DODGE, Ph.D.
Columbia University, New York City

Editor

ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D., PH.D.
Associate L£ditors

> JEAN BROADHURST, PH.D. ~ MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pxu.D
ERNEST D. CLARK, Px.D. HERBERT. M. RICHARDS, S.D. ;
J. A. HARRIS Pu.D. : > ARLOW B. STOUT, Pu. D.
NORMAN TAYLOR

TorReEYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. ‘Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be.
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLusB, 41 North Queen St., Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. —

Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should
be addressed to . ;

NORMAN TAYLOR

_ Brooklyn Botanic Garden
Brooklyn, N. ¥

TORREYA

October, Ig14.
Vol. 14 No. Io

THE VEGETATION OF CONNECTICUT

III. PLANT SOCIETIES ON UPLANDS*

By GEORGE E. NICHOLS

In the first paper of this series the writer undertook to point
out and in a measure to account for certain of the broader features
of the vegetation of Connecticut. In the second an account
is given of the virgin forests. In the present and subsequent
papers attention will be devoted primarily to the study of plant
societies and their relationship both to one another and to
environment. Numerous writers during the past few years have
dealt with this phase of vegetation in other parts of the country,
but so far as published records show very little work of this
nature seems to have been accomplished in southern New England.
Since it is desired that this series of studies may serve as a starting-
point for further investigations, both extensive and intensive, it
has seemed advisable to treat the subject matter more or less
comprehensively, drawing freely upon the observations of other
workers in the same field of study.

The scheme of classification which in a general way underlies
the writer’s treatment of the plant societies of Connecticut is
the one originated some years ago by Cowles.f This classi-
fication ‘attempts to relate plant societies not only to water, but
also to soil, and more especially to the physiography.’’ The
fundamental concept of the scheme is that “‘each particular

* Contribution from the Osborn Botanical Laboratory.

+ Cowles, H. C. The physiographic ecology of Chicago and vicinity. Bot.
Gaz. 31: 73-108, 145-182. f. I-35. 1901. Reprinted with slight modifications
as Bull. Geog. Soc. Chicago No. 2. Igot.

[No. 9, Vol. 14, of TORREYA, comprising pp. 149-166 was issued 18 September
1914.]

167

Li

NB}
801

GA

168

topographic form has its own peculiar vegetation. This is due
to the fact that the soil conditions upon which plants depend are
determined by the surface geology and topography.’”’ And,
since the nature of the topography is constantly undergoing
modifications as a result of erosion and deposition, it follows
that ‘“‘just as there is an order of succession of topographic forms
in the changing landscape,” so ‘“‘there must be an order of suc-
cession of plant societies. As the years pass by, one plant society
must necessarily be supplanted by another, though the one passes
into the other by imperceptible gradations.’’ Such a classifi-
cation, it will be seen, is at once genetic and dynamic. It aims
to “group plant societies according to their relationship and
their evolution.”’ |

In a more recent contribution Cowles* has defined three types
of vegetative succession, regional, topographic, and _ biotic.
Regional successions are due primarily to secular changes in
climate and move with extreme slowness. In Connecticut the
series of changes in vegetation that have ensued since the retreat
of the continental ice sheet serve to illustrate this type of suc-
cession. Topographic successions “‘are associated with the
topographic changes which result from the activities of such
agencies as running water, wind, ice, gravity, and vulcanism.”’
Such successions in Connecticut are seen principally along rivers
and along the coast. Topographic successions take place much
more rapidly than regional successions. Biotic successions are
instituted by plant and animal agencies. On account of the
comparative rapidity with which these agencies operate and their
far-reaching influence, this type of succession must be regarded
as more important than either of the two preceding. “If, in
their operation, regional agencies are matters of eons, and topo-
graphic agencies matters of centuries, biotic agencies may be
expressed in terms of decades.”

In treating the plant societies of Connecticut and their eco-
logical relations, it has been found convenient to group them in
the following manner.*

* Cowles, H. C. The causes of vegetative cycles. Bot. Gaz. 51: 161-183.

IQII. :
7 Compare Cowles, 1901, op. cit.

169

Plant societies on uplands.

Plant societies in lowlands.

Plant societies along rivers and streams.

. Plant societies along the coast.

Broadly ne the term lowland is here used to designate
depressions of all sorts—areas ‘occupied by lakes, swamps, etc.
All other types of topography are included under uplands. In
the present paper attention is confined to upland successions.

B&O NH

By way of introduction a representative upland succession, such
as may be studied along the trap ridges in the vicinity of New
Haven, will be described. Then, with this as a background,
differences between successions on various substrata and in
different parts of the state will be considered. |

Probably nowhere in this region are the environmental con-
ditions to which vegetation is subjected more severe than on the
bare surface of an exposed rock. Insolation during the daytime
is intense, temperature changes are extreme, and water is absent
for long periods. Add to these the difficulty, where the surface
slopes and crevices are absent, of securing a foothold, and it is
evident that even among xerophytes comparatively few plants
are qualified to exist in such localities. Usually the first living
organisms to appear on a freshly exposed trap surface are crustose
lichens, e. g., Buellia petraea and Lecanora cinerea. These form
a black or grayish incrustation over the surface and adhere so
tightly to the rock as to be practically inseparable from it.
Immediately following these, but apparently dependent upon
them for a foothold, frequently comes Physcia tribacea, a foli-
aceous lichen whose rosette-shaped thallus for the most part
is closely adnate to the substratum. These three plants repre-
sent the pioneers of vegetation. Many crustose lichens are
said to secrete acids by means of which they effect to a certain
extent the disintegration of the rock on whose surface they
occur. In this way, as well as by their very presence, they tend
to create a substratum upon which it becomes possible for foliose
and fruticose lichens and certain mosses to secure a foothold.
And not only do the crustose lichens prepare the way for other
plants, but by so doing they pave the way for their own de-

170

struction; for with the advent of taller, shade-producing forms
they are speedily eliminated. There may be three more or less
distinct lichen sub-stages, viz., crustose, foliose, and fruticose;
but as a rule the last two are more or less completely telescoped
into one. Of the foliose lichens the most conspicuous in the
trap-rock succession is Parmelia conspersa, a form which often is
so abundant as to almost obscure the rock surface over consider-
able areas. But sometimes other foliose species are equally
important, notably Dermatocarpon miniatum, Umbilicaria penn-
sylvanica, and Parmelia caperata; while not infrequently Ste-
veocaulon paschale, one of the most characteristic of the fruticose
lichens along the trap ridges, usurps the soil prepared by the
crustose lichens. Associated with these lichens, and equally
capable of thriving wherever they can secure foothold, are a few
mosses, é. g., Grimmia Olneyi and Hedwigia ciliata.

The rapidity with which not only the changes just described,
but subsequent changes as well, are brought about is influenced
of course to a greater or less extent by the nature of the site—the
degree of exposure to sun and wind, steepness of the rock surface,
etc. Succession almost invariably proceeds more rapidly along
the lower slopes of a hill than near its crest, due to the lesser
exposure here. The relative abundance of seepage water as
the bottom of a hill is approached, also furthers rapid succession.

Thus far observations have been restricted to the vegetation of
the rock face. Attention must now be directed to another phase
of the trap rock succession, viz., succession. in the crevices.
Crevices due to various causes are found in greater or less abun-
dance in practically all exposed rocks. ‘Trap rocks especially, on
account of the peculiar manner in which they were formed, are
characterized by the presence of numerous fissures. In these
fissures, and in hollows of the rock surface, dust and sand collect,
thus favoring the conservation of moisture and making it possible
for plants to develop whose roots or rhizoids require a soil. The
pioneer crevice plants are fruticose lichens and mosses. Of the
lichens, the majority belong to the genus Cladonza, e. g., C. rangi-
ferina, C. uncialis, C. furcata, C. sylvatica, C. pyxidata. Of the
mosses, Ceratodon purpureus, species of Polytrichum (P. commune,

17a

P. piliferum, P. juniperinum), Leucobryum glaucum, and Dicra-
num scoparium are prominent. Closely following these, and
indeed often contemporaneous with them are certain Pterido-
phytes and the advance guard of the Angiosperms—the group
which ultimately is destined to predominate. The appended
list includes a few of the more conspicuous herbaceous vascular
plants characteristic of crevices in trap.

Selaginella rupestris Danthonia spicata
Woodsta tlvensis Krigia virginica
Andropogon scoparius Lechea tenutfolia
Aquilegia canadensis Opuntia vulgaris
Aristida dichotoma Poa compressa
Campanula rotundifolia Potentilla argentea
Corydalis sempervirens Rumex Acetosella

Saxifraga virginiensis
It will be noted that most of the species here mentioned are
perennial, and necessarily all are xerophytes.

Notwithstanding that crevice plants and rock face forms are
contemporaneous, the crevice vegetation, for the sake of con-
venience, may be regarded as the second stage in the succession
on trap (fig. 1). Onsteep slopes this condition may be protracted
indefinitely. But as a rule a third stage is soon inaugurated by
the encroachment of the crevice vegetation on neighboring
portions of the rock face; and where, as on gentle slopes, the soil
collects not only in crevices but in shallow depressions of any
sort, the surface of the rock may soon become clothed with a
more or less continuous plant cover. The spreading out of the
crevice colonies is accelerated by the continued accumulation
alongside of windblown particles of inorganic matter and frag-
ments of vegetable debris. It is hardly necessary to more than
suggest the improved condition of the rock as a habitat for
plants which results from the development of a soil. The usual
pioneers on such an area are the lichen and moss species already
present in the crevices, and it is a common occurrence to find
flat rocks and gentle slopes completely overgrown by loose masses
of Cladonia, thin mats of Ceratodon, or dense colonies of Poly-
trichum. But the prestige of these lower forms is short lived,

172

for as soon as sufficient soil has accumulated they are superseded
by grasses and other vascular plants. These, by means of their
interlacing roots and rhizomes bind the soil together more firmly,
and in this way a sod is gradually developed. Because of their
omnipresence and the abundance of their tough, fibrous roots,
the bunch grass (Andropogon scoparius) and the wire grass (Poa
compressa) are especially important as sod formers. The wire

Fic. 1. Rock face and crevice vegetation on trap; near summit of West Reck,

New Haven. The conspicuous lichen in the foreground is Parmelia conspersa.
Among the crevice forms are Leucotryum glaucum and other mosses, Cladonia sp.»
Woodsia ilvensis, Andropogon scoparius, and Rhus typkina. The tree in the
background is Juniperus virginiana.

grass possesses an additional advantage in that it develops long
rhizomes which facilitate the invasion of new territory. There
may thus arise a plant society characterized by the prevalence
of tall, perennial grasses. Associated with the two grasses already
mentioned may occur many other herbaceous plants, some of
which are here noted.

173

Antennaria plantaginifolia Lespedeza Nuttallir

Aster linaritfolius Liatris scariosa

Aster patens Poa pratensis

Carex pennsylvanica Pteris aquilina

Cerastium arvense Pycnanthemum virginianum
Comandra umbellata Sericocarpus asteroides
Helianthus divaricatus Solidago nemoralis
Lespedeza capitata Viola pedata

Up to this point in the succession herbaceous: plants have pre-
dominated. But some shrubs usually appear in the crevice
stage (fig. 1) and by the time the rock has become sod-covered
they may have increased in number to such a degree as to become
the controlling element of the vegetation. Very often it is
possible to recognize a distinct shrub stage. Of the shrubs
present at this time, a number may be cited as about equally
characteristic, viz.

Ceanothus americanus Rhus copallina

Gaylussacia baccata Rhus glabra

Myrica asplenifolia Rhus lirta

Prunus virginiana Rosa humilis

Quercus tlictfolia Vaccinium pennsylvanicum
Quercus prinoides Vaccinium vacillans

The next advance toward mesophytism is seen in the advent
of trees. Like the shrubs, trees begin to appear early in the
series, and their presence often exerts an appreciable effect on
the character of the rock face and crevice vegetation. Poly-
podium vulgare, for example, grows in crevices beneath the shelter
of these scattered trees, but almost never out in the open. Many
mosses are likewise restricted. Succession invariably is more
rapid in the shade than in the open sunlight. Foremost in
importance among the pioneer trees in the trap ridge succession
near New Haven are the red cedar (Juniperus virginiana) and
the post oak (Quercus steHata). The transition from the shrub
stage to the pioneer tree stage is not abrupt, and, as a matter of
fact, so simultaneously may the shrubs and trees make their
appearance that quite as often as not the stages are telescoped

174

into one. Both the red cedar and the post oak require plenty of
sunlight, 7. e., they are intolerant of shade. They never give
rise to dense woodlands, but always form open, almost park-like
groves (fig. 2). In the sunny patches between the trees the
herbaceous and shrubby vegetation of the two preceding stages
persists almost unaltered, but in shaded spots there begin to
appear forms which are characteristic of the subsequent stage in
the succession.

Fic. 2. Pioneer tree stage along crest of West Rock ridge, New Haven.

Between the scattered trees (Quercus stellata) occur patches of herbaceous vegeta-
tion and shrubs. In the foreground is seen Helianthus divaricatus. The shrubs
shown are Rhus typhina.

Further significant changes in the physiognomy of the vege-
tation are foreshadowed by the advent of such trees as the
chestnut oak (Quercus Prinus) and the pignut (Carya glabra).
These species, like the red cedar and post oak, are relatively
xerophytic and on some accounts they should perhaps be classed
with them as pioneer trees. But they differ in two im-
portant respects, viz., they are slightly tolerant of shade, and

175

they attain a much larger size. Red cedars and post oaks more
than thirty feet high are seldom encountered, but the pignut and
chestnut oak commonly grow to a height of more than fifty feet.
While, then, both the chestnut oak and pignut may put in their
appearance early in the series, and while often they may be
conspicuous members of the pioneer tree stage, their chief im-
portance lies in the fact that as the trees grow larger they overtop
the cedar and post oak; and as they become more numerous,
their crowns forming a more or less continuous canopy, the red
cedar and post oak underneath, unable to endure the changed
light relations; gradually succumb. And along with the trees
disappear also the majority of the herbaceous and shrubby plants
of the pioneer tree stage.

For a time the forest which thus originates may be dominated
to so marked a degree by chestnut oak and pignut as to seem to
warrant the recognition of a separate chestnut oak or chestnut
oak-pignut stage in the succession.* But on the whole it
seems simpler to regard this phase as merely a subdivision of a
larger association which may be designated the oak-hickory
stage. For, during the transition from the open, grove-like type
of woodland to the closed type, other species of oak and hickory
become increasingly abundant, so that the resultant forest
comprises an admixture of a number of species of oak and hickory,
together with certain other trees. The more important trees
present in such a society are here listed.

Acer rubrum Quercus alba
Carya alba Quercus coccinea
Carya glabra Quercus Prinus
Carya ovata Quercus rubra
Pinus Strobus Quercus velutina

Such a forest approximates closely the type of habitat so com-
monly referred to in the manuals as ‘“‘dry woodlands.”
The general aspect of these oak-hickory forests at their best

* Tt should be remarked, however, that the particular species of oak and hickory
here mentioned by no means invariably play the important réle in the inaugura-
tion of the oak-hickory stage that is here assigned them. Quite as often other
species, e. g., Carya ovata, Carya alba, Quercus velutina, Quercus coccinea, are more
prominent at the outset.

—
~I
lor)

is well brought out in fig. 3. Underneath the canopy formed by
the larger trees there usually develop certain smallet arborescent
species, viz., Cornus florida, Ostrya virginiana, and Sassafras
variifolium. The rest of the undergrowth, with the exception of
some few species like the huckleberry and the blueberries, which

Fic. 3. An oak-hickory forest of a vezy mesophytic type; Salisbury. The
tree in the right foreground is Quercus alba; most of the others are Quercus rubra.
The undergrowth includes many of the shrubs listed on page 177. A majority of the
young trees are Castanea dentaia (i. e., in center foreground) and Acer saccharum. .

flourish equally well in the open or in diffuse light, is made up
largely of plants which heretofore either have not been present
at all, or else have been poorly represented in the succession.
As representative of the shrubs may be cited:

177

Corylus americana Rhododendron nudifiorum
Gaylussacia baccata Vaccinium pennsylvanicum
Kalmia latifolia Vaccinium vacillans

Viburnum acerifolium

Prominent among the herbaceous plants of this stage are:

Aspidium marginale Lysimachia quadrifolia
Aster divaricatus Maianthemum canadense
Carex virescens Melampyrum lineare
Chimaphila umbellata Mitchella repens
Cypripedium acaule Panicum dichotomum
Desmodium sp. Pedicularis canadensis
Epigaea repens Polystichum acrostichoides
Gaultheria procumbens Pteris aquilina
Geranium maculatum Pyrola americana
Gerardia flava Pyrola elliptica
Hepatica triloba Smilacina racemosa
Hieracium venosum Solidago bicolor

Solidago caesia

Oak-hickory forests like the one here depicted constitute the
most familiar type of woodland encountered along the trap ridges
near New Haven, and in many sites they may represent the
ultimate formation. But, under favorable conditions, such a
forest is destined to give way to a still more mesophytic type.
And here again the light requirement of the various trees involved
seems to be an important factor in determining their behavior
and in conditioning their presence or absence in the ultimate
forest. For it is self evident that trees like the chestnut oak
and pignut, whose seedlings are unable to develop in any but the
lightest shade will tend to become less and less abundant as the
forest floor becomes more deeply shaded by the ever denser
foliage overhead. Conversely, it is those trees whose seedlings
are best able to develop under these circumstances that will
ultimately survive. Thus it comes about that the climax forest
of any region is composed very largely of those native trees which
are most tolerant of shade. Of course the proximate composition
of the forest in any given locality is necessarily influenced by the

178

fortuitous distribution of seeds. Moreover, the advent of the
ultimate stage may be hastened or retarded by the abundance or
scarcity of water in the superficial layers of the soil. Thus shade
conditions in an oak-hickory forest favor the conservation of the
soil water, but at the same time the demands of the trees upon
the available supply may be so great as to practically exhaust
the water near the surface. And where, as along the summits of
the trap ridges, water is never very abundant, it is not surprising
to find that while the arborescent species in the forest, with their
deeply penetrating root systems, may be relatively mesophytic,
the shrubs and herbaceous plants, with their shallow root systems,
are quite xerophytic. The point to be emphasized in this
connection is that, although the mature trees of the climax forest
may be able to utilize water at some depth below the surface,
their seedlings are dependent on the supply near the surface; so
that, unless there is sufficient water in these surface layers to
enable the climax trees to tide over the critical seedling stages,
they cannot establish themselves and the oak-hickory stage may _
be of indefinite duration. As will be brought out in a later
paragraph, the accumulation of humus may have an important
bearing on the phenomena of succession, particularly during
these more advanced stages.

Along the trap ridges the climax forest of this region is best
developed on the lower slopes, where there is a relatively constant
supply of ground water, available throughout the growing
season.* By far the most abundant and most characteristic
tree here is the chestnut (Castanea dentata). With it are com-
monly associated Liriodendron Tulipifera and some of the more
mesophytic trees of the preceding stage, e. g., Quercus rubra,
Quercus alba, and Acer rubrum, while scattered through the forest,
sometimes abundant locally, are other mesophytic trees, such as
Acer saccharum, Fagus grandifolia, Fraxinus americana, Prunus
serotina, Tilia americana, and Tsuga canadensis. As species of
secondary importance may be mentioned Carpinus caroliniana,

* Tt should perhaps be remarked at this point that the slopes of the trap ridges,
especially toward the base, are usually covered to a greater or less degree with

glacial debris. As will be brought out in a later paragraph, this fact has an im-
portant bearing on the rapidity of the succession.

179

Cornus florida, Ostrya virginiana, and Sassafras varufolium.
These are sometimes so abundant as to produce a distinct
stratum of vegetation. Many of the shrubs and herbaceous
plants of the oak-hickory stage are still prominent, but their
number is augmented by numerous new arrivals, among which
are many pronounced shade plants. Three species comprise
the bulk of the shrubby undergrowth, viz., Kalnua latifolia,
Hamamelis virginiana, and Viburnum acertfolium. Some of the
characteristic herbaceous plants not heretofore noted are given
in the subjoined list.

Adiantum pedatum Corallorrhiza maculata
Aspidium noveboracense Epifagus virginiana
Aspidium spinulosum Epipactis pubescens
Botrychium virginianum Medeola virginiana
Lycopodium lucidulum Monotropa uniflora
Phegopteris polypodioides Polygonatum biflorum
Arisaema triphyllum Sanicula marilandica
Aster dwaricatus Solidago latifolia
Brachyelytrum erectum Trientalis americana
Collinsonia canadensis Trillium cernuum

Trillium erectum

A series of changes in vegetation such as has been described in
connection with the succession on the trap ridges is actuated
almost entirely by biotic agencies and is therefore termed a
biotic succession. The general manner in which biotic agencies
institute succession has been admirably summarized by Cowles,*
and some of his observations may be briefly stated here. All
external factors which affect the plant reside either in the soil
or in the air. Of the soil agencies humus is by far the most
important in influencing succession. Due to its great capacity
for water retention the accumulation of humus on uplands causes
an increase in soil moisture; while in depressions, for obvious
reasons, it has the opposite result. The change thus brought
about in the water content of a soil is without doubt the most
important effect of humus, and, in the opinion of Cowles, is
perhaps the most significant of all factors influencing succession.

* TOIT, op. cit.

180

Humus accumulation is associated with an increase of saprophytic
soil organisms, a fact which may be of vital significance in con-
ditioning the presence or absence of plants which are dependent
on root fungi for their nitrogen supply.* The effect of humus
on the toxicity of the soil, while as yet inadequately investigated j
may prove to be a factor of large significance. Finally, the
accumulation of humus modifies the soil temperature and the
air content of the soil.

Just as the soil factors that influence succession may be summed
up under humus, so the air factors may largely be included under
the head of shade. Decrease in light, as already demonstrated, is
favorable to species tolerant of shade, but fatal to light-requiring
species. Moreover, increased shade favors the more rapid
accumulation of humus; it also results in increased atmospheric
humidity, and hence in decreased evaporation. This latter
effect is important, not only in connection with the conservation
of soil moisture, but also as it affects the transpiration of the
plants themselves.

Two other biotic agencies are of greater or less importance in
their effect on the trend of succession. The first of these is plant
invasion. ‘‘In the long period of geologic history, plant mi-
grations from one region to another must have played a tre-
mendous part in the changing aspect of vegetation.”’ But, “so
imperceptibly do these migrations take place that we know of no
profound change that has been wrought by this means in natural
floras within historic time.’ To this latter statement it may be
that the chestnut blight (Endothia gyrosa var. parasitica (Murr.)
Clint.) will furnish an interesting exception. For although much
has been written regarding this disease from a pathological and
an economic standpoint, it seems to the writer that its possible
significance has been overlooked by ecologists. The chestnut
is one of the most important trees in the climax forest, not only
over a large part of Connecticut, but throughout much of the

* It should be noted in this connection that recent investigations of W. B.
McDougall (Amer. Jour. Bot. 1: 51-74. pl. 4-7 +f. I. 1914) would seem to
indicate that the benefits accruing to many trees from their association with root
fungi may have been greatly overestimated.

7 Cowles, I91t. Ob. cit., p. 179.

181

>

eastern United States. During the ten years that have elapsed
since the chestnut disease was first recorded in this country—
at New York—it has spread with amazing rapidity. At the
present writing practically all the chestnut in southwestern
Connecticut has been wiped out, and there is no part of the state
which has been immune from its depredations. In the vicinity
of New Haven much of the chestnut has already been exterminated
and it is difficult to find a group of trees, some of which have not
been affected by the ravages of the blight. And whether, as
some workers think, the blight fungus is a native species, ‘‘which,
because of peculiar conditions detrimental to the host, has
assumed unusual virulence and widespread prominence,’’* or,
as others maintain, is an invader from the Old World, certain it
is that from the present outlook it is destined to have a profound
effect on the nature of the climax forest in the eastern United
States.

The influence of man on succession is almost invariably retro-

Sressive. Man destroys the more ultimate societies and causes

them to be replaced by more primitive ones. The cutting of the
forest, the introduction of grazing animals, and fire—all of these
interfere with the mesotrophic trend of succession. Thus in a
recently cleared area mesophytic herbaceous plants are largely
superseded by the so-called “ fire-weeds’’, e. g., Epilobium angus-
tufolium, Erechtites hieracifolia, Erigeron canadensis, Phytolacca
decandra, and Verbascum Thapsus; while Betula populifolia,
Myrica asplentfolia, Populus grandidentata, Populus tremuloides,
Prunus virginiana, Rubus allegheniensis, Rubus idaeus var. acu-
leatissimus, and other woody plants not represented in the ante-
cedent forest may be abundant here. Fire, perhaps, should be
considered a natural agency, but as a rule its frequency becomes
much greater with the advent of man into a region.

There is one other phase of succession on trap to which, as yet,
no reference has been made, viz. succession on talus slopes. This
is of peculiar interest because it differs in certain respects from
the type described above. Takenasawhole the trap ranges extend
from north to south. As a rule the hills dip gently toward the

* Clinton, G. P. Chestnut bark disease. Report Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta. 1912:
350-453. pl. 21-28. 1014.

JP

182

east, and it is largely from a study of the vegetation on these
slopes that the observations thus far recorded have been made.
But toward the west the ridges terminate in perpendicular cliffs,
at the foot of which are great masses of rocks waste (fig. 4) or
talus, derived from the disintegration of the overhanging pre-
cipices, and sometimes these are so extensive as to completely
bury cliffs several hundred feet in height. The upper part of
such a talus slope is steep, and, except at the very foot of the
cliff, is composed of large, loose blocks of rock, with practically

Fic. 4. Talus slope along west face of West Rock ridge, Wocdbridge. A short
‘distance to the north of where this picture was taken the talus has become com-
pletely covered with forest.

no soil between them. But as the bottom is approached the
gradiant becomes gentler, the rock fragments smaller, and a rich
soil collects. Here conditions are favorable for plants from the
very outset, since seepage water is abundant the year round and a
measure of protection from wind is afforded by the neighboring
hill. Succession proceeds with great rapidity, and the pioneer
associations quickly give way to forest. The mesophytism of

185

the forests which ultimately clothe these lower slopes is attested
by the presence of such trees as Acer saccharum, Betula lutea, Tilia
americana, and Tsuga canadensis; also by the frequency of many
mesophytic shrubs and herbaceous plants elsewhere uncommon
in upland woods. Such, for example, are Actaea rubra, Asarum
canadense, Caulophyllum thalictroides, Dicentra Cucullaria, Ge-
vanium Robertianum, Sambucus racemosa and Staphylea trifolia.
A further step in the reclamation of the talus by vegetation is
seen in the appearance of a belt of trees along the upper margin
of the slope. Here, under the very shadow of the precipice, is
usually a narrow zone where earth and finer rock particles, dis-
lodged from the cliff overhead, collect in sufficient quantity to
favor rapid colonization by plants. Moisture relations, however,
are poorer than at lower levels, so that a truly mesophytic vege-
tation is slow to develop. The belt of forest which fringes the
upper margin of the talus shown in fig. 4 consists largely of
chestnut oak and black oak. But the condition shown in this
photograph is by no means permanent. For, as the blocks of
rock midway up the talus gradually disintegrate and soil collects,
the two belts of forest encroach upon the barren area which
separates them, and ultimately the entire slope becomes wooded.
The first plants to appear in the talus succession are lichens, but
their influence on later stages is negligible, for they are confined
principally to the rock face while the transformations that cul-
minate in the formation of forest are brought about almost en-
tirely by crevice plants. Crevice mosses doubtless aid in the
accumulation of soil and humus, and many of the crevice plants
previously noted are also present here; but the first conspicuous
crevice stage on talus slopes is usually dominated by vines and
shrubs. The shade produced by trailing vines such as Celastrus
scandens, Psedera quinquefolia, and Rhus Toxicodendron may be
a factor of considerable significance in hastening the advent of
mesophytic conditions. Characteristic pioneer shrubs are Cornus
circinata, Rubus odoratus and various species of Rhus. Theshrubs
and vines are accompanied by trees, but except toward the top
of the slope there may never be a xerophytic pioneer tree stage,
for among the first trees to appear may be mesophytic species

184

like Betula lutea, Juglans cinerea, Tilia americana, and even
Tsuga canadensis, most of which are present in the ultimate
forest. .

The complexity of the surface geology of this state has been
referred to in a previous paper.* Most of the underlying rocks
are covered with sand, gravel, or clay; but in addition to the
trap rocks—basalt and diabase—the surface outcrops include
granites, gneisses, schists, quartzite, sandstone and shale, and
limestone. To what extent, it may be asked, do the successional
phenomena on these other types of rock correspond with, or
disagree from, succession on trap? In other words, how is
succession influenced by the physical or chemical nature of the
substratum. In the opinion of Cowlest the most important
feature of a rock, as regards its effect on succession, is its sta-
bility, 2. e., its degree of resistance to erosion. On stable uplands,
where erosion is slow, succession is likewise slow. On unstable
uplands, on the other hand, succession is rapid. Thus “in a
given region a shale area may be clothed with a mesophytic
forest, while a dolomite outcrop is still xerophytic, or a quartzite
is scarcely more than a naked hill.” The influence of the physio-
graphic state of a region on the character of the vegetation is far
more important than either the physical or chemical nature of
the underlying rock. ‘‘The flora of a youthful topography in
limestone more closely resembles the flora of a similar stage in
sandstone than [that of] a young limestone topography resembles
[that of] an old limestone topography.” In other words, ‘‘rock
as such, or even the soil which comes from it, is of less imsportance
in determining succession than are the aerial conditions, especially
exposure. And it is the stage in the topography that determines
the exposure.”’ .

In view of Cowles’s conclusions, which are based on the study
of succession in various parts of the eastern United States, it is
not surprising to find that in comparing successions on different
types of rock in this state the resemblances are much more pro-

* Torreya 13: 109. 1913.

7 Cowles, H. C. The influence of underlying rocks on the character of the

vegetation. Bull..Amer. Bur. Geog. 11: 1-26. f. r-10. 1901; Bot. Gaz. 31: 890,
90. Igor.

185

nounced than the differences. Thus a succession on granite,
such as may be studied to advantage on the numerous islands
that rise out of the salt marshes in the vicinity of New Haven,
is strikingly similar, except in minor details, to that observed
on trap.*

The effect of the chemical nature of the substratum on vege-
tation has been the occasion of much debate. A few years since,
Fernald} made extensive investigations of arctic and alpine
plants in the northern United States and Canada, and found that
their distribution is controlled very largely by the preponderance
in the soil of potassium, calcium, and magnesium. The plants
which he studied grow mainly on the faces of cliffs, in rock
crevices, or on talus slopes, localities where the soil is derived
primarily from the rock in place, so that his conclusions possess
unusual value. So far as the rate of succession is concerned, the
chemical nature of the underlying rock would appear to be most
important as it affects the rapidity of erosion. But it cannot be
doubted that to a certain extent the specific composition, especi-
ally of the earlier rock face and crevice stages, is modified directly
by the abundance or scarcity of certain chemical elements in the
soil. In Connecticut the problem is complicated by the fact
that so much of the soil is of glacial or alluvial origin, and except
in a superficial wayt this problem has not been investigated.

In physical structure unconsolidated rocks like gravel, sand,
and clay contrast sharply with consolidated rocks like granite
andtrap. That this dissimilarity in the nature of the substratum
should be reflected in the character of the vegetation is naturally
to be expected; yet the differences are less marked than one might
be led to anticipate. Asa concrete illustration of a succession on —
uncompacted rock the sand plains succession has been selected.
W.E. Britton§ has given an interesting account of the vegetation
of the North Haven sand plains, devoting special attention to
certain desert-like areas and the structural peculiarities of the

* Compare Cowles, Bull. Amer. Bur. Geog. I: 14. I9QOI.

} Fernald, M. L. The soil preferences of certain alpine and subalpine plants.
Rhodora 9: 149-193. 1907.

t See Torreya 13: I0Q-I1I0. I0913.
§ Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 30: 571-620. pl. 23-28. 1903.

186

plants inhabiting them, but except in a general way the subject
of plant societies was not considered. These sand plains are a
conspicuous feature of the central lowland of Connecticut. From

a physiographic standpoint they represent outwash plains, de-
veloped during the final retreat of the continental glaciers, and
now considerably dissected by stream erosion. One series of
these plains stretches northward from New Haven, along the

Fic. 5. Vegetation of sand plains in late summer, North Haven. The plant
so common on the sand here’is- the annual, Trichostema dichotoma. Note the
greater abundance of this plant in the wagon ruts—perhaps due to more favorable
moisture relations there.. In the right foreground are Andropogon Scoparius and
Asclepias syriaca. |

east side of the Quinnipiac River, for about sixteen miles. The
soil varies in texture from sand of medium fineness to coarse
gravel. Moisture is more or less abundant throughout the year
at a short distance below the surface, but, except in moist weather,
the superficial soil layers are dry. This latter fact, coupled with
wind sweep, the burning heat of the sun on the sand, and the high
rate of evaporation, hinders the establishment of vegetation.
The greatest divergence in plant succession on such an area

187

from, é. g., succession on trap is seen in the earlier, pioneer stages.
Crustose and foliose lichens are never present—a statement which
holds true for unconsolidated rocks in general. The first stage
in the sand plain series may not inappropriately be termed an
edaphic desert. The soil lacks humus and the vegetation is very
open, the plants growing scattered about over the otherwise bare,
sandy soil (figs. 5, 6); and since the distinctive species are either
annuals or rhizome perennials (or biennials), there are seasons

of the year when to all appearances these tracts are almost des-

Fic. 6. Sand plains with scattered tufts of Andropogon scoparius; North
Haven. Most of the trees are black oaks. Photograph after W. E. Britton.

titute of vegetation. Here and there, however, distributed at
irregular intervals over the surface of the plain, are trees (most
commonly Quercus velutina) whose presence may doubtless be
attributed to the activities of squirrels since, despite the abund-
ance of seeds with which the ground underneath the trees is
strewn every fall, they exhibit no tendency to spread.*

* The acorns ‘‘fall upon the sand under the trees, probably germinate and dry
up before the radicles can reach a sufficient depth to obtain the necessary water.
In some unpublished investigations Prof. J. W. Toumey has found that in hard
soil the radicle is not able to work its way into the soil, but on account of the
lightness of the acorn it is tumbled about on the sand”’ (Britton, op. cit., pp.
578, 579).

188

Two annual species are especially characteristic of such areas,
viz. Hypericum gentianoides and Trichostema dichotomum. Asso-
ciated with these may grow Asclepias syriaca, Baptisia tinctoria,
Helianthemum majus, Lespedeza capitata, Oenothera biennis, Poly-
gonella articulata, Stenophyllus capillaris and occasional repre-
sentatives of the succeeding stage in the succession. These
barren tracts are often quite extensive, one area near North
Haven, according to Britton, covering from 80 to 90 acres.

Tufts of bunch grass (Andropogon scoparius) are always more
or less in evidence on these barrens. At first widely scattered,

Fic. 7. Edaphic prairie; North Haven. The predominating plant is Andro-
pogon scoparius. The dark patches near the center of the picture are shrubs—
Myrica asplenifolia and Myrica carolinensis. All of the herbaceous species listed
on page 189 could probably be found here. ,

they may gradually become more numerous (fig. 6) so that
eventually, as more and more soil is preempted, a permanent
plant cover is established. Other plants beside the bunch grass
may fulfil an important role in the reclamation process, notably
the moss, Polytrichum piliferum, and species of Cladonia (e. g.,
C. sylvatica, C. papillaria). These usually appear in company
with the bunch grass, occupying the soil between the tufts; but
sometimes mosses or lichens alone may reclaim considerable

189

tracts.* The second stage in the sand plains succession is
dominated by the bunch grass, and not infrequently the areas
controlled by this grass are so large, and the tenacity with which
this control is retained so great, that, in the opinion of the writer,
they should be recognized as edaphic prairies (fig. 7). Except
for their smaller size they resemble the well known natural prairie
of western Long Island.t

Beside the bunch grass and some of the species already men-
tioned the vegetation of these prairies includes many other her-
baceous forms, nearly all of which are perennial. The following
species are perhaps as representative as any:

Artemisia caudata Lupinus perennis
Asclepias verticillata Lysimachia quadrifolia
Aster linarufolius Panicum depauperatum
Carex Muhlenbergu Poa compressa
Cyperus filiculmis var. Potentilla canadensis
macilentus Pteris aquilina

~ Desmodium canadense Rumex Acetosella
Eragrostis pectinacea Sericocarpus asteroides
Erigeron canadensis Solidago nemoralis
Fragaria virginiana Viola fimbriatula

Also two low shrubs, Myrica asplenzfolia and Rubus villosus, are
almost invariably present and seem to form a constituent part
of the prairie vegetation.

Sooner or later grassland is destined to be replaced by forest.
Sometimes a short-lived shrub stage intervenes, but quite as
often shrubs and trees appear at about the same time. Most of
the shrubs listed in connection with the shrub stage of the trap
rock succession are represented in the corresponding phase of
the sand plains succession, while several species not there men-
tioned may also be prominent, e. g., Juniperus communis, Kalmia
angustifolia, Myrica carolinensis, and Rhus Toxicodendron. The
pioneer trees include Juniperus virginiana, Betula populifolia,
Pinus rigida, and Robinia Pseud-Acacia. The last named species

* See Britton, op. cit., p. 579.

7 See Harper, R. M. The Hempstead Plains of Long Island. Torreya 12:
277-286. f. I-7. 1912; also Bull. Am. Geog. Soc. 43: 351-360. f. I-5. IQII.

190

is native farther south, but in Connecticut has become thoroughly
established on the sand plains and elsewhere. It is the only
example known to the writer of a recently introduced tree which
can be considered of ecological importance. It spreads quickly,
largely by means of root suckers, grows rapidly, and frequently
forms light forests over considerable areas. As a rule, however,
the red cedar, gray birch, and pitch pine are the first arborescent
forms to appear. These may come in together, giving rise to a
mixed growth; or one or another, according to chance, may pre-
dominate.* Red cedar, as along the trap ridges, usually forms
rather open groves. Gray birch (Betula populifolia) may form
dense stands, but the trees never attain a large size. Pitch pine
alone, of the three, is capable of developing forests, and where this.
species predominates, the pioneer tree stageis apt to be of much
longer duration than otherwise. Fig. 8 shows a pitch pine stand
near Farmington. Some of the trees here are over 18 inches in
diameter. Theslight shade produced by the foliage overhead here
is not sufficient to exclude from the ground underneath many of
the herbaceous and frutescent forms characteristic of the pre-
ceding stages, but along with these occur some species which
attain their optimum development under more mesophytic
conditions. The ultimate fate of a forest like this is suggested
by the predominance on the forest floor of oak seedlings and the
scarcity of pitch pine seedlings. As a matter of fact, owing to
the ability of the pitch pine to endure fire, this particular forest,
which is situated along the railroad, will probably continue
indefinitely in its present condition. But under normal con-
ditions oak and hickory would succeed the pitch pine, and there
seems to be no reason to doubt that under favorable circum-
stances the forest might at some future time become quite as.
mesophytic as the climax type described in connection with the
trap rock succession.

* According to R. C. Hawley and A. F. Hawes (Forestry in New England,
p. 352. New York. 1912), “gray birch is a species which requires a bare soil
for a seed bed, while red cedar can start well under more adverse conditions,
even in a thick sod. This difference in the habits of the two species explains.

why pure stands now of one species and then of the other are met with on old
fields.”’

OL

The sand plains succession may be regarded as fairly repre-
sentative of succession on unconsolidated rocks. It differs in
some respects from succession on gravel and clay, but so far as

the sequence and composition of stages is concerned the resem-

blances are greater than the differences. Just as was found in the

ad Swe

2
ie
5
5
ee

Hie. 8:

Pitch pine forest; Farmington.
phytic,

The undergrowth is largely xero-
common shrubs being Ceanothus americana, Corylus americana, Myrica
asplenifolia, Quercus tlicifolia and Rhus glabra.

case of consolidated rocks, the chief difference between various
uncompacted rocks in their effect on succession concerns the
quickness or slowness with which mesophytic conditions are
attained. The presence of clay in a soil increases its ability to
retain water and thereby favors the more rapid advent of meso-
phytism. The most favorable of all soils in Connecticut, from a

192

standpoint of natural vegetation, are the heterogeneous deposits
of gravel, sand, and clay known as till. On such soils succession
progresses so rapidly that, except where conditions have been
modified by human interference, pioneer associations are seldom
encountered. It should also be mentioned at this point that
frequently, due to the influence of soil structure or ground water ~
relations, swamps may be developed on uplands. But from an
ecological standpoint these are better considered in connection
with lowlands.

Several allusions have been made to the effect on vegetation
of human interference. Unfortunately for the ecologist this is a
factor which too often must be reckoned with. There is one type
of succession resulting from man’s activities which is deserving
of special mention because of its widespread occurrence, viz.,
ruderal succession.* Whenever a plowed field is allowed to lie
fallow for a year, a ruderal association arises. At first the plant
population of such an area is composed largely of weeds, many
of which are annuals. Of these, Ambrosia artemisifolia is almost
omnipresent, but it is hardly worth while to attempt a represen-
tative list of the others. It may be noted in passing, however,
that among the mosses some forms like Funaria hygrometrica and
Physcomitrium turbinatum should be classed as weeds. If a
field is permanently abandoned perennial herbaceous plants
soon form a sod, so that annual species are largely excluded, and
woody plants begin to assert themselves. In this way there may
originate the type of vegetation known to the forester as the
“‘old field type.”’ This type is a common one in abandoned
pastures, constituting one of the most familiar features of a
Connecticut landscape. The characteristic trees are usually gray
birch and red cedar, with which are associated low juniper and
many other pioneer shrubs (fig. 9). If left to themselves such
areas, in the course of time, may become clothed with meso-
phytic forests.

Taken as a whole, the observations recorded in the preceding
paragraphs are applicable to upland vegetation in any part of
Connecticut, but there are a few noteworthy discrepancies. The
earlier stages in the succession are essentially alike everywhere,

* See Clements, F. E. Research methods in ecology, p. 253. Lincoln. 1905.

193

although there may be some divergence in the shrub stage, due
to the local abundance or scarcity of particular species. But the
tree stages in different sections exhibit some appreciable dis-
similarities. Reference has been made in previous papers* to
variations in the composition of the climax forest. The earlier
tree stages as well manifest certain differences. Gray birch is a
common pioneer tree in all sections, but post oak is confined to

Fic. 9. A typical ‘“‘old field’’ society in an abandoned pasture; New Haven.

Juniperus virginiana and Juniperus communis var. depressa.

the proximity of the coast, and even here it is quite re-
stricted in its distribution. Red cedar and pitch pine are rel-
atively rare in northwestern Connecticut, but they are common
elsewhere. Of the two, red cedar is the more usual pioneer in
the southwestern part of the state; in the central lowland and
jn eastern Connecticut both are locally important. The aspens
(Populus tremuloides, P. grandidentata) are of sporadic occurrence
throughout, especially in areas recently burned over, but they

* Torreya 13: 99, IOI; 199-215. 1913; Bot. Gaz. 56: 143,144. I913.

194

are perhaps more conspicuous as pioneers in northwestern
Connecticut than elsewhere. The paper birch (Betula alba
papyrifera), also, is not an infrequent pioneer in Litchfield
County and along the trap ridges toward the north, but is rare
near the coast. The most striking departure, however, from
any type of succession heretofore described is seen where the
pioneer tree is the white pine (Pinus Strobus). The white pine
is widely distributed throughout the state, but its ecological
importance varies. Over much of southwestern Connecticut it
is so uncommon as to be a negligible factor as regards its influence
on succession; and while frequent enough in the southern part of
the central lowland it usually grows scattered and intermixed
with other trees. But in parts of northern and eastern Con-
necticut the white pine predominates over considerable areas and
is a common pioneer in abandoned fields and cut-over tracts.
Where white pine comes in strongly—frequently forming, as it
does, nearly pure stands—the oak-hickory stage in the succession
is often completely eliminated. There may thus be only two
tree stages, pine remaining dominant until largely superseded
by the more tolerant species of the climax forest. The white
pine may even be represented in this ultimate forest, in this
respect differing from any other pioneer tree. The undergrowth
in evergreen, coniferous forests is much sparser than that of
deciduous forests, owing to the dry carpet of needles with which
the ground is littered. But practically all the shrubs and herbs
characteristic of oak-hickory forests are to be found in many
white pine forests. On the whole, therefore, it seems appropriate
to regard such forests as ecologically equivalent to the oak-
hickory forests developed elsewhere.

SHEFFIELD SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL OF YALE UNIVERSITY

195

ALGAL STALACTITES IN BERMUDA

By JoHN W. HARSHBERGER

The hills of Bermuda are formed of a friable limestone, which
represents particles of calcareous sand, which in the early geologic
history of this group of islands was drifted by the wind into
elevated dunes and afterwards by water action was compacted
into a harder, or a softer, lime rock. This native rock is sawed
out of the hillsides and is used in the construction of house.
walls (large, thick blocks), or house roofs (large, thin slabs).
When exposed to the air, this soft quarried rock hardens into a
form of limestone, much like concrete in appearance. As in all
limestone formations of any considerable thickness, caverns and
underground tunnels are worn into the softer strata by the action
of rain, and underground water. Several caverns of this char-
acter are visited by tourists in Bermuda and some of them have
pools of salt-water replenished by underground supplies from the
ocean. There are limestone sinks, which represent caves, the
toofs of which have fallen in. A number of these sinks are dry,
others are filled with water. One of the most frequently visited
of these depressions, filled with saltwater, which comes under-
ground from the ocean, is Devil’s Hole in which are kept a
number of the characteristic fishes of the Bermuda archipelago,
such as, the grouper, the angel-fish, the red-snapper and others
equally celebrated. The walls of the Devil’s Hole are rather
steep, and in places overhanging, so that the fresh water from the
rocks above drips into the pool beneath. Here were found
stalactites from an inch to two inches in length and coated with a
covering of blue-green algae.

Several of these stalactites were broken off from the overhanging
wall in Devil’s Hole, June, 1905, and kept dry for subsequent
study, but the material was overlooked until the present summer
(1914), when a study was made of it. Small pieces of stalactite
were crushed in water and examined under the microscope. The
blue-green algae, which alone were present, were identified with
Josephine Tilden’s* first volume of Minnesota Algae. The algae

* Tilden, Josephine. Minnesota Algae. Volume I. The Myxophyceae of
North America and Adjacent Regions, including Central America, Greenland,
Bermuda, the West Indies and Hawaii. Bot. Ser. VIII, Igto.

196

found on this examination consisted of Chrootheca Richteriana
Hansg., Gleocapsa aeruginosa (Carmichael) Kuetzing, G. gelatinosa
Kuetzing, G. quarternata (Brébisson) Kuetzing and Gleotheca
linearis Naegeli. Attached to a small red alga (not identifiable)
which was fastened to a piece of stalactite was found Microcystis
flos-aqua (Wittrock) Kirchner. The most abundant blue-green
alga was Chrootheca Richteriana Hansg., which, according to
Josephine Tilden, consists of a somewhat gelatinous plant mass,
thick, or more or less expanded of a blue-green, or yellowish color.
The cells found in these masses are 18-24 microns in diameter,
once to twice as long as wide, single, or in pairs, with thick sheaths
up to 6 microns in diameter. This species, figured by Miss
Tilden, has been reported from Bermuda by Farlow and from
Montego Bay, Jamaica, by Pease and Butler. Of the three
species of Gleocapsa enumerated above, the following is the
distribution recorded in the Minnesota Alge:

G. aeruginosa Greenland, New York, West Indies (Porto Rico).

G. gelatinosa United States, West Indies.

G. quarternata West Indies, Hawaii.
The note with reference to G. aeraginosa in Minnesota Algae is
apropos: ‘West Indies. Forming a dark green layer on stone
incave. ‘El Convento,’ near Penuelas, Porto Rico (Sintenis) ’””
Gleocapsa quarternata is described as forming a gray-green, muci-
laginous coating on wet cliffs in Hawaii. The distribution of
Gleotheca linearis is given in Minnesota Algae, as: ‘‘West Indies.
On damp walls of dam, Sharp’s River, St. Vincent (Elliott).”

That these algae are active in the formation of the stalactites
is indicated by their close attachment to the surface of the sta-
lactites in the Devil’s Hole, Bermuda. They remove in the
case of the carbonated waters, containing calcium bicarbonate
(CaHCOs). in solution, the gaseous carbon dioxide, which is.
used by the blue-green algae in photosynthesis of organic com-
pounds, so that the stalactites are formed by the continual
deposit of calcium carbonate (CaCQO3). Josephine Tilden has.
studied the formation of algal stalactites in the Yellowstone
National Park, where such algae as Gleocapsa violacea, Phormidium
(Leptothrix) laminosum, Schizothrix calcicola and Synecococcus

19

aeruginosus are active. Associated with the older part of the
Bermuda stalactites, I found a small gasteropod mollusc, (Kaliella
turbinata Gulick), hid away in small holes, or irregularities of their
surface. In conclusion, we find by the study of the material
from Bermuda, that other algae are concerned in the formation of
stalactites besides those described from Yellowstone Park, and
if a comparative study were made of stalactitic material from all
parts of the world, the writer has no doubt that the list of algae
concerned would be a respectable one.

ON ERIGERON PUSILLUS NUTT.

By N. L. BRITTON

I was much interested in reading Dr. B. L. Robinson’s remarks
on this species published in Rhodora for December, 1913, and,
especially, because it was the study of specimens from Bermuda
which enabled him to recognize the difference between this
species and FE. canadensis L. During a visit to Bermuda in late
May and early June of this year, in company with Mr. Stewardson
Brown, we studied these plants in the field, and our observations
led us to agree with Dr. Robinson in ability to recognize the
two species without any difficulty whatever, Mr. Brown having
previously had similar experience in southern New Jersey. From
the standpoint of the Bermuda flora, my interest in this plant
was again increased because Mr. Oswald A. Reade, in his ‘‘ Plants
of Bermuda,” published in 1883, had recorded both canadensis
and pusillus from these islands, although not very well expressing ~
the characters of pusillus, which he regarded as a dwarf state of
canadensis; the purple-tipped involucral bracts, first observed
by Dr. Robinson and cited by him as the salient character, are
constant in Bermuda and, apparently, throughout the range of
the plant in the eastern United States, as also the glabrate
feature, entire leaves and smaller size of E. pusillus. In Bermuda,
the two plants grow side by side in fields and along roadsides, and
in some localities, at least, are equally abundant. Intermediate
stations between Rhode Island and South Carolina are Bayshore,
Long Island (John McCallum), Belmar, Monmouth County,

198

New Jersey (Taylor 1450) and New Egypt, Ocean County, New
Jersey (Taylor 2650), several localities in Cape May County,
New Jersey, and Milton, Delaware, reported by Mr. Brown.
Additional West Indian stations are Great Bahama (Brace 3685,
Britton & Millspaugh 2703 and 2445); Abaco (Brace 1827 and
1864); Andros (Brace 6996 and 7127); North Caicos (Millspaugh
9179); St. Thomas (Eggers); Santo Domingo (Fuertes go);
Porto Rico (Heller 1350); Vieques (Shafer 2619A); Montserrat
(Shafer 14); St. Kitts (Britton & Cowell 428). All the above cited
specimens are glabrate, with purple-tipped bracts, and essentially
entire leaves (the lower leaves of the North Caicos plant have a
few sharp teeth).

In studying West Indian collections, I had long ago noticed
the glabrate feature as compared with the hirsute EL. canadensis
of the eastern United States, and had sorted the specimens of
our collections in accordance with this feature, but I had not
noticed the purple-tipped involucral bracts. We have a large
number of specimens from the West Indies which are quite as
glabrous as those cited by Dr. Robinson as belonging to pusillus,
and agreeing with them, apparently, in every other character
except that of these purple tips; I cite the following as illustrating
this series: Inagua (Nash & Taylor 1408); Hog Island, New
Providence (Wilson 8253); Andros (Brace 4587); Great Ragged
Island (Wilson 7877); Eleuthera (Coker 381); Grand Turk (Nash
& Taylor 3865); Cuba (Wright 1313, Wilson 195 and 243, Britton
& Shafer 726, O'Donovan 5251, Leon 1325, Shafer 2442, Van
Hermann 789); Porto Rico (Britton & Cowell 1547); Mona
(Stevens 6391); Martinique (Duss 1442); Guadeloupe (Duss 2505);
Barbados (Botanic Station 521); Jamaica (Fredholm 3317);
Columbia (H. H. Smith 527). It is possible that some of these
may have shown purple-tipped involucral bracts in life, but I
have not been able to see them in the dried specimens.

It would seem to me probable, therefore, that the characters
of purple-tipped involucral scales may not be constant, but
that the species must rest on its glabrate feature, usually smaller
size, and entire leaves. Inasmuch as I regard these plants as
generically distinct from Erigeron, I here propose the binomial
Leptilon pusillum.

199

My study of the specimens, in so far as the collections of the
New York Botanical Garden illustrate the two species and Mr.
Brown’s examination of the Philadelphia collections, exclude
Leptilon canadense from the West Indies, except Bermuda, and
also from the southeastern continental United States, south of
North Carolina.

The figure accompanying the description of L. canadensis in
“‘Tilustrated Flora’’ was drawn from a specimen of L. pusillum.

NEWS ITEMS.

We learn from the Evening Post that Miss Flora Anderson and
Miss Margaret DeMerritt have been appointed as instructors
in botany at Wellesley, and that Miss Grace L. Clapp has been
appointed to a similar position at Smith.

Doctorates in botany were conferred at the close of the summer
quarter of the University of Chicago upon Miss Hannah Aase of
Washington State College, Professor J. S. Caldwell of Alabama
Polytechnic Institute, Professor G. B. Rigg of University of
Washington, Professor J. B. Stober, and Miss Eva Schley.

Mr. Adolph Rolloff, director of the State Botanical Garden in
Tiflis, Russia, is visiting the botanical gardens of the United
States. -

We learn from Science that Dr. J. J. Tauberhaus has been
promoted from assistant to associate research plant pathologist
at the Delaware College Agricultural Experiment Station.

From the same source we learn of the death at the age of
thirty-seven of Dr. J. E. Gow, who was professor of botany at
Coe College.

Mr. Guy R. Bisby who has been conducting investigations on
the potato diseases in Maine during the past summer, has returned
to the Brooklyn Botanic Garden.

At the same institution Dr. R. R. Gates has registered for a
time as an investigator and Mr. Alfred L. Gundersen has been
appointed as assistant in the herbarium.

200

A new edition of the Naturalists’ Directory has just been
published by S. E. Cassino, Salem, Mass. This directory is
useful to naturalists since it is the means of bringing together
students and collectors in all parts of the world through cor-
respondence. The directory contains an alphabetical list of
English speaking professional and amateur naturalists in all
parts of the world, also a list of scientific societies and periodicals.
Further information may be had from the publisher.

An announcement has just been issued of a new paleobotanical
bimonthly, Paleobotanischen Zentralblatt, which is to be published
under the auspices of the Internationalen Palcobotanischen
Gesellschaft. It is under the management of a committee,
which in America is represented by Dr. E. W. Berry, Johns
Hopkins University, where additional information may be
obtained.

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
gratuitous copies of thenumber of Torreya in which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof.

Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned

to the editor. The New Era Printing Co., 41.North Queen
| Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates :

2pp 4pp — 8pp 12pp 16pp 20pp
25 copies $ .75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies .90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
“Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1914

Finance Committee Field Committee
J: H. Barnuart, Chairman SERENO STETSON, Chairman
Miss C.-C. HAYNES

Budget Committee Program Committee 4
J. H. Barnuart,. Chairman Mrs. E. G. Brirron, Chairman
N. L. BritTon Miss JEAN BROADHURST
B. O. DopcGE C. STUART GAGER
M. A. Hower F.. J. SEAVER
A. W. Evans
H. H. Ruspy

Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chairman

Phanerogams: Cryptogams:

E.. P. BICKNELL Mrs. E. G. BRITTON
~N. L. Brirron Puitie DowELL

C. €. Curtis Tracy E. Hazen

K..K. MAcKENZIE M. A. Howe

NoRMAN TAyYLor W. A. MurRILe

Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
WILLIAM MANSFIELD

OTHER PUBLICATIONS —

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(1) BULLETIN

A monthly journal devoted to et Beeany: pers his
1870. Vol. 40 published in 1913, contained 712 pages of text
and 26 full-page plates. Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe,
14 shillings. Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are,
agents for England. se ce

Of former volumes, only 24—40 can be applied entire ; cer-
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire stoke
of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets.
Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each: Vols, 28—40 three dollars each.

Siiele copies (30 cents) will be furnished only wh<n not
breaking complete volumes.

(2) MEMOIRS ee
The Memorrs, established 1889, are published at irregulas
intervals. Volumes 1-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1 and 2 of
Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be pur-
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual papers and. of,
prices will be furnished on application.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteri-
dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles of New —
“York, 1888. Price; $1.00:

Correspondence eae to the above publications should be |
addressed to
DR. BERNARD O. DODGE
Columbia University

~ New York City

3 Vol. ‘14 Ges November, Igi4 No. I1

RREYA

~ A Monruty Journar or Boranicat Notes anp News

EDITED FOR

THE ‘TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
NORMAN TAYLOR
joHN TORREY, 1796-1873
ee he ee RONTENTS

Flora of. Southold and Gardiner’s Island: S. H. BuRNHAM AND’R. A. LATHAM...... 201

_ Reviews : pede iG
The Salton Sea.........::. Tee ERC EN OLE Gt ee PetNie na Shans cet gs RR BRU 226

_ News. Items... aN Tide ay Te ase cal cre Aleta eet des 227

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
AT 4x NortH Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa.
i BY THE New ERA PRINTING ComPrany
( [Entered atthe Post Office at Lancaster, Pa., as second-class matter-]

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

President
R. A. HARPER, Pu.D.’
Vice-Prestdents
JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A.M., M.D. _
HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D. |
Secretary and Treasurer reign Salat ae
-BERNARD O. DODGE, Ph.D.
Columbia University, New York City
Editor
ALEX. W.: EVANS, M.D., eas D.
; Associate Editors
JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. MARSHALL AVERY. HOWE, Pu.D

ERNEST D, CLARK, Px.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, S.D.'

J. A. HARRIS Px.D. ARLOW B, STOUT, Px.D.
‘NORMAN TAYLOR

_ Torreya is furnished to subscribers in the United States and.
Canada for one dollar per annum; single copies, fifteen cents. To-

subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Postalor

express moriey orders and drafts or personal checks on New York City
banks are accepted in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing
House compel the request that ten cents be added to the amount of any
other local checks that may be sent. Subscriptions are received only
for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. Reprints will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should be'sent _
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL Crus, 41 North Queen Sissi Lan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City.

Matter for peblca gn, and books and papers for review, ‘should
be addressed to

NORMAN TAYLOR-

Brooklyn Botanic Garden
Broan N.Y.

TORREYA

November, Ig14.
Vol. 14 No. 11

THE FLORA OF THE TOWN OF SOUTHOLD, LONG
ISLAND AND GARDINER’S ISLAND

By STEWART H. BURNHAM AND Roy A. LATHAM

The town of Southold is at the eastern end of the north shore
of Long Island, extending westward for twenty miles through
the villages of Orient, East Marion, Greenport, Southold,
Peconic, Cutchogue to Mattituck and Laurel. The topography
of the town affords a pleasing variation. On the north, paralleled
with the coast of Long Island Sound, are rolling plains and
hillocks; now forested, now barren, or broken by low-lying necks
of sandy beaches and inlets. On the south, facing the bays and
harbors, are extensive salt meadows drained by numerous tidal
creeks: the marshes bordered, here and there, by.a growth of
cedar and hardwood. Between the waterways and tidal creeks
sandy beaches extend far out: such areas often being covered
with sprawling red cedars, pitch pine and beach plum shrubs.
On one of these peninsulas at Orient over seventy-five species
of lichens have been found, growing either on the low trees or
on the ground: and on a single prostrate cedar fourteen species
were found. Fertile, low, level farms lie principally through the
center of the town of Southold. Among the more common
plants found throughout the town but not known to occur at
Orient, are: Skunk-cabbage, beech, witch-hazel, trailing arbutus
and mountain laurel. These plants are found at Greenport, six
miles west of Orient: and the local flora of these two places
seem strangely different.

Gardiner’s Island is situated ten miles southeast of Orient and
three miles north of the Hampton shore. The flora is quite
similar to that found about Orient; excepting the abundance of

No. 10, Vol. 14, of TORREYA comprising pp. 167-200 was issued 27 October 1914]

201

Lis
NEW
B0TA
@Ak

202

seaside knotweed, sea purslane, sea poppy, New England aster
and Scotch thistle. The island is still wooded with the magnifi-
cent first-growth oak and beech forests: interposed with high
rolling plains and rich luxuriant lowlands, side by side.

Roy A. Latham of Orient, from May 25, 1909, until the present
time, collected the following plants: and many of the specimens
passed through my hands while in the State Botanist’s office at
Albany, New York. The major part of the species here listed
were collected between Orient and Greenport; where much of
the region remains in its original state. A few of the best of the
specimens are preserved in the New York State Herbarium;
some of the poorer ones were saved; “‘scrappy’’ ones were con-
signed to the waste basket; and several fungi were left unnamed
or in doubt.

The arrangement of the list accords with Dr. Smith Ely
Jelliffe’s, The Flora of Long Island, 1899. The nomenclature
of the Myxomycetes follows Dr. Thomas H. Macbride’s, North
American Slime-Moulds; and that of the Algae, Dr. Bradley
M. Davis’s, A Catalogue of the Marine Flora of Woods Hole
and Vicinity. The nomenclature of the Fungi in most instances
follows P. A. Saccardo’s, Sylloge Fungorum: and the authors
are under great obligation to Dr. Charles H. Peck, State Botanist
of New York, for helping solve many difficult problems among
the Higher Basidiomycetes. The nomenclature of the Lichens
conforms with a modification of the Nylander system; that of
the Hepaticae, follows Dr. A. W. Evans: and that of the Musci,
Dr. A. J. Grout’s, Mosses with Hand-lens and Microscope.
The nomenclature of the ferns and flowering plants follows the
last edition of Dr. N. L. Britton and A. Brown’s, An Illustrated
Flora of the Northern States and Canada.

It has seemed best not to arrange the long list of cryptogams
according to families and increase the length of this article:
but to list the species under botanical orders alphabetically.
The ferns and phanerogams are arranged according to families:
but the species are listed in alphabetical order.

203

INSECT GALLS*

Acarus Serotinae Beutm.—Wild Cherry Pouch Gall.

Acraspis erinacet Walsh—Oak Hedgehog Gall.

Amphibolips confluentus Harr.—Oak Apple.

Andricus futilis O. S—Oak Wart Gall on leaves of Quercus alba.

A. palustris O. S—Succulent Oak Gall on leaves of Quercus palustris.
A. petiolicola Bass.—Oak Petiole Gall on leaves of Quercus alba and Q. velutina.
A. punctatus Bass.—Oak Knot Gall.

A. seminator Harr.—Oak Seed Gall.

Asteromyia rubra Felt—On leaves of Solidago bicolor.

Aulax tumidus Bass.—Lettuce Tumor Gall.

Biorhiza forticornis Walsh—Oak Fig Gall on twigs of Quercus alba.
Cecidomyia Caryaecola O. S.—Hickory Seed Gall.

C. holotricha O. S.—Hickory Onion Gall.

C. niveipila O. S.—Oak Fold Gall.

C. Nyssaecola Beutm.—On leaves of Nyssa sylvatica.

C. (2) ocellaris Comstock—Maple Spot Gall on leaves of Acer rubrum.
C. sanguinolenta O. S.—Hickory Cone Gall.

C. Serotinae O. S.—Wild Cherry Bud Gall.

Cincticornia pilulae Walsh—Oak Pill Gall on leaves of Quercus velutina.
Cynips Pisum Fitch—Oak Pea Gall.

Cystiphora canadensis Felt—On leaves of Nabalus.

C. viburnifolia Felt—On leaves of Viburnum acerifolium and V. dentatum.
Dasyneura Galii Felt—On flower buds of Galium.

D. Salicifolia Felt—On young willow leaves.

Diastrophus Cuscutaeformis O. S.—Blackberry Seed Gall.

D. nebulosus O. S.—Blackberry Knot Gall.

D. niger Bass.—On leaves of Potentilla canadensis.

Dryophanta polita Bass.—Polished Oak Gall.

Erineum fagineum Pers.—Beechleaf Mite Gall.

Eriophyes abnormis Garman—A mite gall on leaves of Tilia americana.
E. Nyssae Trotter—On leaves of Nyssa sylvatica.

E. Querci Garman—On leaves of Quercus velutina.

Gnorimoschema gallaesolidaginis Riley—On stems of Solidago serotina.
Holcaspis globulus Fitch—Oak Bullet Gall.

Hormaphis Hamamelidis Fitch—Witch Hazel Cone Gall.

H. spinosus Shiner—Spiny Witch Hazel Gall.

Hormomyia Crataegifolia Felt—On leaves of Crataegus.

TItonida foliora Russ. & Hook.—On margin of leaves of Quercus velutina.
Lasioptera farinosa Beutm.—On leaf veins of Rubus.

L. Lycopi Felt—On stems of Lycopus.

L. virginica Felt—On stems of Triadenum virginicum.

L. Vitis O. S—Grape-vine Tomato Gall.

Nemaius pomum Walsh—Willow Apple Gall.

Neolasioptera Erigerontis Felt—On stems of Leptilon canadense.

* The majority of these galls were named by Dr. E. P. Felt, state entomologist
of the state of New York.

204

NV. vitinea Felt—On petioles of grape leaves.

Neuroterus batatus Fitch—Oak Potato Gall on twigs of Quercus alba.
N. majalis Bass.—On leaves of Quercus alba.

Obolodiplosis Robiniae Hald.—On leaves of Robinia Pseudo-A cacia.
Oligotrophus salicifolius Felt—On leaves of Salix discolor.
Pachypsylla Celtidis-gemma Riley—Hackberry Nodule Gall.

P. Celtidis-mamma Riley—Hackberry Nipple Gall.

Pemphigus Populicaulis Fitch—Poplar Stem Gall.

P. Rhois Fitch—Sumac Tomato Gall on leaves of Rhus glabra.
Phylloxera Caryaecaulis Fitch—Hickory Louse Gall.

P. Caryae-globuli Walsh

P. vastatrix Planch.—Grape Phylloxera.

P. vitifoliae Fitch

Rhabdophaga Salicifolia Felt—On leaves of Spirea latifolia.
Rhodites bicolor Harr.—Spiny Rose Gall.

R. dichlocerus Harr.—Long Rose Gall.

R. globosus Beutm.—Globular Rose Gall.

R. ignota O. Si—Mealy Rose Gall.

R. verna O. S.—Knotty Rose Gall.

Rhopalomyia anthophila O. S.—On leaves of Solidago.

R. capitata Felt—On stems of Solidago.

R. lateriflora Felt—On stems of Aster ericoides.

R. racemicola O. S.—On flowers of Solidago rugosa.

Sackenomyia viburnifolia Felt—On leaves of Viburnum dentatum.
Solenozopheria Vaccinii Ashm.—Huckleberry Gall on stems of Gaylussacia baccata.
Trypeta polita Lw.—Goldenrod Gall.

THALLOPHYTA
MYXOTHALLOPHYTA

MyYxXOMYCETES

Arcyria cinerea (Bull.) Pers.—On rotten wood of oak.

A. denudata (L.) Sheldon—On hickory and cherry.

Ceratiomyxa fruticulosa (Muell.) Macbr.—On rotten wood.

Fuligo ovata (Schaeff.) Macbr.—On old oak trunks.

Hemitrichia serpula (Scop.) Rost.—On old hickory wood.

H. vesparium (Batsch) Macbr.—On old hickory wood.

Lycogala epidendrum (Buxb.) Fr.—On pine stumps, hickory and oak.

Plasmodiophora Brassicae Woron.—On roots of Brassica oleracea; determined at
Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington.

Reticularia Lycoperdon Bull.—On Sassafras Sassafras:

Stemonites Smithit Macbr.—On old logs.

Trichia favoginea (Batsch) Pers.—On old wood of Robinia Pseudo-Acacia.

EUTHALLOPHYTA

- EUPHYCEAE*
A gardhiella tenera (Ag.) J. Ag.

Ahnfeltia plicata (Huds.) Fr.

* The marine algae were mostly determined by Dr. M. A. Howe and are pre-
served in the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden.

205

Anabena torulosa (Carm.) Lag.

Antithamnion Pylaisaei (Mont.) Kjellm.

Ascophyllum nodosum (L.) LeJolis

Callithamnion Baileyi Harv.

C. byssoideum Arn.

Ceramium fastigiatum Harv.

C. rubrum (Huds.) Ag.

C. tenuissimum (Lyngyb.) J. Ag.—Greenport.

Chaetomorpha Linum (Miill.) Kiitz.

Champia parvula (Ag.) Harv.

Chlorococcum humicola (Naeg.) Rabenh.—A fresh-water alga on a piece of wood.

Chondria tenuissima (Good. & Woodw.) Ag.

Chondrus crispus (L.) Stackh.

Chorda filum (L.) Stackh.

Chordaria flagelliformis (Miill.) Ag.

Cladophora arcta (Dillw.) Kiitz.

C. expansa (Mert.) Kiitz.

C. flexuosa (Griff.) Harv.

C. gracilis (Griff.) Kiitz.

Corallina officinalis L.

Cystoclonium purpurascens (Huds.) Kiitz.

Dasya pedicellata Ag.

Delesseria sinuosa (Good. & Woodw.) Lamour.

Dermatolithon pustulatum (Lamour.) Fosl.—On leaves of Zostera.

Desmarestia aculeata (L.) Lamour.

D. viridis (Miill.) Lamour.

Dictyosiphon foeniculaceus (Huds.) Grev.

Ectocarpus confervoides (Roth) LeJolis

E. fasciculatus Harv.

FE. siliculosus (Dillw.) Ag.

Enteromorpha compressa (L.) Grev.

E. intestinalis (L.) Grev.

EF. linza (L.) J. Ag.

E. percursa (Ag.) J. Ag.

E. plumosa Kiitz.

Epilithon membranaceum (Esp.) Heyd.

Fucus evanescens Ag.

F. spiralis L.

F. vesiculosus L.

Gractlaria confervoides (L.) Grev.

Gymnogongrus Torreyi (Ag.) J. Ag —Dr. Howe says: “probably only a flattened
variety of Ahnfeltia plicata (Huds.) Fr.”

Halothrix lumbricalis (Kiitz.) Reinke—On leaves of Zostera.

Hildebrandia prototypus Nardo

Hypnea musciformis (Wulf.) Lamour.

Isactis glauca Thuret

Laminaria A gardhii Kjellm.

L. digitata (L.) Lamour.

206

Leathesia difformis (L.) Aresch.—Probably the young thalli on Zostera.

Lithophyllum pustulatum (Lamoutr.) Fosl.

Lomentaria uncinata Menegh.

Melobesia Lejolisii Rosan.—On leaves of Zostera.

Mesogloia divaricata (Ag.) Kiitz.

Monostroma leptoderma Kjellm.

M. undulatum Farlowii Fos!.

Petalonia fascia (Miill.) Kiitz.

Phyllophora membranifolia (Good. & Woodw.) J. Ag.

Polyides rotundus (Gmel.) Grev.

Polysiphonia elongata (Huds.) Harv.

P. Harveyi Bailey

P. nigrescens (Dillw.) Grev.

P. Olneyi Harv.

P. urceolata (Lightf.) Grev.

P. urceolata formosa (Suhr) J. Ag.

P. variegata (Ag.) Zanard.

Punctaria latifolia Grev.

Pylaiella littoralis (L.) Kjellm.

Rhodermis Georgii (Batt.) Collins—On leaves of Zostera.

Rhodomela subfusca (Woodw.) Ag.—Also the red form, approaching Rhodomela
Rochei Harv.

Rhodymenia palmata (L.) Grev.

Sargassum Filipendula (Ag.) J. Ag.

Scytosiphon lomentarius (Lygyb.) J. Ag.

S. lomentarius complanatus Rosev.

Spermothamnium Turneri (Mert.) Aresch.—Attached to the base of Polysiphonia
elongata.

Sphacelaria cirrhosa (Roth) Ag.

Spyridia filamentosa (Wulf.) Harv.

Sterrocolax decipiens Schmitz.—‘‘ Abundant on Gymnogongrus Torreyi, which fact
may be interpreted as strengthening the idea that G. Torreyi is only a form of
Ahnfeltia plicata.””*

Stilophora rhizodes (Ehrh.) J. Ag.

Ulothrix flaccida (Dillw.) Thuret

Ulva Lactuca L.

U. Lactuca latissima (L.) DC.

FUNGI
SCHIZOMYCETES

Bacillus amylovorus (Burr.) DeToni—On leaves of Pyrus communis.

EUMYCETES
PHYCOMYCETES
Bremia Lactucae Regel—On Lactuca leaves.
Cystopus candidus (Pers.) Lev.—On Bursa Bursa-pastovis and other mustards.

* Some Midwinter Algae of Long Island Sound, by M. A. Howe in Torreya 14:
97-101. June, 1914 (Contr. N. Y. Botanical Garden No. 169).

207

Mucor Mucedo 1..—On beet stored in a cellar; determined at Cornell by Prof.
Fitzpatrick.
Rhizopus nigricans Ehrenb.—On stale bread.

ASCOMYCETES (EXCLUDING PYRENOMYCETES)

Belonidium aurelia (Pers.) DeNot.—On old wood of Robinia Pseudo-Acacia;
specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Bulgaria inquinans (Pers.) Fr.

Chlorosplenium aeruginosum (Oeder) DeNot.—On old wood of Acer rubrum.

C. Schweintizi Fr.

Coccomyces Junipert Karst.—On bark of Juniperus virginiana; specimens in N. Y.
State Herbarium. (Colopoma Juniperinum C. & P.)

Dasyscypha calcycina (Schum.) Fckl.—On bark of Pinus rigida.

D. virginea (Batsch) Fckl.—On oak.

Discina orbicularis Pk.—On old wood of hickory and cherry.

Durella corrugata (C. & P.) Sace.—On oak twigs; specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium.

Exoascus deformans (Berk.) Fckl.—On leaves of Amygdalus persica.

F. varius Atk.—On leaves of Padus virginiana.

Geoglossum velutipes Pk.—On ground in woods.

Geopyxis hesperidea Cke. & Pk.—On logs; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Gyromitra esculenta (Pers.) Fr.—Rare in cedar woods at Orient.

Helotium citrinum (Hedw.) Fr.—On old oak and hickory wood.

Helvella macropus (Pers.) Karst.

Humaria granulata (Bull.) Sacc.—On cow dung and old potato stems; specimens
in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Lachnea scutellata (L.) Gill-—On old oak wood.

L. setosa (Nees) Gill—East Marion on rotten stumps.

Lecanidion indigoticum (C. & P.) Sacc.—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Leotia lubrica (Scop.) Pers.

Mollisia melaleuca (Fr.) Sacc.—On old wood of Robinia Pseudo-Acacia.

Morchella conica Pers.

M. deliciosa Fr.

M. esculenta (L.) Pers.—The morels all grow in sandy soil, at Orient.

Phaeangella deformata (Pk.) Sacc. & D. Sacc.—Growing in lines on bark of Juniperus
virginiana; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Propolis faginea (Schrad.) Karst.—On old wood of willow and hickory; specimens
in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Rhytisma acerinum (Pers.) Fr.—Greenport on leaves of Acer rubrum.

R. decolorans Fr.—Greenport on leaves of Xolisma ligustrina and Vaccinium.

R. Solidaginis Schw.—On leaves of Solidago.

R. Vitis Schw.—On leaves of grape; determined by Mrs. F. W. Patterson; speci-
mens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Sarcoscypha occidentalis Schw.

Sclerotinia fructigena (Pers.) Schroet.—On fruit of Amygdalus persica.

S. Libertiana Fckl.—Determined at Bureau of Plant Industry.

Tapesia fusca (Pers.) Fckl.—On oak.

208

ASCOMYCETES (PYRENOMYCETES)

Botryosphaeria Berengeriana (DeNot.)—On twigs of Toxicodendron radicans.

Calosphaeria Myricae (C. &. E) E. & E.—On dead Myrica carolinensis branches;
reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 167: 24. 1913.

Coronophora angustata Fckl.—On dead Myrica carolinensis trunks; reported in
N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 157: 24. I912.

Daldinia concentrica (Bolt.) Ces. & DeNot.—On oak and hickory.

D. vernicosa (Schw.) Ces. & DeNot.—On old wood of Fagus grandiflora.

Diaporthe parasitica Murrill—On Castanea dentata.

Diatrype albopruinosa (Schw.) Cke.—On Fagus grandiflora.

D. stigma (Hoffm.) Fr.—On old wood of oak.

Diatrypella betulina (Pk.) Sacc.—Greenport.

D. prominens (Howe) E. & E.—On Platanus occidentalis.

D. Rhois (Schw.) E. & E.—On Toxicodendron radicans.

Dothidea Baccharidis Cke.—On dead branches of Baccharis halimifolia; determined
by Mrs. F. W. Patterson; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 167: 26. I913.

Eutypella clavulata Cke.—On dead branches of Ailanthus glandulosa.

E. longirostris Pk.—On dead twigs of Robinia Pseudo-Acacia.

E. stellulata (Fr.) Sacc.—On hickory, oak, Amelanchier and Robinia Pseudo-Acacia.

Eutypa spinosa (Pers.) Tul.—On old wood of oak.

Gloniopsis australis (Duby) Sacc.—Old wood of oak, Betula populifolia, Sassafras
Sassafras and Vitis; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Glonium parvulum (Ger.) Sace.—Decorticated wood; reported in N. Y. State Mus.
Bull. 150: 45. i911.

Herpotrichia diffusa (Fckl.) E. & E—On decaying wood of Robinia Pseudo-Acacia;
reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 150: 45. Ig1I.

Hypoxylon atropunctatum (Fckl.) Cke-——On old wood of oak.

H. coccineum Bull.—On old wood of oak and Malus Malus.

H. fuscopurpureum (Schw.) Berk.—On old wood of hickory.

H. fuscum (Pers.) Fr.—On old wood of Fagus grandiflora.

H. Sassafras (Schw.) Berk.—On old wood of Sassafras Sassafras.

H. serpens (Pers.) Fr.—Greenport on hickory and Quercus alba; specimens in N. Y.
State Herbarium.

Hysteriographium Mori (Schw.) Rehm—On old wood of oak, Platanus occidentalis,
Malus Malus, Ligustrum vulgare and Baccharis halimifolia.

Hysterium Thujarum Cke. & Pk.—Determined by Dr. F. J. Seaver.

Hysterium pulicare Pers—On old wood of Robinia Pseudo-Acacia and Rhus;
specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Massaria inquinans (Tode) Fr.

M. vomitoria B. & C.—On Acer rubrum.

Nectria cinnabavina (Tode) Fr.—Also the conidial form, Tubercularia vulgaris
Tode on dead wood of many species of trees and shrubs.

NN. episphaeria (Tode) Fr.—Parasitic on Diatrype stigma.

Nummularia clypeus (Schw.) Cke.—On oak stump.

N. discreta (Schw.) Tul.—On old branches of Malus Malus.

Phyllachora graminis (Pers.) Fckl——On leaves of grasses.

Plowrightia morbosa (Schw.) Sacc.—Branches of Prunus maritima and cultivated
quince.

209

Rosellinia mutans (C. & P.) Sace.—On hickory; specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium.

R. subiculala (Schw.) Sace.—Greenport on Fraxinus americana.

Sphaerella Fragariae (Tul.) Sacc.—On leaves of Fragaria virginiana.

Ustulina vulgaris Tul.—On oak stumps.

Valsa ambiens (Pers.) Fr.—On dead branches of Fagus grandz/flora.

V. Linderae Pk.—On dead twigs of Benzoin aestivale; specimens in N. Y. State
Herbarium.

V. rhoéphila C. & E.—On dead branches of Rhus; specimens in N. Y. State
Herbarium.

Xylaria polymorpha (Pers.) Grevy.—On hickory stump.

HYPOMYCETES

Aliernaria Brassicae (Berk.) Sacc.—On old plants of Ricinus communis and Brassica
oleracea; determined at Cornell University.

Cercospora leptosperma Pk.—On leaves of Aralia nudicaulis; determined by Dr.
H. D. House.

Illosporium roseum (Schreb.) Mart.—On Physcia stellaris.

Macrosporium commune Rabenh.—On leaves of cucumber and watermelon.

Microstroma Juglandis (Bereng.) Sacc.—On hickory leaves.

Monilia Peckiana S. & V.—On leaves of Gaylussacia baccata; specimens in N. Y.
State Herbarium.

Oospora scabes Thaxt.—Common and very bad on potatoes.

Ovularia obliqua (Cke.) Oud.—On leaves of Rumex.

Pilacre faginea (Fr.) B. & Br.

Piricularia grisea (Cke.) Sacc.—On leaves of Chaetochloa italica.

Polythrincium Trifolit Kze.—On leaves of Trifolium pratense; determined by Dr.
J. C. Arthur.

Ramularia Armoraciae Fckl.—On leaves of Armoracia Armoracia.

R. lineola Pk.—On leaves of Leontodon Taraxacum.

R. Plantaginis E. & M.—The var. nigromaculans Pk., on leaves of Plantago major.

Rhinotrichum ramosissimum B. & C.—On cherry limbs.

Sireptothrix fusca Cda—On Juniperus virginiana; specimens in N. Y. State
Herbarium.

MELANCONIALES

Coryneum pulvinatum K. & S.—On dead branches of Tilia americana.

C. pustulatum Pk.—On dead branches of Castanea sativa; specimens in N. Y. State
Herbarium.

Gloeosporium intermedium brevipes Sacc.—On leaves of the cultivated rubber-plant.
(Gloeosporium elasticae Cke. & Mass.)

Pestalozzia adusta E. & E.—On leaves of Padus virginiana.

P. funerea Desm.—On dead twigs of Juniperus virginiana.

P. longiseta Speg.—On leaves of Rubus and Aronia. The three species of Pestalozzia
are reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 157: 30. tIg912.

Steganosporium fenestratum (E. & E.) Sacc.—On dead branches of Clethra alnifolia;
reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 157: 34. tIg912.

210

SPHAEROPSIDEAE

Amerosporium oeconomicum Ell. & Tracy—On bean leaves; determined by Mrs.
F. W. Patterson.

Ascochyta Rhei E. & E.—On leaves of Rheum rhaponticum; reported in N. Y. State
Mus. Bull. 157: 22. Io12.

Camarosporium abnorme (Pk.) Sacc.—On stems of Celastrus scandens.

C. Maclurae Pk.—On dead branches of Toxylon pomiferum; Orient is the type
station for this species; reported and described in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 157:
22 OTee

Cytospora chrysosperma (Pers.) Fr.—On dead branches of poplar.

C. Salicis (Cda.) Rabenh.—On dead willow branches; reported in N. Y. State Mus.
Bull. 157: 25. 1912.

Dendrophoma Tiliae Pk.—On Tilia americana; specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium.

Diplodia ruborum (Schw.) Sacc.—On Rubus.

D. virginiana Cke. & Rav.—On dead twigs of Juniperus virginiana.

Hapflosporella Ribis Sacc.—On dead stems of Grossularia; reported in N. Y. State
Mus. Bull. 157: 27. I912.

Hendersonia Grossulariae Oud.—On dead and dying stems of Grossularia reclinata;
reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 157: 28. I912.

H. pubentis Cke.—On dead stems of Sambucus canadensis.

Macrophoma albifructa (Pk.) Berl. & Vogl—On dead maple twigs.

M. Juniperina Pk.—On dead Juniperus virginiana twigs; Orient is the type station
for this species; reported and described in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 167: 28. 1913.

Phlyctaena septorioides Sacc.—On dead stems of Phytolacca americana.

Phoma ampelinum B. & C.—On grape leaves.

P. Asclepiadea E. & E.—On stems of Asclepias syriaca; reported in N. Y. State

Mus. Bull. 167: 30. 1913.

. Baccharidis Brun.—On dead stems of Baccharis halimifolia.

. corylina (Thuem.) Sacc.—On dead stems of Corylus.

. herbarum West.—On dead stems of Lilium, Rheum rhaponticum and Solidago.

. moricola Sacc.—On dead twigs of Morus.

sambucina Sacc.—On dead twigs of Sambucus canadensis.

. semiimmersa Sacc.—On dead branches of Crataegus; reported in N. Y. State

Mus. Bull. 167: 30. 10913.

Phoma Smilacis Boy. & Jacz.—On dead stems of Smilax rotundifolia; reported in
N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 157: 32. 10912.

Phyllosticta Betae Oud.—On leaves of beet.

yt ty ty ty

P. circumscissa Cke.—On leaves of Amygdalus persica.

P. cruenta (Fr.) Kx.—On leaves of Vagnera racemosa; determined by Mrs. Patter-
son.

. Digitalis Bell.On leaves of Digitalis.

. Iridis E. & M.—On leaves of Iris versicolor; determined by Mrs. Patterson.

. Labruscae Thuem.—On leaves of Parthenocissus tricuspidata.

. phomiformis Sacc.—On leaves of Quercus alba.

. rhoicola E. & E.—On leaves of Toxicodendron radicans; reported in N. Y. State
Mus. Bull. 167: 30. 1913.

. Smilacis E. & M.—On leaves of Smilax rotundifolia; determined by Mrs.
Patterson.

oh las} ls} lef ss}

as)

211

Septoria Dianthi Desm.—On leaves of Dianthus; reported in N. Y. State Mus.
Ballas 7 33. LOL:

S. Kalmiaecola (Schw.) B. & C.—Leaves of Kalmia latifolia at Greenport and East

Marion.

. Oenotherae West.—On leaves of Oenothera.

. Polygonina Thuem.—On leaves of Persicaria.

. Ribis Desm.—On leaves of Ribes vulgare.

. Rubi West.—On leaves of Rubus.

Sphaeropsis Malorum Pk.—On dead branches of Malus Malus.

S. Peckii Sacc-—On dead twigs of Padus virginiana. (Sphaeropsis anomala Pk.)

S. Persicae E. & B.—On dead branches of Amygdalus persica; specimens in N. Y.
State Herbarium.

S. Tiliacea Pk.—On dead branches of Tilia americana.

AHHYNH

BASIDIOMYCETES
USTILAGINACEAE

Cintractia Junci (Schw.) Trel.—On Juncus tenuis.

Urocystis sorosporioides Koern.—On Thalictrum; determined by Dr. G. P. Clinton.

Tolyposporium bullatum (Schroet.) Schroet.—Fruiting panicles of Echinochloa
Crus-galli; determined at Bureau of Plant Industry.

Ustilago anomala Kze.—On Tiniaria Convolvulus.

U. Avenae (Pers.) Jens.—On panicles of Avena sativa.

U. hypodytes (Schl.) Fr.—Probably on Agropyron; determined by Dr. Clinton,
who says, ““an uncommon smut for this host.”

U. Maydis (DC.) Cda.—On Indian corn.

U. Tritici (Pers.) Jens.—On Triticum.

U. utriculosa (Nees) Tul.—On Polygonum.

MELAMPSORACEAE

Melampsora arctica Rostr.—On leaves of Salix discolor; determined by Dr. J. C.
Arthur,* who says, “the most southern collection known for this species.’’
(Uredo Rostrupiana Arth.)

M. Bigelowii Thuem.—Greenport on willow leaves.

Melampsoridium Betulae (Schum.) Arth—Determined by Dr. Arthur.

COLEOSPORIACEAE

Coleosporium Solidaginis (Schw.) Thuem.—On leaves of Aster and Solidago;
determined in part by Dr. Arthur and Dr. F. D. Fromme.

PUCCINIACEAE

Aecidium Majanthae Schum.—Orient on leaves of Vagnera racemosa.

A. Uvulariae Schw.—Orient on leaves of Uvularia sessilifolia.

Gymnoconia interstitialis (Schlect.) Lagh.—Orient on leaves of cultivated and
wild Rubi. :

Gymnosporangium germinale (Schw.) Kern.—The summer stage, Roestelia auran-
* Specimens determined by Dr. J. C. Arthur and Dr. F. D. Fromme are pre-

served in the Herbarium of Dr. Arthur at Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana.

The authors are indebted to Dr. Arthur, who has read the manuscript of the

Rusts, and who made valuable suggestions.

G.

212

tiaca Pk., on leaves of Amelanchier, Crataegus and quince. (Gymnosporangium
clavipes C. & P.)

Juniperi-Virginianae Schw.—The summer stage, Roestelia pyrata (Schw.)
Thaxt., on Malus Malus leaves; and the winter stage on Juniperus virginiana
at Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium. (Gymnosporangium macropus
Link.)

nidus-avis Thaxt.—The summer stage on leaves of Amelanchier, determined by
Dr. Arthur; and the winter stage on Juniperus virginiana at Orient.

Kuehneola obtusa (Strauss) Arth.—On leaves of Potentilla canadensis; determined

by both Dr. Arthur and Dr. Fromme.

Puccinia Asparagi DC.—On Asparagus officinalis.

ba} iat rel his}

y

IB,

. Asteris Duby—On Aster novi-belgit; determined by Dr. Arthur.

. Caricis-Asteris Arth—Determined by Dr. Fromme.

. Caricis-Solidaginis Arth.—On Carex; determined by Dr. Arthur.

. Cicutae Lasch.—On leaves of Cicuta maculata at Orient and Greenport; deter-

mined by Dr. Arthur, who says this species has been previously collected in
“three widely separated localities, Florida, Nova Scotia and Nevada.”

. coronata Cda.—On leaves of Rhamnus cathartica and Nothoholcus lanatus; deter-

mined by Dr. Arthur; also on leaves of Avena sativa. (Puccinia Rhamni (Pers.)
Wettst.)
Cyani (Schleich.) Pass.—On Centaurea cyanus; determined by Dr. Arthur.

Puccinia Eleocharidis Arth.—On leaves of Eupatorium; determined by Dr. Arthur.

Se} bis} Fae) ly

yt

as) le

. graminis Pers.—On leaves of grasses; the aecia on leaves of Berberis vulgaris.

. Grossulariae (Pers.) Lagerh.—On Carex virescens; determined by Dr. Arthur.
. Heliantht Schw.—On leaves of Helianthus.

. Hieracit (Schum.) Mart.—On leaves of Hieracium Gronovii; determined by Dr.

Arthur.
Malvacearum Mont.—Orient on leaves of Malva rotundifolia and Althaea rosea.
Menthae Pers.—On leaves of Koellia; determined by Dr. Fromme.

. obscura Schroet.—On Juncoides campestre; determined by Dr. Arthur.
. orbicula Pk.—On leaves of Nabalus trifoliatus; determined by Dr. Arthur.
. Peckii (DeToni) Kellerman—Orient on leaves of Oenothera; determined by

Mrs. F. W. Patterson.

. Pimpinellae (Strauss) Link—Orient on leaves of Washingtonia Claytont.
. Pruni-spinosae Pers.—On leaves of Prunus avium and Padus virginiana; deter-

mined by Dr. Arthur. (Tvanzschelia punctata (Pers.) Arth.)

. Sambuci (Schw.) Arth.—On leaves of Carex crinita and C. lurida; determined

by Dr. Arthur; also the aecia on leaves of Sambucus canadensis at Orient.

. Seymouriana Arth.—The aecia on leaves of Asclepias pulchra and the telia on

Spartina at Orient; determined by Dr. Arthur who says, “‘in west-central United
States the aecia are found also on A pocynum and Cephalanthus.”’

. Sorghi Schw.—On leaves of sweet corn.
. Taraxaci Plowr.—On leaves of Leontodon Taraxacum; determined by Dr.

Arthur.

. triticina Erikss——On various species of Triticum; determined in part by Dr.

Arthur. (Puccinia Rubigo-vera (DC.) Wint.)

. uniporula Orton—On Carex virescens; determined by Dr. Fromme.
. Violae (Schum.) DC.—On leaves of Viola primulifolia at Greenport; deter-

mined by Dr. Fromme.

213

Uromyces appendiculatus (Pers.) Fr.—On leaves of Strophostyles helvola; deter-
mined by Dr. Arthur. (Nigredo appendiculata (Pers.) Arth.)

U. Caladii (Schw-) Farl.—Greenport on leaves of Arisaema triphyllum and Peltandra
virginica.

U. Lilii Clinton—On leaves of Lilium; determined by Dr. Arthur. (Nzgredo
Lilii (Clinton) Arth.)

U. Limonii (DC.) Lev.—On leaves of Limonium carolinianum; determined by
Dr. Arthur.

U. Peckianus Farl.—Orient on Distichlis spicata. Doubtless the Aecidium atriplicis
Shear, reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 157: 21. 1912, on leaves of Atriplex
hastata at Orient belongs here. Aecidium atriplicis is a rust which has only
been reported on shrubby species of Atriplex in the arid regions of western
United States.

Uromyces Silphiit (Burrill) Arth.—On Juncus tenuis; determined by Dr. Fromme.
(Nigredo Silphii (Burrill) Arth.)

U. Spartinae Farl.—Orient on Spartina; determined by Dr. Arthur.

U. Toxicodendri B. & R.—Orient on leaves of Toxicodendron radicans; determined
in part by Dr. Arthur. (Pileolaria Toxicodendri (B. & R.) Arth.)

TREMELLACEAE
Exidia glandulosa (Bull.) Fr.—On old oak and trunks of other trees.
Tremella aurantia Schw.—On bark of Juniperus virginiana.
T. frondosa Fr.—On oak stumps.

DACRYOMYCETACEAE
Calocera cornea Fr.
Dacryomyces stillatus Nees—On old pine logs.
Guepinia spathularia (Schw.) Fr.—Growing from crevices of an old log.

EXOBASIDIACEAE
Exobasidium Vaccinii (Fckl.) Woron.—On fruit of Gaylussacia baccata.

THELEPHORACEAE

Aleurodiscus Oakesii (B. & C.) Cke.—On the bark of living trunks of Osirya vir-
giniana.

Corticium effuscatum C. & E.—On hickory.

C. lacteum Fr.—On cherry and Rhus.

C. roseolum Mass.—On hickory and Vaccinium.

Craterellus cornucopioides (L.) Pers.—Greenport.

Hymenochaete corrugata (Fr.) Lev.—On hickory.

H. Curtisii (Berk.)—On Quercus alba and Padus virginiana. (Stereum Curtisti
Berk.)

H. rubiginosa (Schrad.) Lev.—On oak and Castanea sativa logs; specimens in N. Y.
State Herbarium.

H. tabacina (Sow.) Lev.—On hickory, Myrica carolinensis and cherry; specimens
often resupinate.

Peniophora cinerea (Fr.) Cke.—On dead branches of Betula populifolia, Padus
virginiana and maple.

Solenia fasciculata Pers.—On hickory.

S. ochracea Hoffm.—On rotten wood of hickory; specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium.

214

Stereum acerinum Pers.—On hickory and maple.

S. acerinum nivosum Ray.—On dead branches of Juniperus virginiana; specimens
in N. Y. State Herbarium.

S. complicatum Fr.—On old limbs.

S. frustulosum (Pers.) Fr.—On oak stumps.

. hirsutum (Willd.) Fr.—On hickory and Nyssa sylvatica.

. ochraceo-flavum Schw.—On Amelanchier.

purpureum Pers.—On hickory and Acer rubrum; sometimes resupinate.

. sericeum Schw.—On oak, Myrica carolinensis and Nyssa sylvatica.

. Spadiceum Fr.—On oak.

. verstiforme B. & C.—On Hamamelis virginiana.

. versicolor Fr.—On oak.

Thelephora caryophyllea (Schaeff.) Pers.—In cedar woods.

T. intybacea Pers.—Greenport in woods.

T. palmata (Scop.) Fr.—The var. americana Pk. in woods.

T. terrestris Ehrh.—In sandy soil.

HHAHHAHHLY

CLAVARIACEAE

Clavaria amethystina Bull.—Greenport and Orient.
C. aurea Schaeff.

. boirvytis Pers.—Greenport and Orient.

. cinerea Bull.

. coralloides L.—Greenport.

. cristata Pers.—Greenport.

. formosa Pers.

. fusiformis Sow.

. mucida Pers.—Rotten oak logs on Gardiner’s Island.
. muscoides L.

C. pulchra Pk.

Sparassis crispa (Wulf.) Fr.—Greenport in woods.

DAAQAAA Ga ©

HYDNACEAE

Hydnum aurantiacum (Batsch) A. & S.

H. chrysocomum Underw.—On oak.

Hi. farinaceum Pers.—On old hickory wood.

. ochraceum Pers.—On cherry and Malus Malus; sometimes resupinate.
. scrobiculatum Fr.—Greenport.

. spongiosipes Pk.—In cedar woods.

. subfuscum Pk.

. velatum B. & C.—On hickory.

Irpex ambiguus Pk.—On pine log.

my yy

. cinnamomeus Kr.—On oak, Fagus grandiflora and Vaccinium.

. lacteus Fr.—On dead branches of Ilex verticillata.

. mollis B. & C.—On cherry.

. paradoxus (Schrad.) Fr.—On Padus virginiana.

. sinuosus KFr.—On dead branches of Padus virginiana.

. Tulipiferae Schw.—On hickory, oak, Malus Malus and Baccharis halimifolia.
Phliebia radiata Fr.

NN AN RN

215

POLYPORACEAE
Boletus affinis Pk.—Sandy woods.
. affinis maculosus Pk.
. auriporus Pk.
. Ballouii Pk.—Greenport; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 157: 22. Ig12.
. castaneus Bull.
. chrysenteron Fr.
. felleus Bull.
pallidus Frost
rubropunctus Pk.
. scabery Fr.—Greenport.
. subglabripes Pk.
. subvelutipes Pk.—Sandy soil.
Daedalea confragosa rubescens (A. & S.) Pk.—On willow, Betula populifolia, Nyssa

Hoa dbowneoa

sylvatica and Fraxinus americana. (Trametes rubescens (A. & S.) Fr.)

D. quercina (L.) Pers.—On oak and Padus virginiana.

Daedalea unicolor (Bull.) Fr.—On hickory and oak.

Favolus canadensis Klotsch.—On dead limbs of Fagus grandiflora.

Fomes annosus Fr.—On Juniperus virginiana; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

F. applanatus (Pers.) Fr.—On hickory and cherry.

F. carneus Nees—On Juniperus virginiana.

F. rimosus Berk.—On Robinia Pseudo-Acacia; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

F. salicinus (Pers.) Fr.—On willow.

Ganoderma pseudoboletus (Jacq.) Murrill—On oak.

Gloeoporus conchoides Mont.—On hickory and oak.

Merulius tremellosus Schrad.—On dead wood of cherry.

M. Ulmi Pk.—On dead Myrica carolinensis; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull.
USS Ales’) Tfonen,

Polyporus betulinus (Bull.) Fr.—On Betula populifolia.

P. brumalis (Pers.) Fr.—On oak.

. caesius (Schrad.) Fr.—On Malus Malus.

. chioneus Fr.—On oak and Padus virginiana.

. cupulaeformis B. & C.—On Fagus grandiflora.

. epileucus Fr.—On oak.

. fumosus (Pers.) Fr.

. giganteus (Pers.) Fr.—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

. gilvus Schw.—On Fagus grandiflora, oak, cherry and Xolisma ligustrina (ab-

normal specimens).

P. hispidus (Bull.) Fr.—On living oak trees.

P. Spraguei B. & C.—On oak.

P. sulphureus (Bull.) Fr.—On stumps.

Polystictus circinatus Fr.—Greenport.

P. hirsutus Fr.—On hickory and oak.

P. pergamenus Fr.—On oak, cherry and Fagus grandifiora.

P. velutinus (Pers.) Fr.—On Xolisma ligustrina.

P. versicolor (L.) Fr.—On hickory and oak.

Poria attenuata Pk.—On hickory.

P. contigua (Pers.) Fr.—On Robinia Pseudo-Acacia.

Ine} las] tas} ‘eh Mast bef lng)

216

P. ferruginosa (Schrad.) Fr.—On Ilex verticillata.

P. floccosa Fr.—On oak, Sassafras Sassafras, Malus Malus, Pouns virginiana and
Acer rubrum.

. inermis KE. & E.—On Ilex verticillata and Toxicodendron radicans; specimens in
N. Y. State Herbarium.

. nitida (Pers.) Fr.—On cherry.

. reticulata (Pers.) Fr.—On Juniperus virginiana.

. subacida Pk.

. subacida vesiculosa (B. & C.) Pk.—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

. vulgaris Fr.—On Juniperus virginiana.

Strobilomyces strobilaceus (Scop.) Berk.—Sandy woods.

Trametes cinnabarina (Jacq.) Fr.—On cherry.

T. Pini (Brot.) Fr.—On pine; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

T. sepium Berk.—On willow, hickory and cherry.

T. suaveolens (L..) Fr.—On willow.

ae)

ie} Hs} tas} The} tas)

AGARICACEAE

Agaricus abruptibulbus Pk.—In cedar woods.
A. campester L.

A. micromegethus Pk.—In sandy soil.
A. Rodmani Pk.

Amanita Frostiana Pk.

. Frostiana pallidipes Pk.

. glabriceps Pk.

. muscaria L.—Cedar woods.

. muscaria formosa (G. & R.) Fr.

. phalloides Fr.—A gray variety.

. verna Fr.

>> SB Bp BD

Amanitopsis strangulata (Fr.) Roze

A. vaginata (Bull.) Roze

A. vaginata livida (Pers.) Pk.

Armillaria mellea Vahl

A. nardosmia Ellis—Greenport.

Cantharellus infundibuliformis (Scop.) Fr.

C. minor Pk.

Clitocybe brumalis Fr.—In cedar woods.

C. clavipes (Pers.) Fr.

C. dealbata Sow.

C. odora (Bull.) Fr.

C. pithyophila Fr.—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Clitopilus abortivus B. & C.

C. albogriseus Pk.

C. orcella (Bull.) Fr.

Collybia dryophila (Bull.) Fr.

C. platyphylla Fr.

C. radicata (Relh.) Fr.—A form approaching var. pusilla Pk.

C. tuberosa (Bull.) Fr.—On decaying Lactarius; specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium.

217

C. velutipes (Curt.) Fr.

Coprinus micaceus (Bull.) Fr.

C. plicatilis (Curt.) Fr.

Cortinarius heliotropicus Pk.—Greenport.

Entoloma Grayanum Pk.

F. gubatum Fr.

Hygrophorus chlorophanus Fr.

H. laetus (Pers.) Fr.—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

A. miniatus Fr.

H. miniatus subluteus Pk.—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium,

H. psittacinus (Schaeff.) Fr.

H. sordidus Pk.—Greenport; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 157: 28. to912.

Hypholoma appendiculatum (Bull.) Fr.

H. incertum Pk.

Hi. perplexum Pk.

H. sublateritium (Schaeff.) Fr.—Growing in clusters about stumps of hickory and
oak.

Laccaria amethystina (Bolt.) B. & Br. (in part)—Oak woods.

L. laccata (Scop.) B. & Br.

L. trullisata (Ellis) Pk.—In clean sand. (Clitocybe trullisata Ellis.)

Lactarius Peckii Burl.

. biperatus (Scop.) Fr.

. serifluus (DC.) Fr.

. subdulcis (Bull.) Fr.

. theiogalus (Bull.) Fr.

. vellereus Fr.

. volemus Fr.

HANAN

Lentinus tigrinus (Bull.) Fr.—On dead trees; the diseased form which is known
as Lentodium squamulosum Morg.

Lenzites betulina (L.) Fr.—On oak; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

L. sepiaria Fr.—On pine (poroid form), Juniperus virginiana, Picea mariana and
cherry; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

L. trabea (Pers.) Fr.—On pine; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 167: 27. 1913.

Lepiota americana Pk.

L. clypeolaria (Bull.) Fr.

L. naucinoides Pk.—Cultivated fields.

Marasmius androsaceus (L.) Fr.

biformis Pk.—Swampy places.

capillaris Morg.—On grass stems.

elongatipes Pk.

epiphyllus Fr.—On old leaves; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 157: 28.

IQI2.

insititius Fr.—On leaves and twigs.

oreades Fr.

ramulinus Pk.—On branches in cedar woods.

salignus Pk.—On leaves and twigs.

salignus major Pk.

spongiosus B. & C.—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

218

M. subnudus (Ellis) Pk.
M. velutipes B. & C.—On leaves.
Mycena atroalboides Pk.
M. corticola (Schum.) Fr.—On bark of Robinia Pseudo-Acacia and grape vines-
M. epiptergyria (Scop.) Fr.
M. galericulata (Scop.) Fr.—On logs.
M. sanguinolenta (A. & S.) Fr.—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.
Omphalia campanella (Batsch) Fr.—On decaying coniferous wood and moss.
Panaeolus papilionaceus Fr.
P. retirugis Fr.—Cultivated fields.
P. semiglobatus Murrill—Determined by Dr. W. A. Murrill.
Panus rudis Fr.—On old oak wood.
P. stypticus (Bull.) Fr.—On oak and Amygdalus persica stumps.
P. torulosus Fr.—On Baccharis halimifolia.
Pholiota praecox (Pers.) Fr.
Pleurotus ostreatus (Jacq.) Fr.—On old poplar logs.
P. septicus Fr.
Pluteus cervinus (Schaeff.) Fr.
Psathyrella disseminata (Pers.) Fr.
Russula compacta Frost
R. emetica Fr.
R. foetens (Pers.) Fr.—Southold.
R. foetentula Pk.—Southold.
R. Mariae Pk.
R. obscura Rom.—Greenport.
R. pectinatoides Pk.
R. purpurina Q. & S.—Orient and Greenport; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.
R. virescens (Schaeff.) Fr.—Greenport and Orient.
Schizophyllum commune Fr.—On hickory, cherry, Castanea sativa and Baccharis
halimifolia.
Stropharia aeruginosa (Curt.) Fr—On decaying wood.
S. semiglobata (Bastch) Fr.—On horse manure.
Tricholoma alboflavidum Pk.
T. personatum Fr.—In oak woods.
T. piperatum Pk.—Reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 167: 32. 1913.
T. resplendens Fr.
T. Russula (Schaeff.) Fr.
T. sejunctum Sow.
Trogia crispa (Pers.) Fr.—On oak.

GASTEROMYCETES ~

Anthurus borealis Burt—Orient in corn fields.

Bovista pila B. & C.—In woods and fields.

B. plumbea Pers.

Calvatia craniiformis (Schw.) Morg.—In cedar woods; reported in N. Y. State
Mus. Bull. 150: 24. Ig1t.

C. cyathiformis (Bosc) Morg.

C. rubroflava (Cragin )Morg.—Sandy soil; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 167:
Di eeLOnae

219

Crucibulum vulgare Tul.—On hickory.

Cyathus stercoreus (Schw.) DeToni

C. vernicosus (Bull.) DC.—Sandy soil.

Geaster hygrometricus Pers.

G. minimus Schw.—Cedar woods.

Lycoperdon atropurpureum Vitt.

L. cruciatum Rostk.—In cultivated fields and open woods.

L. echinatum Pers.—Greenport.

L. pusillum Batsch

L. pyriforme Schaeff.—On decayed cherry logs.

L. Wrightit B. & C.—Greenport.

Phallus impudicus L.

Polysaccum pisocarpium Fr.—Southold and Orient on the ground in woods; re-
ported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 157: 32. 1912.

Scleroderma flavidum E. & E.—In cedar woods; specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium. ©

S. Geaster Fr.—In sandy soil; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

SS. tenerum B. & C.—In cedar woods.

LS. verrucosum (Bull.) Pers.—Greenport.

S. vulgare Hornem.—In cedar woods; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

LICHENES

Arthonia lecideella Nyl.—On 1 = of Tilia americana; determined by Dr. Bruce
Fink.

A. quintarvia Nyl.—On A’ nithus glandulosa and Rhus bark; determined by G. K.
Merrill; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 167: 23. 1913.

A. radiata (Pers.) Th. Fr.—On hickory, Fagus grandiflora, Amelanchier, Acer rubrum
and Tilia americana bark. (Arthonia astroidea Ach.)

Baeomyces roseus Pers.—East Marion on earth in woods.

Biatora flecuosa Fr.—Dead limbs of Juniperus virginiana; determined by Dr. H. E.
Hasse.*

B. varians (Ach.) Tuck.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

B. vernalis (L.) Fr.—On cedar fence rails; determined by Dr. Hasse.

Biatora (§ Biatorina) cyrtella (Ach., Nyl.) Tuck.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

Biatora (§ Bacidia) rubella (Ehrh.) Rabenh.—On bark of Juniperus virginiana and
Toxicodendron radicans; determined by Dr. L. W. Riddle.

B. (§ Bacidia) Schweinitzii Fr.—On Juniperus virginiana; determined by Dr.
Hasse.

Biatora (§ Biatorella) simplex (Dayv.)—On rocks; determined by Dr. Hasse.

Cetraria Islandica (L.) Ach.—Partly determined by Dr. Hasse.

-Cladonia alpestris (L.) Rabenh.

-C. bacillaris clavata (Ach.) Wainio—On pine bark and Juniperus virginiana stumps.

C. Boryi Tuck., forma reticulata (Russell) Merrill—Specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium.

C. caespiticia (Pers.) Flk.—Sandy soil at East Marion.

-C. cariosa cribosa (Wallr.) Wainio—On earth.

C. cristatella Tuck.—On old coniferous logs.
* Specimens of the Lichens named by Dr. Hasse are preserved in the Lichen

Herbarium of The Sullivant Moss Society.

220

C. cristatella ochrocarpia Tuck.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

C. cristatella vestita Tuck.—Greenport; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 167: 34.
1913.

C. digitata (Ach.) Schaer.—Light soil in open woods at Orient and East Marion;
determined by Dr. Hasse.

C. digitata ceruchoides Wainio—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

Cladonia fimbriata radiata (Schreb.) Fr.—Sandy soil; determined by Dr. Hasse.

C. furcata (Huds.) Schrad.—On earth.

C. furcata pinnata (Flk.) Wainio, f. foliolosa Del.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

C. furcata racemosa (Hoffm.) Flk.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

C. gracilis dilatata (Hoffm.) Wainio—Sandy soil; determined by Dr. Riddle;
reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 167: 34. I913.

C. macilenta (Ehrh.) Hoffm.—A composite species on coniferous wood; partly
determined by Dr. Hasse.

C. mitrula Tuck.

C. pyxidata chlorophaea (Spreng.) Flk.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

C. pyxidata neglecta (Flk.) Mass.—On limbs of Juniperus virginiana and on earth.

C. pyxidata neglecta, m. lophyra Ach.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

C. rangiferina (L.) Weber

C. squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm.—A variety of this composite species; determined by
Dr. Hasse.

C. sylvatica (L.) Rabenh.

C. turgida conspicua (Schaer.) Nyl.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

C. uncialis (L.) Fr.—A variety of this composite species.

C. verticillata Hoffm.

Collema (§ Synechoblastus) nigrescens (Huds.) Ach.—On Juniperus virginiana trees ;
determined by Dr. Hasse.

Graphis dendritica Ach., f. obtusa Leight.—On bark of Acer rubrum; determined
by Dr. Hasse.

G. scripta (L.) Ach.—On hickory, oak and Fagus grandiflora bark.

G. scripta recta (Humb.) Koerb.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

G. scripta serpentina (Ach.) Nyl.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

Lecanora (§ Candelaria) laciniosa (Duf.) Nyl.—On Juniperus virginiana and
Nyssa sylvatica; also old leather. (Teloschistes concolor (Dicks.) Tuck.)

L. (§ Candelaria) laciniosa effuse (Tuck.) n. comb.—Reported in N. Y. State Mus.
Bull. 150: 49. IgtT.

Lecanora (§ Callopisma) camptidia (Tuck.) Nyl——On oak bark at Orient; deter-
mined by Dr. Riddle; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 167: 30. 1913.
(Placodium camptidium Tuck.)

L. (§ Callopisma) cerina (Ehrh.) Ach.—On Juniperus virginiana; determined by
Dr. Fink; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Lecanora (§ Callopisma) ferruginea discolor (Willey) n. comb.—On Juniperus
virginiana; determined by Dr. Fink; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. t50:
2 Onis

L. (§ Callopisma) ferruginea nigricans (Tuck.) Nyl.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

Lecanora (§ Rinodina) ascociscana (Tuck.) Nyl.—Bark of trees; determined by Dr.
Hasse.

L. (§ Rinodina) exigua (Ach.) Th. Fr.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

221

L. (§ Rinodina) sophodes (Ach.) Koerb.—On bark of Baccharis halimifolia; deter-
mined by Dr. Riddle.

Lecanora Hageni Ach.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

L. pallida (Schreb.) Tuck.—On bark of Ilex verticillata.

L. pallida cancriformis (Hoffm.) Tuck.—On bark of oak and Amelanchier; deter-
mined by both Dr. Fink and Dr. Riddle.

L. subfusca (L., Nyl.) Ach.—On bark of oak, Juniperus virginiana and Robinia
Pseudo-Acacia; partly determined by Dr. Fink.

L. subfusca allophana Ach.—On limbs of Juniperus virginiana; determined by Dr.

Riddle; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

. subfusca rugosa (Pers.) Cromb.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

. symmictera Nyl.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

. varia (Ehrh.) Ach.—On bark of Juniperus virginiana and Pyrus communis.

. varia saepincola Fr.—On old chestnut fence post; reported in N. Y. State Mus.

Bull. 150: 46. Io1t.

Lecanora (§ Aspicilia) cinerea (L.) Sommf.—On rocks.

Lecanora (§ Acarospora) cervina squamulosa Fr.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

L. (§ Acarospora) fuscata (Schrad.) Fr.—On rocks; determined by Dr. Hasse.

Lecidea (§ Buellia) disciformis (Fr.) Nyl—On oak, Amygdalus persica, Robinia
Pseudo-Acacia and Sambucus canadensis bark; Greenport on bark of Fagus
grandiflora; partly determined by Dr. Hasse.

L. (§ Buellia) myriocarpa (DC.) Nyl.—On pine, Juniperus virginiana and Rhus
bark; partly determined by Dr. Fink, also Dr. Hasse; specimens in N. Y.

ISU st tet les

State Herbarium.

Lecidea albocaerulescens (Wulf.) Schaer.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

Leptogium tremelloides (L. f.) S. F. Gray—On Juniperus virginiana.

Myriangium Duriaei (Mont. & Berk.) Tuck.—On bark of Fraxinus americana at
East Marion; determined by Dr. Hasse.

Opegrapha herpetica Ach.—On bark of Tilia americana; determined by Mr. Merrill;
reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 167: 29. 1913.

O. varia Pers.—On bark of hickory, Ailanthus glandulosa and Tilia americana; in
part determined by Dr. Riddle.

O. varia pulicaris (Ach.) Nyl.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

Opegrapha vulgata Ach.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

Pannaria luridum (Mont.) Nyl.—Rare at Orient on bark of Juniperus virginiana;
determined by Dr. Fink; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium. (Physma
luridum (Mont.) Tuck.)

Parmelia caperata (L.) Ach.—On Juniperus virginiana.

P. colpodes Ach.—Rare at Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

P. conspersa (Ehrh.) Ach.—On rocks.

-P. crinita pilosella (Hue) Merrill—On Juniperus virginiana.

P. dubia (Wulf.) Schaer.—On trunks of oak. (Parmelia Borreri Tuck.)

P. dubia hypomela (Tuck.) n. comb.—On Juniperus virginiana; reported in N. Y.

State Mus. Bull. 150: 47. Ig1t.

. exasperata (Ach.) DN.—Determined by Dr. Hasse. (Parmelia olivacea aspidota

Ach.) :

. hyperopta Ach.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.
. olivacea (L.) Ach.—On oak bark.

ae)

Se} tas!

222

P. perforata (Jacq.) Ach.—On oak; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

P. perforata hypotropa (Nyl.) Tuck.—On Juniperus virginiana; determined by Dr.
Fink; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 150: 47. Ig11. :

P. vudecta Ach.—On Juniperus virginiana; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.
(Parmelia Borreri rudecta (Ach.) Tuck.)

P. saxatilis (L.) Fr.—On rocks.

P. sulcata Tayl.Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium. (Parmelia saxatilis
sulcata Nyl.)

P. tiliacea Ach.—On trunks of Malus Malus.

Peltigera canina (L.) Hoffm.—On earth; determined by Dr. Hasse.

Pertusaria communis Lam. & DC.—On hickory, oak and Fagus grandiflora; deter-
mined by both Dr. Fink and Mr. Merrill.

P. leioplaca (Ach.) Schaer.—On Quercus velutina; determined by Mr. Merrill;
specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

P. multipuncta (Turn.) Nyl.—On hickory; in part determined by Dr. Hasse.

P. pustulata (Ach.) Nyl.—Orient and Greenport on Myrica carolinensis; deter-
mined by Mr. Merrill.

P. velata (Turn.) Nyl.—Determined by Dr. Fink.

P. Wulfenit Lam. & DC.—On oak at East Marion; determined by Dr. Hasse.

Physcia (§ Xanthoria) parietina (L.) DN.—Determined by Dr. Hasse. (Telo-
schistes parietinus (L.) Norm.).

P. (§ Xanthoria )parietina aureola (Ach.) Nyl.—On Robinia Pseudo-Acacia; deter-
mined by Dr. Hasse.

P. (§ Xanthoria) polycarpa (Ehrh.) Nyl.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

Physcia (§ Pseudophyscia) hypoleuca (Muhl.) Tuck.—Rare at Orient on Juniperus
virginiana bark; determined by Miss Mary F. Miller; specimens in N. Y. State
Herbarium.

P. (§ Pseudophyscia) speciosa (Wulf.) Nyl.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

Physcia hispida (Schreb.) Tuck.—Orient, very rare on a Juniperus virginiana
stump; determined by Dr. Fink; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 150: 36.
IQIt.

P. obscura (Ehrh.) Nyl—On bark of Juniperus virginiana; determined by Dr.
Hasse.

P. obscura endochrysea (Hampe) Nyl.—On Juniperus virginiana.

P. stellaris (L.). Nyl—On Juniperus virginiana; specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium.

P. tribacia (Ach.) Nyl.—On Juniperus virginiana and Robinia Pseudo-Acacia; also
on rocks.

Platysma aurescens (Tuck.) Nyl—Determined by Dr. Hasse. (Cetraria aurescens

Tuck.)

. ciliare (Ach.) Nyl.

. Fendlerit (Tuck.) Nyl.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

. glaucum (L.) Nyl.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

. lacunosum (Ach.) Nyl.

Pyrenula nitida Ach.—Greenport on trunks of Fagus grandiflora.

Pyxine sorediata (Ach.) Fr.—On oak, Juniperus virginiana and Robinia Pseudo-
Acacia bark.

Ramalina calicaris (L.) Nyl.—On Juniperus virginiana; in part determined by Dr.

as} fash tas} las}

Hasse.

223

R. calicaris subampliata Nyl.—On Juniperus virginiana; reported in N. Y. State
Mus. Bull. 150: 47. I9tI, as Ramalina calicaris fraxinea Fr.

R. subfastigiata Nyl.—On oak, Juniperus virginiana and Robinia Pseudo-Acacia;
determined by Dr. Hasse.

R. tenuis Tuck., Merrill—On Juniperus virginiana; reported in N. Y. State Mus.
Bull. 150: 38. r911, as Ramalina rigida (Pers.) Ach.

Sagedia cestrensis Tuck.—Orient on bark of hickory and Tilia americana; deter-
mined by Miss Miller; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 157: 33. 1912.

Teloschistes chrysopthalmus (L.) Th. Fr.—Determined by Dr. Hasse, who says, “‘an
unusual form on account of almost entire absence of fibrillae.”’

T. flavicans (Sw.) Norm.—Orient on Juniperus virginiana; determined by Dr. Fink;
reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 150: 39. tIo1ItI.

Usnea ceratina Ach.—Determined by Dr. Hasse, who says, ‘“‘the color of the
thallus is unusually dark.”’

U. florida (L.) Hoffm.—On pine and Juniperus virginiana; determined by Dr.
Hasse.

U. florida rubiginea Mx.—On Juniperus virginiana.

U. hirta (L.) Hoffm.

U. trichodea Ach.—On Juniperus virginiana; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull.
I50: 40. IoQtIt.

Xylographa parallela (Ach.) Fr.—Determined by Dr. Hasse.

HEPATICAE
Anthoceros laevis L.

Calypogeia Sullivanti Aust.—Determined by G. B. Kaiser.

C. Trichomanis (L.) Cda.—Determined by Miss Annie Lorenz.

Cephalozia curvifolia (Dicks.) Dumort.—On an old log in wet woods at Greenport;
determined by Dr. G. B. Conklin.

Frullania Asagrayana Mont.—On a rock in swampy woods; determined by both
Dr. Conklin and Mr. Kaiser.

F. eboracensis Gottsche—On bark of Juniperus virginiana.

Lophocolea heterophylla (Schrad.) Dumort.—Determined by Dr. Conklin.

Marchantia polymorpha L.—Determined by Dr. Conklin.

Odontoschisma prostratum (Sw.) Trev.—Determined by Miss Lorenz; specimens in
N. Y. State Herbarium.

Pellia epiphylla (L.) Cda.—On earth.

Porella pinnata L.—Trunks of bushes in swamps; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

P. platyphylla (L.) Lindb.—Trunks of trees.

Ptilidium pulcherrimum (Web.) Hampe

Radula complanata (L.) Dumort.

Ricciella fluitans (L.) A. Br.—On mud in a pond; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Riccia Sullivantit (Aiist.) Evans.

Ricciocarpus natans (L.) Cda.—Floating in water.

Musc1r

Amblystegium riparium B. & S.—In swamps.

A. riparium longifolium (Schultz) B. & S—Determined by G. B. Kaiser.*

A. serpens (L.) B. & S.

Anomodon atienuatus (Schreb.) Hueb.—About base of trees in woods at Greenport;
determined by Mr. Kaiser.

224

A. rostratus (Hedw.) Schimp.—Determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Aulacomnium palustre (L.) Schwaegr.—In swamps.

Brachythecium oxycladon (Brid.) J. & S.—On trunks of trees.

B. rivulare B. & S.—Wet places.

B. rutabulum (L.) B. & S.—Sandy soil.

B. velutinum (L.) B. & S.—On soil at base of trees.

Bryhnia Novae-Angliae (S. & L.) Grout—Swamps at Greenport.

Bryum caespiticium L.—Greenport; determined by Dr. A. W. Evans.

Campylium hispidulum (Brid.) Mitt.—Determined by Mr. Kaiser.

C. radicale (Bv.) Grout—Determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Catharinea angustata Brid.—Shaded sandy soil.

C. undulata (L.) W. & M.

Ceratodon pur pureus (L.) Brid.—Sandy soil.

Climacium Kindbergii (R. & C.) Grout—On roots of trees in wet places; reported
in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 150: 25. I91I.

Dichelyma capillaceum B. & S.—On Cephalanthus occidentalis in a swamp.

Dicranella heteromalla (L.) Schimp.

Dicranum Drummondii CM.—Wet woods at Greenport; determined by Mr.
Kaiser.

D. flagellare Hedw.

D. fuluum Hook.—Determined by Mr. Kaiser.

D. pallidum B. & S.—Sandy beach in open cedar woods; determined by Mr.
Kaiser.

D. scoparium (L.) Hedw.

Ditrichum pallidum (Schreb.) Hampe—In cedar woods.

Drepanocladus aduncus gracilescens (Schimp.)—In swamps.

D. fluitans (Dill.) Warnst.—East Marion.

Entodon seductrix (Hedw.) CM.—Wet log in a swamp; determined by Mr. Kaiser

Eurhynchium hians (Hedw.) J. & S.—Sandy soil.

E. serrulatum (Hedw.) Kindb.—Determined by Mr. Kaiser.

E. strigosum (Hoffm.) B. & S.

Fontinalis Sullivantit Lindb.—Greenport on roots and trunks of bushes in a swamp;
determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Funaria flavicans Mx. ;

F. hygrometrica (L.) Sibth.—Greenport; determined by Dr. Evans.

Hedwigia albicans (Web.) Lindb.—Base of oak trees.

Hypnum cupressiforme L.—Determined by Mr. Kaiser.

H. cupressiforme resupinatum (Wils.) Schimp.—Determined by Mr. Kaiser.

H. curvifolium Hedw.

H. Haldanianum Grev.—On old logs and stumps; in part determined by Mr.

Kaiser.

. imponens Hedw.—Moist places.

. Patientiae Lindb.—Determined by Mr. Kaiser.

. recurvans (Mx.) Schwaegr.—On moist earth; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

. reptile Mx.—Greenport in moist woods; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Leptobryum pyriforme (L.) Wils.

Teese

* Specimens of the Mosses named by G. B. Kaiser are preserved in the Moss
Herbarium of The Sullivant Moss Society.

225

Leucobryum glaucum (L.) Schimp.

Leucodon brachypus Brid.—On bark of Juniperus virginiana; determined by Mr.
Kaiser.

L. julaceus (Hedw.) Sull.—On Juniperus virginiana bark.

Mniobryum albicans (Wahl.) Limpr.—Determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Mnium affine ciliare (Grev.) CM.—Wet places.

M. cuspidatum (L.) Leyss—On rotten logs and moist soil; in part determined by
Mr. Kaiser.

M. hornum L.—Edge of a swamp.

M. rostratum Schrad.

Orthotrichum strangulatum Sull.—Greenport on trees; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Physcomitrium turbinatum (Mx.) Brid.—Greenport; determined by Dr. Evans.

Plagiothecium denticulatum (L.) B. & S.—Wet places at Greenport. ~

P. Ruthei Limpr.—Determined by Mr. Kaiser.

P. striatellum (Brid.) Lindb.—Greenport in moist soil; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

P. sylvaticum (Huds.) B. & S.—Sandy soil; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

P. turfaceum Lindb.—On stumps of Juniperus virginiana.

Pleuridium subulatum (L.) Rabenh.—Determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Pogonatum brachyphyllum (Mx.) Bv.—Orient; determined by G. B. Nichols.

Pohlia nutans (Schreb.) Lindb.—Greenpert in light soil in woods; also on sandy
beach at Orient; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Polytrichum commune L.—Dry woods.

P. juniperinum Willd.—Determined by G. B. Kaiser.

P. Ohioense B. & C.—Wet woods at Greenport; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

P. piliferum Schreb.

Pylaisia Schimperi R. & C.

Sphagnum acutifolium Ehrh.—Determined at Bureau of Plant Industry.

S. cuspidatum Ehrh.—Wet open meadow; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

S. cymbifolium Ehrh.—Determined at Bureau of Plant Industry.

S. recurvum By.—Determined at Bureau of Plant Industry.

S. Torreyanum Sull.—Boggy woods at Greenport; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Thelia hirtella (Hedw.) Sull.—Base of oak and other trees.

T. Lescurit Sull.—Sandy soil; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Thuidium delicatulum (L.) Mitt.

T. paludosum (Sull.) Rau & Herv.—Wet open soil; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

T. scitum (Bv.) Aust.—Base of oak trees; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Tortella caespitosa (Schwaegr.) Limp:s.—Sandy beach; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Ulota americana (Bv.) Lindb.—Rocks.

U. crispa Brid.—Bark of an old oak; determined by Mr. Kaiser.

Webera sessilis (Schmid.) Lindb.—On rich banks at Greenport.

Weisia viridula (L.) Hedw.—Sandy soil.

(To be continued.)

226

REVIEWS

The Salton Sea*

The flooding of Salton Sink, in 1907, was the beginning of a
problem that offered many attractions to botanists and a history
of those investigations is contained in the volume now issued by
the Carnegie Institution. The breaking of the banks of the
Colorado and the consequent flooding of a region of about 450
square miles, the final control of the river and the gradual
recession of the water by evaporation has made a condition
that is perhaps unique in the world. Dr. MacDougal was quick
to detect the unrivalled opportunity to study the revegetation of
the banks of a slowly drying inland sea, and the thoroughness
with which the undertaking has been carried on is evidenced
by the list of articles in the accompanying footnote.

From the purely ecological and phytogeographical standpoint
the contributions of Dr. Parish and Dr. MacDougal are the most
interesting, but their work necessarily rests on the foundation
erected by the other contributors to the volume. The descrip-
tion of the revegetation of the beaches, caused by the gradual
drying up of the sea (nearly 10 square miles annually was thus
added), and the discussion of the factors that played their part
in the process, are the chief contributions of the volume. There
are bound up with such studies great problems of general bearing,
dealing with the behavior of plants under new and constantly

* MacDougal, D. T. and collaborators. The Salton Sea, a study of the
geography, the geology, the floristics and the ecology of a desert basin. 182 pp. +
32 plates + 4 figures in the text. Carnegie Institution of Washington Publicaticn
No. 193. 30 June, 1914. Containing: The Cahuilla Basin and desert of the
Colorado, by W. P. Blake, pp. 1-12; Geographical features of the Cahuilla
Basin, by G. Sykes, pp. 13-20; Sketch of the geology and soils of the
Cahuilla Basin, by E. E. Free, pp. 21-33; Chemical Composition of the water of
Salton Sea and its annual variation in concentration 1906-1911, by W. H. Ross,
pp. 35-46; Variations in composition and concentration of water of Salton Sea,
1912 and 1913, by A. E. Vinson, pp. 47-48; Behavior of certain micro-organisms in
brine, by G. J. Pierce, pp. 49-70; Action of Salton Sea water on Vegetable Tissue,
by M. A. Brannon, pp. 71-78; The tufa deposits of the Salton Sink, by J. C. Jones,
pp. 79-84; Plant ecology and floristics of Salton Sink, by S. B. Parish, pp. 85-114;
Movements of vegetation due to submersion and desiccation of land areas in Salton
Sink, and a General Discussion, both by D. T. MacDougal, pp. 115-182.

227

changing environmental conditions, and the effect of this be-
havior on the movement and association of species. From this
standpoint the book is a notable addition to the literature of
botany. Some, perhaps too carping, systematic botanists may
quarrel with the publication of a new name for a species of
Chamaesyce, without description, simply saying ined. n.sp. (p.
110). There has been, too, some carelessness in proof-reading,
such as Geranaceae for Geraniaceae (p. 109) and Asclepiaceae for
Asclepiadaceae (p. 175). But such trivial matters are lost sight
of in the fact that the volume is a really splendid contribution
to botanical literature.

The illustrations and maps are very fine, in many cases showing
beautiful views of the region. The failure of the publication to
contain an index must reduce its usefulness to many.

Noe:

NEWS ITEMS

Dr. Arthur Harmount Graves has resigned his position as As-
sistant Professor of Botany in the Sheffield Scientific School of
Yale University, and is at present engaged in research at the
laboratory of Professor V. H. Blackman, Professor of Plant
Physiology and Pathology, Royal College of Science, South
Kensington, London, England. Dr. Graves has been a member
of the faculty of Yale for the past twelve years.

The Long Island Historical Society has recently deposited with
the Brooklyn Botanic Garden the herbarium of the Society. It
consists of a general herbarium and a special collection of Long

Island plants, many of which are from the collection of E. S.
Miller.

&:

hat

i Base tet

fv

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six
gratuitous copies of the number of TorreyaA in which their papers
appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proof.

Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor. The New Era Printing Co., 41 North Queen
Street, Lancaster, Pa., have furnished the following rates :

2pp 4pp Spp 12pp 16pp - 20pp:
25 copies $ .75 $1.05 $1.30 $1.80 $2.20 $2.50
50 copies -90 1.20 1.70 2.20 2.50 2.85
100 copies 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.35 2.90 3.75 4.35 4.70
Covers : 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

The following Committees have been appointed for 1914

Finance Committee Field Committee

J. H. Barnuart, Chairman SERENO STETSON, Chairuzan
Miss C. C. Haynes

' Budget Committee Program Committee
J. H. Barnuart, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Britton, Chairman
N. L: Brirron Miss JEAN BROADHURST
B. O. DopGE C. STUART GAGER
M. A. Howe F. J. SEAVER
A. W. Evans |
H. H. Russy

Local Flora Committee
N. L. Britton, Chairuian

Phanerogams: Cryptogams:

E. P. BIcKNELL Mrs. E. G. Britton
N. L. Britron . Poitie DoWELL

C.-C. Curtis Tracy E. Hazen

K. K. Mackenzige | M. A. Howe

NorMAN TAYLOR W. A. Murritye

Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
WILLIAM MANSFIELD

OTHER PU BLICATIONS

OF THE

‘TORREY BOTANICAL 1 coe

(I) BULLETIN

A monthly. journal devoted. to general botany, establidhed
1870. Vol: 40 published. in 1913, contained 712 pages of text”
and 26 full- -page plates. Price’ $3.00 per annum. For Europe,

a “14 shillings. Dulau & Gos Uses Soho Square, _ London, are, ae :

agents for England. . i,
Of former volumes, only 24~40 can be aigaled entire ; “Cer
“tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire ‘stock

‘of some numbers has been reserved for the completion of sets...)

Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two dollars
each; Vols. 28-0 three dollars each. Za

Ciel copies (30 cents) will ee furnished cae. when not
breaking es volumes. :

(2 ) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1880, are published at ‘ecole Asn

intervals. Volumes 1-13 are now completed ; Nos. 1.and 2 of | ~
Vol. 14 have been issued. The subscription price is fixed at
$3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers can also be purs i)
chased singly. A list of titles of the individual pepo and we

prices will be furnished on application.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of ‘Antiophyia and Pier os

dophyta reported as growing within one hundred miles, of New zB
York, 1888; Price; £1.00. BE Se:

Cait saiodence relating to ne above publicalone should be nae
addacesr? to 7 Ae
: DR. BERNASEE O. DODGE ‘

Columbia University

New York City — if

‘Vol. 14 : : a ‘December, 1914 No. 12

NK MonTuty JouRNAL OF ‘Boranicat Notes AND News

st

EDITED FOR

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
4 « page ty s ~
NORMAN TAYLOR
. pee FOES 1796-1873

ee ea ro CON TENTS
fs ‘Flora of Southold and Gardiner’s'Island: S, H. BuRNHAM AND R. As LATHAM... 229

_ News Items........... ER ee PR AY ec ae a ees POR re ren Vipin A pare eae Ro eay 2b 255

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
At 4x NortH QuEen Street, LaNcastER, Pa.

efile eee oS ay Tue New Era Printing Company
i es a ‘Entered atthe Post Office at Lancaster; Pa.,as second-class matter.]

es ahh:

OFFICERS re igs

Presidiit Me oe
R. A. HARPER, Pub. sees

Vice- Presidents

JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, A M., M. D.
HERBERT M. RICHARDS, : :

Sean oa re yeasurer peytage

BERNARD 0. DODGE, PhD. ~~
“Columbia University, New York City,’ Sues

Bditor 5
: ALEX. W. EVANS, M.D. PHD.

me eo pee ri oir Editors : rs ee
JEAN BROADHURST, Pu.D. MARSHALL AVERY HOWE: | Ba, D.
ERNEST D. CLARK, Pu.D. HERBERT M. RICHARDS, s. D,.
Tp ACHARRIS, PLD. (neo) oe ARDOW RB. ‘STOUT, PaD.. se
NORMAN. TAYLOR et Bic alios Haga ;

gays is furnished to, subscribers in. thre’ ‘United States and
Canada for one dollar per annum; single: copies, fifteen cents. oT,
subscribers elsewhere, five shillings, or the equivalent thereof. Poul or
express money orders and drafts or personal checks on New York. cae
banks are: accepted i in payment, but the rules of the New York Clearing _
‘House compel the request that ten cents be added to: the amount of any”
other local checks that’ may be sent. Subscriptions: are received only

for full volumes, beginning with the January issue. © Reprints: will be
furnished at cost prices. Subscriptions and remittances should. be sent
to TREASURER, TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB, 41 North Queen St, Tan-
caster, Pa., or Columbia University, New York City. : ates

Matter. for publication, and boots and Bape for review, should
be addressed to | Be iets A

_ NORMAN TavLor

‘Brooklyn Botanic Gaiden! fe o ee se
ioe Breen N. x

TORREYA

December, Igf4.
Vol. 14 No, 12

THE FLORA OF THE’ TOWN OF SOUTHOLD, LONG
ISLAND, AND GARDINER’S ISLAND

By Stewart H. BURNHAM AND Roy A. LATHAM

(Continued from November TORREYA)
PTERIDOPHYTA

OPHIOGLOSSACEAE
Botrychium dissectum Spreng.—Rare at Orient and East Marion.
B. neglectum Wood—Rare at East Marion in rich woods.
B. obliquum Muhl.—Rare.
B. virginianum (L.) Sw.

OSMUNDACEAE
Osmunda cinnamomea L.
O. Claytoniana L.
O. regalis L.

POLYPODIACEAE

Adiantum pedatum L.—Rare at Orient.

Anchistea virginica (L.) Presl—Greenport inswamps. (Woodwardia virginica (L.)
lj 1&5 Siig)

Asplenium platyneuron (L.) Oakes—Orient in cedar woods; also the var. serratum
(E. S. Miller) BSP.

Athyrium Filix-foemina (L.) Roth—Also the var. latifolium Babingt. (Asplenium
Filix-foemina (L.) Bernh.)

Dennstaedtia punctilobula (Mx.) Moore.

Dryopteris Clintoniana (D. C. Eaton) Dowell—Rare.

. cristata (L.) A. Gray—Orient.

. hexagonoptera (Mx.) C. Chr.—Rare at Orient; also occurs at Greenport and

Southold. (Phegopteris hexagonoptera (Mx.) Fee.)

. intermedia (Muhl.) Gray—Orient.

. marginalis (L.) A. Gray—Rare at Orient.

. noveboracensis (L.) A. Gray—Orient.

. simulata Davenp.—Orient.

. Spinulosa (Muell.) Ktze.—Orient.

. Thelypteris (L.) A. Gray.

Lorinseria areolata (L.) Presl.—Greenport in swamps. (Woodwardia areolata (L.)
Moore.)

Se

SAS) 1S] ISPS) 1

{No. 11, Vol. 14 0f TorREYA, comprising pp. 201-228, was issued 27 November 1914]

229

230

Onoclea sensibilis L.

Polypodium vulgare L.—Mattituck.

Polystichum acrostichoides (Mx.) Schott.—Orient.
Pieridium aquilinum (L.) Kuhn.

EQUISETACEAE

Equisetum arvense L.
; LYCOPODIACEAE

Lycopodium complanatum L.—Rare at Greenport.

L. inundatum L.—Rare at Southold, the var. Bigeloviz Tuck.

L. lucidulum Mx.—Rare at Greenport.

L. obscurum L.—Rare at Greenport, the var. dendrodeum (Mx.) D. C. Eaton.

SELAGINELLACEAE
Selaginella rupestris (L.) Spring —Rare at Orient in sandy soil, Noy., 1910 and
IQII.
SPERMATOPHYTA

GYMNOSPERMAE

PINACEAE
Juniperus sibirica Burgsd.—Rare at Southold on sandy hills. (Juniperus nana
Willd.)
J. virginiana L.—Prostrate forms also occur.
Picea rubens Sargent.—Rare at Orient.
Pinus rigida Mill.

ANGIOSPERMAE
MONOCOTYLEDONES
TYPHACEAE
Typha angustifolia L.
T. latifolia L.
SPARGANIACEAE

Sparganium americanum Nutt.—Rare at Greenport in a stream.
S. androcladon (Engelm.) Morong—Greenport.

S. diversifolium Graeb.—Rare at Southold, 8 Aug., 1910.

S. eurycarpum Engelm.—Rare on Gardiner’s Island.

ZANNICHELLIACEAE

Potamogeton Oakesianus Robbins—Greenport and Southold in*ponds.
P. pusillus L.—Greenport in a shallow pond. ~
Ruppia maritima L.—Salt-water ponds and creeks.

ZOSTERACEAE

Zostera marina L.
SCHEUCHZERIACEAE

Triglochin maritima L.—Salt marshes.

ALISMACEAE

Alisma subcordatum Raf.—(Formerly confused with Alisma_Plantago-aquatica L.)
Sagittaria latifolia Willd.—Rare and variable.

231

GRAMINEAE

Agropyron repens (L.) By.—Meadows and cultivated soil.

Agrostis alba L.—Also the var. vulgaris (With.) Thurb.

A. canina L.—Orient.

A. hyemalis (Walt.) BSP.—Wooded swamps and brackish meadows; determined
in part by Mrs. Agnes Chase.

A. maritima Lam.—Salt marshes; determined in part by Mrs. Chase.

Alopecurus pratensis L.—Rare at Orient in a low field; determined at the New
York Botanical Garden.

Ammophila arenaria (L.) Link—Orient.

Andropogon furcatus Muhl.—Orient in shaded places.

A. glomeratus (Walt.) BSP.—Rare at Orient.

Anthoxanthum odoratum L. —

Aristida dichotoma Mx.

A. gracilis Ell.—Orient in meadows; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

A. purpurascens Poir—Rare at Gardiner’s Island; specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium.

Arrhenatherum elatius (L.) By.—Determined in part by Mrs. Chase.

Aspris caryophyllea (L.) Nash—Greenport. (Aira caryophyllea L.)

Bromus hordeaceus L.—Orient in sandy soil.

B. purgans L.—Rare at Orient.

B. racemosus L.—Rare at Orient.

B. secalinus L.—Cultivated grounds; determined in part by Mrs. Chase.

B. tectorum L.—Rare at Orient in sandy soil.

Calamagrostis canadensis (Mx.) Bv.—Low grounds.

Cenchrus tribuloides L.—Rare at Orient and Gardiner’s Island.

Chaetochloa glauca (L.) Scribn.—Orient in cultivated soil.

C. imberbis (Poir.) Scribn.—Salt marshes.

C. italica (L.) (Scribn.)—Escaped from cultivation at Orient.

C. viridis (L.) Scribn.

Cinna arundinacea _.—Greenpott.

C. latifolia (Trev.) Griseb.—Greenport; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Cynosorus cristatus L.—Rare at Orient in tvaste places.

Dactylis glomerata L.—Meadows.

D. anthonia spicata (L.) By.—Determined in part by Mrs. Chase.

Deschampsia flexuosa (L.) Trin.

Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene

Echinochloa Crus-galli (L.) By.

FE. Waltert (Pursh) Nash.

Eleusine indica (L.) Gaertn.

Elymus canadensis .—Beaches.

E. virginicus L.—Salt marshes.

Eragrostis Eragrostis (L.) Karst.

E. major Host.—Rare at Orient.

E. pectinacea (Mx.) Steud.—Orient on hillsides.

E. pilosa (L.) By.—Rare at Orient along roads.

Festuca capillata Lam.—Orient in meadows; determined by Mr. P. L. Ricker.

F. elatior L.

232

#. nutans Willd.—Orient.

£. octoflora Walt.—Orient in light soil.

F. ovina L.—Orient; also the var. pseudovina Hack., on sandy beaches, determined
by Mrs. Chase.

Homalocenchrus oryzoides (L.) Poll.—About swamps and ponds.
H. virginicus (Willd.) Britton—Greenport.

Hordeum jubatum L.—Rare at Orient.

Lolium perenne L.—Orient in a meadow.

Muhlenbergia mexicana (L.) Trin.

M. Schrebert Gmeln.—Orient in cedar woods.

M. umbrosa Scribn.—Low woods. (Muhlenbergia sylvatica Torr.)

Nothoholcus lanatus (L.) Nash—(Holcus lanatus L.)

Panicularia acutiflora (Torr.) Ktze-——Orient about ponds.

P. grandis (Wats.) Nash—Determined by Mrs. Chase.

P. nervata (Willd.) Ktze—Greenport in wooded swamps; also the var. parviflora
(Vasey) in moist woods.

Panicularia pallida (Torr.) Ktze.—Greenport.

P. septentrionalis (Hitchc.) Bicknell—Greenport in wet woods, specimens with
very long panicles.

Panicum agrostoides Spreng.—Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

P. amarum Ell.—Southold on sandy beaches; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.
P. Ashei Pearson—Orient; determined by Mrs. Chase.

P. Bicknellii Nash.

P. Boscii Poir.

P. capillare L.—A weed in cultivated soil.

P. cladestinum L.

P. columbianum Scribn.—Determined by Mrs. Chase.

P. Commonsianum Ashe—Determined by Mrs. Chase.

P. depauperatum Muhl.—Sandy soil; determined by Mrs. Chase.

P. dichotomiflorum Mx.—Cultivated soil. (Formerly confused with Panicum
proliferum Lam.)

-P. dichotomum L.—Determined by Mrs. Chase.

P. huachucae Ashe—Sandy soil; also the var. silvicola Hitchc. & Chase, determined
by Mrs. Chase.

_P. implicatum Scribn.

_P. meridionale Ashe—Determined by Mrs. Chase. (Panicum oricola Hitche. &
Chase.)

-~P. microcarpon Muhl.—Rare at Greenport, also “‘a rare form with pubescent
spikelets’’ in cedar woods at Orient; determined by Mrs. Chase. (Panicum
‘barbulatum Nash.)

PL. polyanthes Schultes—Determined by Mrs. Chase.

P. Scribnerianum Nash—Hilly pastures at East Marion.

P. sphaerocarpon Ell.—Greenport; determined by Mrs. Chase.

P.-spretum Schultes—Orient in wet meadows; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull.
Orn 2 7 LOLO:

P. verrucosum Muhl.—Rare at Orient.

P. virgatum L.—Margins of salt marshes; determined in part by Mrs. Chase.

Paspalum circulare Nash—Greenport and East Marion; specimens in N. Y. State

Herbarium.

233

P. Muhlenbergii Nash.

P. psammophilum Nash.

P. setaceum Mx.—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Phleum pratense L.

Phragmites Phragmites (L.) Karst.—Orient in swamps.

Poa annua L.

P. compressa L.—Sandy soil.

P. pratensis L.—Meadows.

P. triflora Gilib.— Orient about ponds; determined in part by Mrs. Chase. (Form-
erly confused with Poa flava L.)

Savastana odorata (L.) Scribn.—Wet meadows.

Schizachyrium scoparium (Mx.) Nash—(Andropogon scoparius Mx.)

Sorghastrum nutans (L.) Nash—Orient in moist woods.

Spartina Michauxiana Hitche.

S. patens (Ait.) Muhl.—Also var. juncea (Mx.) Hitche.; specimens in N. Y. State
Herbarium.

S. stricta (Ait.) Roth—The var. alterniflora (Lois.) A. Gray.

Sphenopolis pallens (Spreng.) Scribn.—Rare at Orient. (Halonia pennsylvanica

(DC.) Gray.)
Sporobolus asper (Mx.) Kunth—Orient.
S. cryptandrus (Torr.) A. Gray—Sandy beaches; reported in N. Y. State Mus.
Bull. 150: 49. I9IT.

Sporobolus uniflorus Muhl.—Greenport. (Sporobolus serotinus (Torr.) A. Gray.)

S. vaginaeflorus Torr.—Orient.

Stipa avenacea L.—Rare at East Marion and Southold; specimens in N. Y. State
‘Herbarium.

Syntherisma Ischaemum (Schreb.) Nash—(Syntherisma linearis (Krock.) Nash.)

Tridens flava (L.) Hitche.—Dry soil.

Triplasis purpurea (Walt.) Chapm.—Sandy hills.

Tripsacum dactyloides L.—Upper edge of salt marsh at Orient, 19 July, 19009;
specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

CYPERACEAE
Carex albolutescens Schwein.

C. albursina Sheldon—Greenport.

C. blanda Dew.—Orient.

C. canescens L..—Also the var. disjuncta Fernald; specimens of the variety in N. VY.
State Herbarium.

. cephalophora Muhl.—Shaded places.

. comosa Boott.—Margins of swamps.

. complanata Torr.—(Carex triceps, var. hirsuta (Willd.) Bailey.)

. crinita Lam.—Swampy places.

. digitalis Willd.—Dry open woods.

. festucacea Schkuhr.—The var. brevior (Dew.) Fernald; determined at Bureau
of Plant Industry.

C. flexuosa Muhl.—Greenport. (Carex tenuis Rudge.)

C. foenea Willd.

C. folliculata L.—Greenport in swampy woods; also a slender form.

C. grisea Wahl.—Determined at Bureau of Plant Industry.

QE OY OY ©

OHA Igy hol @) oI

Q

aaaaaa

©)

C-
‘Ee
es

AN VOGHOOMaprac

234

hormathodes Fernald—Wet places.

intumescens Rudge—Greenport.

lasiocarpa Ehrh.—Greenport. (Carex filiformis L.)

Leersiit Willd.—Orient in swamps; also Carex stellulata, var. excelsior (Bailey)
Fernald.

. lupulina Muhl.—Wet woods; also the var. pedunculata Dew.
. lurida Wahl.—Wet places; also the var. parvula (Paine) Bailey.
. Muhlenbergii Schkr.—Dry open woods; in part determined at Bureau of Plant

Industry.

. pallescens L.—Orient in moist soil; plants with spikes on longer stalks than

usual.
pennsylvanica Lam.—Orient and East Marion in dry woods.

. rosea Schkr.—Hilly woods.

vosaeoides E. C. Howe—Orient. (Carex seorsa E. C. Howe.)

. rostrata Stokes—Wet places. (Carex utriculata Boott.)
. scoparia Schkr.—Low grounds.

silacea Olney—Salt marshes.

squarrosa L.—Greenport.

stipata Muhl.—Greenport in wet woods.

straminea Willd.—Orient.

stricta Lam.

typhina Mx.—Greenport. (Carex typhinoides Schwein.)

varia Muhl.—Greenport.

vestita Willd.—Orient in open woods and moist soil.

virescens Muhl.—Dry open woods; in part determined at Bureau of Plant
Industry.

vulpinoidea Mx.—Sandy hillsides and low woods.

Willdenowit Schukr.—Determined at Bureau of Plant Industry.

. dentatus Torr.—Rare at Orient.
. diandrus Torr.—Wet places and near the beach.
. esculentus L.—Greenport.

ferax L. C. Richard.—Rare near the beach; specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium.

. filiculmis Vahl—Sandy hillsides and beaches.
. filicinus Vahl—Low grounds and beaches; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

(Cyperus Nuttallii Eddy.)

Grayi Torr.—Southold; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium. -
Houghtoni Torr.—Orient.

strigosus L.—Low grounds; also the var. capitatus Boeckl.

Dulichium arundinaceum (L.) Britton—Swamps.
Eleocharis acicularis (L.) R. & S.

leoicolmles ial coll eofil es)

. acuminata (Muhl.) Nees—Greenport.

. intermedia (Muhl.) Schultes—Greenport.

. olivacea Torr.—Greenport in a cat-tail swamp; also Orient.

. obtusa (Willd.) Schultes—In part determined at Bureau of Plant Industry.
. palustris (L.) R. & S.—Greenport in wet places.

. tenuis (Willd.) Schultes—Swampy places.

Eriophorum virginicum L.—Rare at Orient in wet places.

235

Fimbristylis autumnalis (L.) R. & S.—Wet places.

F. castanea (Mx.) Vahl—Rare at Orient on salt marshes; plants with shining(!)
scales were collected 14 July 1913; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Mariscus mariscoides (Muhl.) Ktze.—(Cladium mariscoides (Muhl.) Torr.)

. Rynchospora corniculata (Lam.) A. Gray—Rare at Orient, the var. macrostachya
(Torr.) Britton.

R. glomeratia (L.) Vahl—Low grounds.

Scirpus americanus Pers.—Salt marshes and beaches.

S. atrovirens Muhl.—Orient.

S. cyperinus (L.) Kunth—Wet places in open woods; also Scirpus pedicellatus

Fernald.

. Olneyt A. Gray—Southold; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

. paludosus A. Nels.—Orient on salt marshes.

. robustus Pursh.

. validus Vahl.

Stenophyllus capillaris (L.) Britton—Sandy hillsides.

AHRHN

ARACEAE
Acorus calamus L.

Arisaema triphyllum (L.) Torr.
Peliandra virginica (L.) Kunth—Greenport in wet woods.
Spathyema foetida (L.) Raf.—Greenport.

LEMNACEAE

Lemna minor L.—Greenport, floating on pools.

XYRIDACEAE

Xyris caroliniana Walt.—Southold.

ERIOCAULACEAE

Eriocaulon septangulare With.—Southold.

COMMELINACEAE

Commelina communis L.—Roadsides and waste places.

PONTEDERIACEAE

Pontederia cordata L.—Greenport and Southold.

JUNCACEAE
Juncoides campestre (L.) Ktze.

Juncus acuminatus Mx.

. articulatus L.—Greenport.

. balticus Willd.—Brackish meadow at Orient, 30 May, 1g9io, and 3 June, 1914.
. bufonius L.—Margin of salt marshes; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

. canadensis J. Gay.

dichotomus Ell.—Orient in cultivated field and in swamps, the var. platyphyllus
Wieg.; in part determined at Bureau of Plant Industry.

effusus L.

. Gerardi Lois.—Salt marshes; used for hay.

. Greenei Oakes & Tuck.—Orient on hills.

. marginatus Rostk.—Rare.

GUuUuy

Yuu

236

J. pelocarpus E. Meyer—Wet places.

J. scirpoides Lam.—Orient.

J. secundus By.—Orient about wet places.

J. tenuis Willd.—Also a few-flowered form; and the var. anthelatus Wieg., deter-
mined at Bureau of Plant Industry.

MELANTHACEAE

Veratrum viride Ait—Greenport and Gardiner’s Island.

LILIACEAE

Allium canadense L.—Rare at Orient in dry woods.

A. vineale L.—Orient.

Hemerocallis fulua L.—Orient, escaped along roads.
Lilium canadense L.

L. superbum L.—Orient.

L. tigrinum Andr.—Escaped to roadsides and meadows.
Ornithogalum umbellatum L.—Escaped at Orient.

CONVALLARIACEAE
Asparagus officinalis L.
Polygonatum biflorum (Walt.) Ell.
P. commutatum (R. & S.) Dietr.
Unifolium canadense (Desf.) Greene.
Uvularia perfoliata L.
U. sessilifolia L.
Vagnera racemosa (L.) Morong—Some of the plants unusually pubescent (!);
specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

V. stellata (L.) Morong.
TRILLIACEAE
Medeola virginiana L.

Trillium cernuum L.—Rare at Greenport.

a

SMILACEAE
Smilax glauca Walt.
S. herbacea L.
S. rotundifolia L.
AMARYLLIDACEAE
Hypoxis hirsuta (L.) Coville.
DIOSCOREACEAE

Dioscorea villosa L.—Rare on Gardiner’s Island. and at Southold in moist woods.

IRIDACEAE

Iris prismatica Pursh—Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

I. versicolor L.

Sisyrinchium angustifolium Mill.

S. atlanticum Bicknell—Orient.

S. graminoides Bicknell—Rare at Greenport in moist woods; determined at Bureau
of Plant Industry.

ORCHIDACEAE ©

Blepharigloitis blephariglottis (Willd.) Rydb.—Orient in bogs; determined at the

New York Botanical Garden.

237

B. lacera (Mx.) Farwell.

Fissipes acaulis (Ait.) Small—Rare at East Marion and Southold. (Cypripedium
acaule Ait.)

Ibidium cernuum (L.) House—Orient. (Spiranthes cernua (L.) Richard.)

I. gracile (Bigel.) House.

I. praecox (Walt.) House—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Limodorum tuberosum L.—Rare at Orient.

Peramium pubescens (Willd.) MacM.

Perularia flava (L.) Farwell—Rare at Orient; determined at New York Botanical
Garden.

Tipularia uniflora (Muhl.) BSP.—Rare at Greenport, 21 Aug. (flowers) and
30 Oct. (fruit), 1911; ‘‘a colony of about 30 plants’’; reported in N. Y. State
Mus. Bull. 157: 42. 1912. The 19 July, 1914, Mr. Latham spent fully two
hours hunting for Tipulavia before he was successful; so perfectly does the
little dark-colored stem blend with the surrounding dead laurel twigs that one
almost loses it when they remove the eye from it. The 24 Aug. 1914, it was
decided that a forest fire had destroyed the colony of 30 plants; for the corms
were exposed more than one-half out of the ground.

DICOTYLEDONES

JUGLANDACEAE

Hicoria alba (L.) Britton—Rare; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.
H. cordiformis (Wang.) Britton—(Hicoria minima (Marsh.) Britton.)
H. glabra (Mill.) Britton.
H. ovata (Mill.) Britton.

MyRICACEAE
Comptonia peregrina (I..) Coult.—East Marion.
Myrica carolinensis Mill.

SALICACEAE

Populus alba L.—Roadsides and in woods.

. candicans Ait.—Rarely escaped at Orient.

. deltoides Marsh.—Roadsides and open woods.
. heterophylla L.—Greenport in a swamp.

. grandidentata Mx.—Moist woods.

. italica Moench.—Rarely escaped at Orient.

. tremuloides Mx.

Salis alba L.

S. Bebbiana Sarg.—Wet meadows and swamps.
S. cordata Muhl.—Rare at Orient in swamps.

S. discolor Muhl.—Rare at Orient.

S. fragilis L.

S. humilis Marsh.—Dry soil.

S. interior Rowlee—Rare at Orient in wet places. (Salix longifolia Muhl.)
S. lucida Muhl.—Rare at Orient.

S. nigra Marsh.—Rare in low grounds.

S

S

he} Nie) Ie) as} Hast Py)

. purpurea L.—Escaped at Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.
. sericea Marsh.—East Marion.

238

BETULACEAE

Alnus incana (L.) Willd.—Greenport.
A. rugosa (DuRoi) Spreng.—Rare at Orient.
Betula lenta L.—Greenport.
B. populifolia Marsh.
Corylus americana Walt.—Rare at Orient.
C. rostrata Ait.—Orient.
Osirya virginiana (Mill.) Willd.
FAGACEAE
Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Borkh.

Fagus grandiflora Ehrh.—Greenport, East Marion and Southold; unknown at
Orient. (Fagus americana Sweet.)
Quercus alba L.—More common at Greenport than at Orient.

Q. bicolor Willd.—Greenport.
Q. coccinea Wang.
QO. Muhlenbergit Engelm.—Rare at Greenport.
Q. palustris DuRoi—Rare.
Q. Prinus L.—More common at Greenport than at Ol1ient.
Q. rubra L.—Rare. ‘
Q. stellata Wang.—Sandy soil.
Q. velutina Lam.

ULMACEAE
Celtis occidentalis L.

MORACEAE

Toxylon pomiferum Raf.—Escaped from cultivation.

CANNABINACEAE

Humulus Lupulus L.—Rare at Orient in open woods.

URTICACEAE

Boehmeria cylindrica (L.) Sw.
Pilea pumila (L.) A. Gray.
SANTALACEAE

Comandra umbellata (L.) Nutt.—Light sandy soil.

ARISTOLCCHIACEAE

Asarum canadense L.—Determined at New York Botanical Garden.

POLYGONACEAE

Persicaria Hydropiper (L.) Opiz—Cultivated fields and about yards. (Polygonum
Hydropiper L.)

P. hydropiperoides (Mx.) Small—About ponds and wet places.

P. lapathifolia (L.) S. F. Gray—Rare at Orient.

P. pennsylvanica (L.) Small.

P. Persicaria (L.) Small.

P. punctata (Ell.) Small—Fields, waste places and about swamps.

Polygonella articulata (L.) Meisn.—Orient.

Polygonum aviculare L.—Yards and roadsides; sometimes on sandy beaches far
from dwellings.

239

P. buxiforme Small—Beaches; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium. (Formerly
confused with Polygonum littorale Link.)

P. erectum ..—Orient in yards and on beaches.

P. maritimum L.—Beaches on Gardiner’s Island; specimens in N. Y. State Her-

barium.

P. prolificum (Small) Robins.—Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

P. tenue Mx.—Rare at Orient.

Tiniaria Convolvulus (L.) Webb & Moqg.—Plants with the achene more shining
than usual (!). (Polygonum Convolvulus L.)

T. dumetorum (L.) Opiz—Rare at Orient.

T. scandens (L.) Small.

Tovara virginiana (L.) Raf.—Gardiner’s Island and rare at Greenport. (Poly-
gonum virginianum L.)

Tracaulon arifolium (L.) Raf.—Swampy woods. (Polygonum arifolium L.)

T. sagittatum (L.) Small—Gardiner’s Island.

Rumex Acetosella L.

. Brittanica L.—Rare at Greenport in a swamp.

. crispus L.

. hastatulus Muhl.

. obtusifolius L.

. pallidus Bigel—Rare at Orient; reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 139: 209.

IQIO.
. persicarioides L.—Rare at Orient.
. verticillatus L.—Rare at Greenport.

AAA A

aw

AMARANTHACEAE

Acnida tuberculata Moq.—Rare at Greenport, margin of marshes.
Amaranthus blitoides S. Wats.—Rare at Orient in waste places.
A. graecizans L.

A. hybridus L.

A. retroflexus L.
CHENOPODIACEAE

Atriplex arenaria Nutt.—Orient on beaches and salt marshes.

A. hastata L.—Beaches and salt marshes; also Atriplex littoralis L., specimens in
N. Y. State Herbarium.

Chenopodium album L.

C. ambrosioides L.

C. glaucum L.—Orient, 10 Oct. I910,a recent introduction from New York City
in stable manure.

C. hybridum L.—Orient on sandy beaches and salt marshes.

C. leptophyllum (Moq.) Nutt.—Orient on sandy beaches.

C. urbicum L.—Orient.

Dondia maritima (L.) Druce.

Salicornia ambigua Mx.

S. Bigelovit Torr.

S. europaea L.—The Salicornias determined by Dr. C. H. Peck.

Salsola Kali L.—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

240

PHYTOLACCACEAE

Phytolacca americana ..—(Phytolacca decandra L.)

i AIZOACEAE
Mollugo verticillata L.

Sesuvium maritimum (Walt.) BSP.—Gardiner’s Island; specimens in N. Y. State

Herbarium.
PORTULACACEAE
Claytonia virginica L.—Rare at East Marion.
Portulaca oleracea L.
ALSINACEAE

Alsine graminea (L.) Britton—Rare at Orient.

A. media L.

Arenaria serpyllifolia L..—Orient.

Cerastium viscosum L.—Reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 139: 33. 1910.

C. vulgatum L. ‘

Honkenya peploides (L.) Ehrh.—Orient on beaches; specimens in N. Y. State
Herbarium. (Arenaria peploides L.)

Moehringia lateriflora (L.) Fenzl.

Sagina decumbens (Ell.) T. & G.—Rare at East Marion; reported in N. Y. State
Mus. Bull. 150: 48. tIo1r.

S. procumbens L.

Spergula arvensis L.

Tissa marina (L.) Britton—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

T. rubra (L.) Britton—Rare at Orient.

CARYOPHYLLACEAE
A grostemma Githago L.

Dianthus Armeria L.

Lychnis alba Mill.—Roadsides.

L. Coronaria (.) Desr.—Rare at Orient.

L. dioica L. —Rare at Orient.

Saponaria officinalis L.

Silene antrirhina L.

S. caroliniana Walt.—Orient and Southold in sandy soil.
S. latifolia (Mill.) Britten & Rendle—Rare.

S. noctiflora L.—Rare at Orient.

S. stellata (..) Ait.—Rare at Orient.

Vaccaria Vaccaria (L.) Britton—Rare at Orient..-

NYMPHAEACEAE
Castalia odorata (Dryand.) Woody. & Wood.

MAGNOLIACEAE

Liriodendron Tulipifera L.—Rare at Greenport.

RANUNCULACEAE
Anemone quinquefolia L.

A. virginiana L.
Aquilegia canadensis L.—Rare at Orient.

241

Caltha palustris L—Rare at Southold in wet places.

Clematis virginiana L.

Halerpestes Cymbalaria (Pursh) Greene—Waste places at Orient; determined at
Bureau of Plant Industry. (Ranunculus Cymbalaria Pursh.)

Ranunculus abortivus L.—Rare at Orient.

R. acris L.—Rare at Greenport and Southold.

R. bulbosus L.

R. delphinifolius Torr.—Rare at Orient.

R. recurvatus Poir.—Greenport; plants with a bulbous base (!).

R. sceleratus L.—Rare at Greenport and Southold in muddy places.

Thalictrum polygamum Muhl.

T. revolutum DC.—Orient. (Thalictrum purpurascens Am. auth.)

.

BERBERIDACEAE
Berberis vulgaris L.

LAURACEAE
Benzoin aestivale (L.) Nees—Greenport and Gardiner’s Island in wet woods.
Sassafras Sassafras (L.) Karst.

PAPAVERACEAE
Glaucium Glaucium (L.) Karst.—Rare at Orient; but frequent on Gardiner’s Island.
Papaver Rhoeas L.—Rare at Orient.
P. somniferum L.—Rare at Orient.

CRUCIFERAE

Alyssum alyssoides L.—Rare at Orient; determined at Bureau of Plant Industry.

Arabis glabra (L.) Bernh.—Sandy soil (purplish plants).

Armoracia Armoracia (L.) Britton—Rare at Orient. (Roripa Armoriacia (L.) A.S.
Hitchce.)

Barbarea Barbarea (L.) MacM.

B. verna (Mill.) Aschers—Rare at Orient; determined at Bureau of Plant Industry.

Berteroa incana (L.) DC.—Rare at Orient in meadows.

Brassica campestris ..—Cultivated fields.

B. juncea (L.) Cosson—Rare at Orient.

B. Napus L.

B. nigra (L.) Koch—Rare in waste ground.

Bursa Bursa-pastoris (L.) Britton.

Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hook.—Upper edge of salt marshes.

Camelina sativa (L.) Crantz—Orient in grain fields; reported in N. Y. State Mus.
Bull. 150: 24. Iotmt.

Cardamine arenicola Britton—Greenport; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

C. pennsylvanica Muhl.—Orient in muddy places.

Draba verna L.—Dry hilly shaded places.

Erysimum officinale L.—(Sisymbrium officinale (L.) Scop.)

Koniga maritima (L.) R. Br.—Rare at Orient.

Lepidium campestre (L.) R. Br.—Meadows.

L. densiflorum Schrad.—Rare at Orient. (Formerly confused with Lepidium
apetalum Willd.)

L. sativum L.—Meadows. e

242

L. virginicum L.

Norta altissima (L.) Britton—Rare at Orient in meadows. (Sisymbrium altisst-
mum LL.)

Radicula palustris (L.) Moench—(Roripa palustris (L.) Bess.)

Raphanus Raphanistrum L.

R. sativus L.—Grain fields.

Sinapis arvensis ..—(Brassica arvensis (L.) BSP.)

Sisymbrium Nasturtium-aquaticum L.—Rare at Orient. (Roripa Nasturtium (L.}

Rusby.)
Sophia Sophia (L.) Britton—Rare at Orient.

DROSERACEAE
Drosera intermedia Hayne

D. rotundifolia L.—Rare at Southold.

CRASSULACEAE
Sedum triphyllum (Haw.) S. F. Gray—Rare. (Sedum telephium Am. auth.)

SAXIFRAGACEAE

Micranthes virginiensis (Mx.) Small—Rare at Orient. (Saxifraga virginiensis Mx.)

HAMAMELIDACEAE

Hamamelis nivirgiana L.—Greenport, Southold and Gardiner’s Island in moist
woods; no Orient records.

GROSSULARIACEAE

Grossularia Cynosbati (L.) Mill.—Orient in woods. (Ribes Cynosbati L.)
G. oxyacanthoides (L.) Mill.
Ribes vulgare Lam.—Orient. (Formerly confused with Ribes rubrum L.)

PLATANACEAE

Platanus occidentalis L.
ROSACEAE

Agrimonia gryposepala Wallr.

Argentina Anserina (L.) Rydb.—Orient and Gardiner’s Island on beaches and
salt marshes.

Fragaria vesca L.—Woods.

F. virginiana Duchesne—Hills and swamps (variable).

Geum canadense Jacq.

Geum flavum (Porter) Bicknell—Greenport.

G. virginianum L.

Potentilla argentea L.—Orient.

P. canadensis L.

P. monspeliensis L.

P. pumila Poir.—Orient and East Marion.

P. simplex Mx.—Orient.

Rosa carolina L.—Sometimes the bushes are almost wholly unarmed.

R. cinnamomea L.—Rarely escaped at Orient.

R. rubiginosa L.—Sandy soil and shaded places.

R. rugosa Thunb.—Rarely escaped at Orient on sandy beaches; determined at
Bureau of Plant Industry.

243

R. virginiana Mill.—Both forms occur, Rosa humilis Marsh. and Rosa lucida Ehth.
Rubus alleghaniensis Porter.
R. hispidus L.—Sandy bogs.
R. occidentalis L.
R. phoenicolasius Maxim.—Orient, established in woods.
R. procumbens Muhl.
R. strigosus Mx.
Sanguisorba canadensis L.—Greenport in wet woods.
Spirea latifolia (Ait.) Borkh.—Wet places.
S. tomentosa L.—Orient.
MALACEAE
Amelanchier canadensis (L.) Medic.
Aronia arbutifolia (L.) Ell.—Orient.
A. atropurpurea Britton.
A. melanocarpa (Mx.) Britton.—Orient.
Crataegus chrysocarpa Ashe—Rare at Orient. (Crataegus rotundifolia (Ehrh.)
Borkh.)
C. Crus-Galli L.
C. monogyna Jacq.—Rare at Greenport. (Formerly confused with Crataegus
Oxyacantha L.)
Malus Malus (L.) Britton.
AMYGDALACEAE
Padus virginiana (L.) Mill.—(Prunus serotina Ehrh.)
Prunus americana Marsh.—Rare at Orient.
P. Avium L.—Roadsides. :
P. Cerasus L.—Wood margins.
P. domestica L.—Rare, a degenerate form.
P. maritima Wang.—Rare at Greenport; but more abundant at Orient, Southold
and Gardiner’s Island.
CAESALPINIACEAE
Chamaecrista fasciculata (Mx.) Greene.
Gleditschia triacanthos L.—Rare at Orient.

FABACEAE
Baptisia tinctoria (L.) R. Br.
Coronilla varia L.—Rare at Greenport; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.
Cracca virginiana L.—Mattituck.
Falcata comosa (L.) Ktze.—Rare at Orient in rich woods.
Glycine Apios L.—Swamps; plants sometimes with 3 leaflets. (Apios Apios (L.) -
MacM.)
Lathyrus maritimus (L.) Bigel.
Lespedeza capitata Mx.
L. frutescens (L.) Britton—Southold.
L. hirta (L.) Hornem.
L. procumbens Mx.—East Marion.
L. Stuvet Nutt.—Southold.
L. violacea (L.) Pers.—Greenport and Southold.
L. virginica (L.) Britton—Southold.
Lupinus perennis L.—Southold in sandy soil.

244

Medicago hispida Gaertn.—Rare at Greenport.

M. lupulina L.—Greenport.

M. sativa L.—Rare in meadows.

Meibomia canadensis (L.) Ktze.—Rich woods.

M. Dillenii (Darl.) Ktze.—Greenport and Southold in rich woods.

M. grandiflora (Walt.) Ktze.

M. nudiflora (L.) Ktze.—Southold.

M. viridiflora (L.) Ktze—Rare at Greenport; determined at Bureau of Plant
Industry.

Melilotus alba Desy.—Greenpott.

Phaseolus polystachyus (L.) BSP.—Orient in woods.

Robinia Pseudo-Acacia L.

R. viscosa Vent.

Strophostyles helvola (L.) Britton—Near beaches; specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium.

Trifolium agrarium L.

T. arvense L.

T. hybridum L.—Meadows.

T. incarnatum L.—Rare.

T. pratense L.

T. procumbens L.—Rare.

T. repens L.

Vicia angustifolia L.—Orient; also the var. segetalis (Thuill.) Koch; reported in
N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 150: 49. Ig1t.

V. hirsuta (L.) Koch—Rare at Orient; determined at Bureau of Plant Industry.

GERANIACEAE
Erodium cicutarium (L.) L’Her.—Mattituck.
Geranium maculatum L.
Robertiella Robertiana (L.) Hanks—(Geranium Robertianum L.)

OXALIDACEAE
Xanthoxalis Britioniae Small

X. stricta (L.) Small.
LINACEAE

Cathartolinum striatum (Walt.) Small—Brackish meadows and wet woods. (Linum
striatum Walt.)

_ C. virginianum (L.) Reichenb.

Linum usitatissimum L.—Rare in grain fields..

BALSAMINACEAE

Impatiens biflora Walt.—Greenport, Southold and Gardiner’s Island in wet places.

SIMAROUBACEAE
Ailanthus glandulosa Desf.—Rare at Greenport.

POLYGALACEAE
Polygala cruciata L.—Orient.

P. lutea L.—Rare at Greenport.

245

P. paucifolia Willd.—Orient, the station destroyed by cultivation; determined at
New York Botanical Garden.
P. polygama Walt.—Dry open woods.
P. verticillata L.—Dry hilly soil.
P. viridescens L.—Moist woods.
EUPHORBIACEAE
Acalypha gracilens A. Gray.
A. virginica L.
Chamaesyce maculata (L.) Small—Cultivated fields. (Euphorbia maculata L.)
C. polygonifolia (L.) Small.
Tithymalus Cyparissias (L.) Hill—Roadsides. (Euphorbia Cyparissias L.)
T. Lathyrus (L.) Hill—Rare at Orient in waste places; determined at Bureau of
Plant Industry.
CALLITRICHACEAE
Callitriche heterophylla Pursh—Edge of a pond in woods at Greenport; determined
at Bureau of Plant Industry.
C. palustris L.—Rare at Orient in a pond, 1908; determined at New York Botanical
Garden. Not found since and perhaps the many years of drought have killed

the roots.
ANACARDIACEAE

Rhus copallina L.
R. glabra L.
Toxicodendron radicans (L.). Ktze.—Plants may be either low or high climbing;
the leaves sometimes toothed. (Rhus radicans L.)

T. vernix (L.) Ktze.—Rare.

ILICACEAE
Ilex bronxensis Britton—Rare at Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.
I. glabra (L.) A. Gray—Rare at East Marion.
I. verticillata (L.) A. Gray.

CELASTRACEAE

Celastrus scandens L.

ACERACEAE
Acer carolinianum Walt.—Rare on Gardiner’s Island. (Acer rubrum tridens Wood.)
A. Negundo L.—Escaped at Orient.
A. rubrum L.
A. saccharinum L.

RHAMNACEAE

Ceanothus americanus L.—Rare at Southold.
Rhamnus cathartica L.—Orient.

VITACEAE
Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Planch.
Vitis aestivalis Mx.
V. bicolor LeConte.
V. Labrusca L.—Moist thickets.

TILIACEAE
Tilia americana L.
MALVACEAE
Abutilon Abutilon (L.) Rusby—Orient in cultivated fields.
Hibiscus Moscheutos L.

246

H. Trionum L.—Rare at Greenport.
Malva rotundifolia L.
HYPERICACEAE
Hypericum canadense L.—Wet meadows; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.
H. majus (A. Gray) Britton—Moist places.
A. mutilum L.—Moist places.
H. perforatum L.
H. punctatum Lam.—(Hypericum maculatum Walt.)
Sarothra gentianoides L.
Triadenum virginicum (L.) Raf.
. CISTACEAE
Crocanthemum canadense (L.) Britton—East Marion. (Helianthemum canadense
(L.) Mx.)
C. majus (L.) Britton—East Marion.
Hudsonia tomentosa Nutt.—Orient, Southold and Gardiner’s Island on sandy
beaches.
Lechea intermedia Leggett—Orient.
L. Leggettii Britt. & Holl.—Orient.
L. maritima Leggett.
L. racemulosa Lam.—Orient and Greenport; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

L. villosa Ell.— Dry woods.
VIOLACEAE
Viola cucullata Ait—Swamps.

V. fimbriatula J. E. Sm.
V. lanceolata L.
V. pallens (Banks) Brainerd.
V. papilionacea Pursh—The var. domestica Bicknell in old lawns.
V. pedata L.—East Marion and Greenport.
V. primulifolia L.—Greenpott.
CACTACEAE

Opuntia Opuntia (L.) Coult.—Rare at Orient in sandy soil.

LYTHRACEAE
Decodon verticillatus (L.) Ell.
MELASTOMACEAE «

Rhexia virginica L.—Rare at Orient.

ONAGRACEAE

Chamaenerion angustifolium (L.) Scop.—Rare at Orient.
Circaea lutetiana L.

Epilobium adenocaulon Haussk.

FE. coloratum Muhl.—Orient.

EF. lineare Muhl.—Rare at Orient.

E. palustre L.—Rare at Orient.

FE. strictum Muhl.—Rare at Orient.

Isnardia palustris L.—Wet places.

Kneifia Allent (Britton) Small—Orient.

K. fruticosa (L.) Raimann—Also the var. pilosella Britton.
K. linearis (Mx.) Spach—Orient.

K. longipedicellata Small—Orient.

247

K. pumila (L.) Spach.

Ludwigia alternifolia L—Swampy places.
Oenothera biennis L.

O. Oakesiana Robbins—Orient.

HALORAGIDACEAE

Myriophyllum humile (Raf.) Morong—Rare at East Marion.
M. pinnatum (Walt.) BSP.—Greenport in a pond; determined by P. L. Ricker.
Proserpinaca palustris L.—Orient.

ARALIACEAE
Aralia nudicaulis L.

A. racemosa L.—Rare at Greenport.

AMMIACEAE ~

Angelica atropurpurea L.—Rare at East Marion; specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium. .

Cicuta maculata L.

Daucus Carota L.

Foeniculum Foeniculum (L.) Karst.—Escaped at Orient.

Heracleum lanatum Mx.

Ligusticum scoticum L.—Orient, edge of woods bordering salt marshes; reported in
N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 139: 25. tg910.

Pastinaca sativa L.—Rare.

Ptilimnium capillaceum (Mx.) Raf.

Sanicula canadensis L.

S. marylandica L.

Sium cicutaefolium Schrank—Swampy woods.

Washingtonia Claytoni (Mx.) Britton—Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

W. longistylis (Torr.) Britton—Rare.

CORNACEAE

Cornus femina Mill.—Rare at Orient but more abundant at East Marion and
Southold. (Cornus candidissima Marsh.)

C. stolonifera Mx.—Rare at Orient, edge of a swamp.

Cynoxylon floridum (L.) Raf.—(Cornus florida L.)

Nyssa sylvatica Marsh. :
CLETHRACEAE
Clethra alnifolia L.

PYROLACEAE
Chimaphila maculata (L.) Pursh.

C. umbellata (L.) Nutt.—Rare at Orient but more common at East Marion.
Pyrola americana Sweet.
P. elliptica Nutt.

MONOTROPACEAE
Hypopitys lanuginosa (Mx.) Nutt.——In oak woods; the plants crimson.
Monoiropa uniflora L.

ERICACEAE

Azalea nudiflora L.—Rare at Greenport in swamps.
A. viscosa L.—Greenport and Orient in sandy swamps.

248

Epigaea repens L.—East Marion.

Eubotrys racemosa (L.) Nutt.—Rare at Greenport inswamps. (Leucothoé racemosa
(L.) A. Gray.)

Gaulthera procumbens L.—Rare at Southold.

Kalmia angustifolia L.—Mattituck.

K. latifolia L.—East Marion and Southold.

Uva-Ursi Uva-Ursi (L.) Britton—Orient. (Arctostaphylos Uva-Ursi (L.) Spreng.)

Xolisma ligustrina (L.) Britton.

V ACCINIACEAE

Gaylussacia baccata (Wang.) K. Koch—In woods.

Oxycoccus macrocarpus (Ait.) Pursh—Plants bearing two forms of fruit occur;
taller plants bear oblong fruit and are rarer.

Vaccinium angustifolium Ait.—(Vaccinium pennsylvanicum Lam.)

V. atrococcum (A. Gray) Heller—In swamps.

V. corymbosum L.

V. vacillans Kalm—In woods.
PRIMULACEAE
Anagallis arvensis L.

Lysimachia Nummularia L.—Rare at Orient.
L. quadrifolia L.
L. terrestris (L.) BSP.
Samolus floribundus HBK.—Orient.
Steironema ciliatum (L.) Raf—Gardiner’s Island in low woods; determined by
Norman Taylor.
Trientalis americana Pursh.
PLUMBAGINACEAE

Limonium carolinianum (Walt.) Britton.

OLEACEAE
Fraxinus americana L.—Greenport.
Ligusirum vulgare L.
Syringa vulgaris L.
GENTIANACEAE

Bartonia virginica (L.) BSP.—Rare.
Sabbatia stellaris Pursh—Orient on salt marshes; specimens in N. Y. State Her-

barium.
APOCYNACEAE
A pocynum androsaemifolium L.

A. cannabinum L.—Rare at Orient; plants with the leaves lightly pubescent
beneath.

A. medium Greene—Rare at Orient.

A. pubescens R. Br.—Rare at Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

A. sibiricum Jacq.—(A pocynum album Greene.)

Vinca minor L.—Roadsides at Greenport.

ASCLEPIADACEAE

Asclepias amplexicaulis J. E. Smith—Rare at Orient.
A. purpurascens L.—Orient.

249

A. pulchra Ehrh.—Orient in low ground.

A. syriaca 1..—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

A. tuberosa L.—Rare at East Marion, Greenport and Southold.
A. verticillata L.—Rare at Orient.

CONVOLVULACEAE
Convolvulus repens L.—Orient.
C. sepium L.—Orient; the flowers white or pinkish.
Ipomoea purpurea (L.) Lam.—Escaped.

CUSCUTACEAE

Cuscuta arvensis Beyrich—Orient and Southold.
C. compacta Juss.—Greenport on Clethra and Cephalanthus.
C. Gronovit Willd.
POLEMONIACEAE
Phlox paniculata L.—Rarely escaped at Orient.
P. subulata L.—The two stations at Orient have recently been destroyed by culti-
vation.
BORAGINACEAE
Cynoglossum officinale L.—Rare at Orient.
Myosotis arvensis (L.) Hill—Rare at Orient in cultivated grounds; determined at
Bureau of Plant Industry.
M. virginica (L.) BSP.—Rare at Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.
Onosmodium virginianum (L.) DC.—Rare at Orient on sandy beaches.

VERBENACEAE
Verbena hastata L.

V. urticifolia L.—Shaded places.
LABIATAE
A gastache nepetoides (L.) Ktze.—Gardiner’s Island in rich woods.
Clinopodium vulgare L.—Gardiner’s Island in rocky woods.
Collinsonia canadensis L.—Gardiner’s Island in rich woods.
Glecoma hederacea L.—Rare at Orient.
Hedeoma pulegioides (L.) Pers.—Rare in shaded places.
Koellia flexuosa (Walt.) MacM.—Orient.
K. mutica (Mx.) Britton—Rare at Orient.
K. virginiana (L.) MacM.—Rare at Orient.
Lamium amplexicaule L.—Orient in cultivated fields.
Leonurus Cardiaca L.—Rare.
Lycopus americanus Muhl.
L. membranaceus Bicknell.
L. sessilifolius A. Gray—Southold.
L. uniflorus Mx.
L. virginicus L.
Marrubium vulgare L.—Orient.
Melissa officinalis L.—Rare at Greenport.
Mentha gentilis L.—Rare at Orient along roads.
M. piperita L.—Rare at Orient.
M. spicata L.
Nepeta Cataria L.

250

Prunella vulgaris L.

Scutellaria galericulata L.—Swamps.

S. lateriflora L.—Orient and Greenport in low woods.

‘Teucrium canadense .—Sandy beaches and rocky woods; specimens in N. Y. State
Herbarium.

Trichostema dichotomum L.—Plants with pink flowers (!); reported in N. Y. State
Mus. Bull. 157: 43. I912.

SOLANACEAE

Datura Stramonium L.—Gardiner’s Island and elsewhere.

Lycium halimifolium Mill.—Rare.

Lycopersicon Lycopersicon (L.) Karst.—Escaped. ‘

Physalis peruviana L.—Escaped at Orient in waste places and in gardens.

Physalodes physalodes (L.) Britton—Escaped at Orient.

Solanum Dulcamara L.—Rare.

S. nigrum L.—Rare on sandy beaches.

SCROPHULARIACEAE

Agalinis maritima Raf.—Orient on salt marshes; specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium. (Gerardia maritima Raf.)
A. purpurea (L.) Britton—Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.
A. tenutfolia (Vahl) Raf.—Dry hills.
‘Chelone glabra L.—Rare at Greenport.
Dasystoma flava (L.) Wood—Greenport.
D. pedicularia (L.) Benth.—East Marion.
D. virginica (L.) Britton.
Gratiola aurea Muhl.—Rare at Orient.
Ilysanthes attenuata (Muhl.) Small—Orient.
I. dubia (L.) Barnh.—Orient.
Linaria canadensis (L.) Dum.
L. Linaria (L.) Karst.
Melampyrum lineare Lam.—The leaves are variable in outline.
Mimulus ringens L.—Greenport.
-~Pedicularis canadensis L.—Orient.
-Scrophularia leporella Bicknell—Rare at Orient.
Verbascum Blattaria L.
WV. Thapsus L.
‘Veronica arvensis L.—Orient.
W. officinalis L.—East Marion.
V. peregrina L.—Orient.
V. serpyllifolia L.
LENTIBULARIACEAE
Setiscapella cleistogama (A. Gray) Barnhart—Southold; determined at Bureau of
Plant Industry. (Utricularia cleistogama (A. Gray) Britton.)
Stomoisia cornuta (Mx.) Raf.—Southold. (Utricularia cornuta Mx.)

OROBANCHACEAE

Leptamnium virginianum (L.) Raf.—Greenport.
Thalesia uniflora (L.) Britton—Rare at Orient.

251

BIGNONIACEAE

Bignonia radicans L.—Rarely escaped at Orient. (Tecoma radicans (L.) DC.)

PHRYMACEAE

Phryma Leptostachya L.—Gardiner’s Island and Greenport in woods.

PLANTAGINACEAE
Plantago aristata Mx.

P. halophila Bicknell—Orient on salt marshes; plants earlier to flower and more
downy than Plantage major L.

P. lanceolata L.

P. major L.

P. maritima L.—Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

P. media L.

P. pusilla Pursh—Rare on dry hilltops; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.
P. Rugelit Dcene.—East Marion, shores of a pond.

P. virginica L.—East Marion in sandy soil.

RUBIACEAE
Cephalanthus occidentalis L.

Galium A parine L.—Orient in low rich shaded places.

. ciycaezans Mx.—Rich woods.

. Claytont Mx.—Low grounds.

. lanceolatum Torr.—Rare at Orient; determined at N. Y. Botanical Garden.
. palustre L.—Greenport.

. pilosum Ait.—Rare at Orient; the flowers purple.

. tinctorium L.—Greenport in swampy woods.

. triflorum Mx.—Greenport.

Mitchella repens L.—Plants sometimes having unusually large leaves.

QAAAAANA

CAPRIFOLIACEAE

Diervilla Diervilla (L.) MacM.

Lonicera japonica Thunb.—Orient and East Marion in woods.

L. sempervirens L.—East Marion.

Sambucus canadensis L.

sS. racemosa L.—Rare at Orient, the station now destroyed; determined at Bureau
of Plant Industry.

Triosteum aurantiacum Bicknell.

T. perfoliatum L.—Rare at Orient.

Viburnum acerifolium L.—More abundant at Greenport than at Orient.

V. dentatum L.—‘ ‘A form with leaves decidedly acuminate’’; reported in N. Y.
State Mus. Bull. 150: 49. Ig11.

Y. Lentago L.—Rare at Orient.

V. venosum Britton—Rare at East Marion in swamps; reported in N. Y. State
Mus. Bull. 150: 41. I9II.

VALERIANACEAE
Valeriana officinalis L._—Orient.

252

CAMPANULACEAE

Campanula rapunculoides L.—Rarely escaped at Orient.
Specularia perfoliata (L.) A. DC.—Rare in hilly woods.

LOBELIACEAE

Lobelia cardinalis L.—Rare from Greenport to Southold.
L. inflata L.
L. syphilitica L.—Rare at Orient in low ground.

CICHORIACEAE

Apargia nudicaulis (L.) Britton—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium. (Leon-
todon nudicaule (L.) Banks.)

Cichorium Intybus .—Orient.

Crepis capillaris (L.) Wallr.—Orient. (Crepis virens L.)

C. setosa Hall. f£.—Reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 150: 29. 1911.

C. tectorum L.—Rare at Orient; determined by Dr. C. H. Peck.

Hieracium aurantiacum L.—Rare at Orient.

H. Gronovii L.—Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

H. paniculatum L.—Greenport.

H. scabrum Mx.—Plants with more naked stems than usual; specimens in N. Y.
State Herbarium.

H. venosum L.

Hypochaeris radicata L.—Orient; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Krigia virginica (L.) Willd.—Orient in light soil.

Lactuca canadensis L._—Cedar woods and elsewhere; also the var. montana Britton.

L. sagittifolia Ell.—Orient.

L. spicata (Lam.) Hitche.

Lapsana communis L.—Rare at Orient; determined by P. L. Ricker.

Leontodon erythrospermum (Andrz.) Britton—Light soil and on sandy beaches at
Orient. (Taraxicum erythrospermum Andtz.)

L. Taraxicum L.

Nabalus serpentarius (Pursh) Hook.—Greenport.

N. trifoliolatus Cass.

Picris echioides L.—Reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 139: 28. Igio.

P. hieracioides L.—Rare at Orient; determined by Dr. C. H. Peck; reported in
N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 150: 37. I9II.

Sonchus arvensis L.—Rare at Orient.

S. asper (L.) Hill.—Orient.

S. oleraceus L.

AMBROSIACEAE

Ambrosia elatior L.—(Ambrosia artemisiaefolia L.)

A. trifida L.—Rare at Orient in cultivated fields.

Xanthium commune Britton—Orient on beaches.

X. spinosum L.—Rare on Gardiner’s Island.

COMPOSITAE

Achillea Millefolium L.—Also the forma rosea.
Anaphallis margaritacea (L.) Benth. & Hook.—Rare.

253

Antennaria neglecta Greene.

A. plantaginifolia (L.) Richards.

Anthemis arvensis L.—Rare at Orient in meadows and waste places.
A. Cotula L.

A. tinctoria L.—Rare at Orient in meadows; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.
Arctium minus Schkr.

Ariemisia caudata Mx.—Determined by Dr. C. H. Peck.

A. Stellariana Bess.—Orient on beaches.

Aster cordifolius L.—Greenport.

. divaricatus L.—Woods.

. dumosus L.—Orient in sandy soil.

. ericoides L.—Southold.

. laevis L.—Low woods; also the long-leaved form.

. lateriflorus (L.) Britton—Orient in woods.

. macrophyllus L._—The plants are variable.

. multifiorus Ait.

. novae-angliae L.—More common on Gardiner’s Island than at Orient.
novi-belgit L._—Low grounds.

paniculatus Lam.

patens Ait.—Dry hills.

. puniceus L.

. salicifolius Lam.—Orient in low places.

. spectabilis Ait—Orient; also a form with white flowers.

. subulatus Mx.

. tenutfolius L.

. Tradescanti L.

. undulatus L.

a el a

. vimineus Lam.

Baccharis halimifolia L.—Orient about salt marshes.

Bidens cernua L.

B. comosa (A. Gray) Wiegand—Low grounds. d

B. conhata Muhl.—Low grounds; also a form with entire leaves.

B. discoidea (T. & G.) Britton.

B. frondosa L.

B. laevis (L.) BSP.

Centaurea Cyanus L.—Rare at Orient.

C. Jacea L.—Rare at Orient in a dry pasture.

Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum L.

Chrysopsis falcata (Pursh) Ell.—Orient and Southold.

C. mariana (L.) Ell.

Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop.

C. discoloy (Muhl.) Spreng.

C. horridulum Mx.—Specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium. (Cirsium spinosissie
mum (Walt.) Scop.)

C. lanceolatum (L.) Hill—Moist places.

C. muticum Mx.—Rare at Orient.

C. odoratum (Muhl.) Britton.

Doellingeria umbellata (Mill.) Nees.

254

Erechtites hieracifolia (L.) Raf.—Two forms occur, hairy and smooth plants;
specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Erigeron annuus (L.) Pers.

E. philadelphicus L.

FE. pulchellus Mx.

E. ramosus (Walt.) BSP.

Eupatorium aromaticum L.—Southold.

E. hyssopifolium L.—Southold.

E. maculatum L.—Crient in low grounds.

E. perfoliatum L.

E. purpureum L.

EF. verbenaefolium Mx.

Euthamia graminifolia (L.) Nutt.

E. tenuifolia (Pursh) Greene—Southold.

Galinsoga parviflora Cavy.—Orient along roads; the var. hispida DC.

Gnaphalium obtusifolium L.

G. uliginosum L.

Helianthus annuus L.—Rarely escaped at Orient.

H. divaricatus L.

H. giganteus L.

Ai. strumosus L.

Ai. tuberosus L.

Lacinaria spicata (L.) Ktze.—Orient, a colony of 50 or more plants; specimens in
N. Y. State Herbarium.

Leptilon canadense (L.) Britton. :

Mariana mariana (L.) Hill—Orient in a garden; specimens in N. Y. State Her-
barium.

Onopordum Acanthium L.—More common on Gardiner’s Island than at Orient and
East Marion; specimens in N. Y. State Herbarium.

Pulchea camphorata (L.) DC.

Rudbeckia hirta L..

Senecio aureus L.—Rare at Orient.

S. vulgaris L.—Rare in cultivated fields.

Seriocarpus asteroides (L.) BSP.

Solidago altissima L.

. aspera Ait.—Reported in N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 139: 30. Ig10.

. bicolor L.

. caesia L.

. juncea Ait.—Plants variable.

. nemoralis Ait.

. odora Ait.

. rugosa Mill.—The broad-leaved form and the form with small leaves.

. sempervirens L.

. serotina Ait.—Orient in swamps.

. ulmifolia Muhl.

Tanacetum vulgare L.

Vernonia noveboracensis (L.) Willd.—Orient.

ARARHARHARHUAUHYA

255

NEWS ITEMS

Among the botanical societies that will hold meetings in
Philadelphia during the Christmas holidays are: Botanical Society
of America, Society of American Bacteriologists, American Phy-
topathological Society, American Fern Society and the Sullivant
Moss Society.

On Monday evening, December 14, at the meeting of the New
York Academy of Sciences, a symposium on Porto Rico was held
at which reports on the Academy’s exploration of that island
were heard. Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. Marshall A. Howe, and Dr.
N. Wille spoke on the botanical features. The latter left for
Porto Rico on December 19 to study the fresh-water algae.

We learn from Science that Professor J. C. Bose, of Calcutta,
known for his work in plant physiology, is in this country. He
is to be in the east until January 11, on which date he addresses
the New York Academy of Sciences, and before which time he
will speak at various universities and to scientific bodies. Dur-
ing the latter part of January he is arranging a trip to several
middle western universities. On Monday, December 7, Dr.
Bose spoke at Columbia University on ‘“‘ Physiological Response
in Mimosa.”

Dr. Hally D. M. Jolivette, formerly instructor of botany
in the State College, Pullman, Washington, has recently been
appointed a scientific assistant in the office of pathological col-
lections and inspection work, department of agriculture.

A Joint Committee on Standards for Graphic Presentation has
been formed by the appointment of members from a number
of learned societies. Botanists who have suggestions to offer
should communicate with Dr. J. Arthur Harris, Station for
Experimental Evolution, Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, N.Y.

The flora of Southhold and Gardiner’s Island which has occu-
pied most of the November and December issues of TORREYA
has been reprinted in pamphlet form. Copies may be procured
from Mr. S. H. Burnham, R. F. D. No. 2, Hudson Falls, N. Y.,
at twenty-five cents each.

INDEX*

Aase, H., 199

Abies, 61; concolor, 63, 64; lasiocarpa,
61, 63; magnifica, 63

Acarospora, 87; chlorophana, 86; dis-
creta, 86; fuscata, 85; squamulosa, 86

Acarosporaceae, 87

Acer circinatum, 61; monumentale, I41;
Negundo, 40, 42; pennsylvanicum, 61;
rubrum, 175, 178; saccharum, 57, 140,
183

Aceraceae, 245

Acetabularia caraibica, 7; crenulata, 7

Acidodontium megalocarpum, 26

Acolium, 78

Actaea rubra, 183

Actinococcus subcutaneus, 100, 101

Adams, J., 72

Addison Brown, I.

Additions to the Pleistocene Flora of the
Southern States, 159

Adiantium pedatum, 179

Agardhiella tenera, 98

Agaricaceae, 216

Ahnfeltia plicata, 99

Aizoaceae, 240

Alabama, The Aquatic Vegetation of
Squaw Shoals, Tuscaloosa County,
149

Alectoria, 140; bicolor, 80; chalybei-
formis, 80; Fremontii, 140; jubata, 79;
jubata bicolor, 80; jubata chalybei-
formis, 80; jubata implexa, 79;
ochroleuca, 80

Algal stalactites in Bermuda, 195

Alismaceae, 230

Allen,.C. F., 38

Alnus, oregana, 61; rugosa, I5I, 153

Alsinaceae, 240

Amaranthaceae, 239

Amaryllidaceae, 236

Ambrosia, 12-15; artemisifolia, 192

Ambrosiaceae, 252

American Botanical Exchange Bureau,
Sir

American Breeder’s Magazine, The, 10

American Genetic Association, II

American Museum of Natural History,
Meetings held at, 16, 49, 69, 120,
I30, 163, 164

American Phytopathological Society,
38
Ames, O., 18

Ammiaceae, 247

Amyegdalaceae, 243

Anacardiaceae, 245

Anaptychia comosa, 82

Anderson, F., 199

Andropogon scoparius, 171, 172, 186—
188

Androsace Chamaejasme arctica, 66

Angiospermae, 230

Antennaria plantaginifolia, 173

Anzia colpodes, 84

Apocynaceae, 248

Aquatic Vegetation of Squaw Shoals,
Tuscaloosa County, Alabama, The,
149

Aquilegia canadensis, 171

Araceae, 235

Araliaceae, 247

Arisaema triphyllum, 179

Aristida, 58; dichotoma, 171

Aristolochiaceae, 238

Artemisia candata, 189; tridentata, 60

Arthonia astroidea, 92; glaucescens, 92;
glebosa, 92; lecidella, 92; punctifor—
mis, 92; radiata, 92; spectabilis, 92

Arthoniaceae, 92

Arthothelium spectabile, 92

Arthrostylidium sarmentosum, 19

Arthur, J. C., 38

Arundinaria macrosperma, I61

Arzberger, E. G., 12, 17

Asarum canadense, 183

Asclepiadaceae, 248

Asclepias syriaca, 186, 188; verticillata,
189

Ascomycetes, 207

Ascophyllum, 99

Aspidium marginale, 177; novebora-
cense, 179; spinulosum, 179

Astragalus, 65; alpinus, 65

Aster acuminatus, 45; divaricatus, 177,
179; linariifolius, 173, 189; patens, 173

Atriplex, 60

Bacidia atrasanguineo, 90; chlorantha,.
89; chlorasticta, 89; fuscorubella, 90,

* New names and final members of new combinations in bold face type. Im
the Flora of Southold and Gardiner’s Island, occupying most of the November
and December issues, only family names are indexed.—ED.

256

257

91; inundata, 90; rubella, 90; mus-
corum, 89; Schweinitzii, 90; umbrina,
90

Baeomyces aeruginosus, 81, 85; bys-
soides, 81; icmadophilus, 81, 85;
roseus, 81

Bailey, W. W., 51

Balsaminaceae, 244

Baptisia tinctoria, 188

Barbour, W. C., 135

Barnhart, J. H., 20, 70, 131

Basidiomycetes, 211

Batsodendron arboreum, 153

Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Hymeno-
mycetes, II. (Review), 33

Benedict, R. C., 134

Berberidaceae, 241

Bergson and the biometrical method, 68

Berry, W. E., 200; Additions to the
Pleistocene Flora of the Southern
States, 159; Two new Tertiary Species
of Trapa, 105

Bessey, C. E., 72

Betulaceae, 238

Betula alba papyrifera, 194; lutea, 61,
183, 184; nigra, I51I, 162; populifolia,
181, 189, 190

Biatora anthrocophila, 89; campestris,
89; chlorantha, 89; chlorosticta, 89;
cuprea, 89; cupreo-rosella, 89; de-
colorans, 91; denigrata, 91; exigua,
89; fossarum, 90; fusco-rubella, 91;
geophana, 89; granulosa, 89; hyp-
nophila, 89; icteria, 89; inundata, 90;
mixta, 90; nigra, 91; parvifolia, 90;
Resinae, 90; rubella, 90; rufo-nigra,
‘90; russula, 90; Russellii, 90; sangui-
neo-atra, 90; Schweinitzii, 90; suffusa,
90; uliginosa, 90; tricolor, 91; umbrina,
90; varians, 90; vernalis, 90; virides-
cens, 90

Biatorella, 74, 87; campestris 89; fos-
sarum, 90; resinae, 90; simplex, 86

Biatorina lutea, 89; mixta, 90; russula,
90; synothea, 91

Bignoniaceae, 251

Bilimbia cupria, 89; hypnophila, 89

Bisby, G. R., 96, 199

Blackman, V. H. and Paine, G. S. A
Recording Transpirometer. (Re-
view), 128

Blakeslee, A. F., 135; A Possible Habit
Mutant of the Sugar Maple (Acer
Saccharum), 140

Blastema ferrugineum, 83; ferrugineum
nigrescens, 83; rupestris, 83

Boodlea, 6

Bornetiana, 5

Boraginaceae, 249

Bose jC. 255

Botanic Garden of Grinnel College, 148

Botanical Magazine, 9

Botrychium virginianum, 179

Bouteloua, 58

Boysia, 137

Brachyelytrum erectum, 179

Brackett, M., 69

Bragg, L., 70

Brannon, M. A., 95

Breweria humistrata, 153

Britton, E. G., 17, 50, 72, 134; Mosses
of the Virgin Islands and Central
America, 17

Britton, E. G., and Williams,
Central American Mosses, 24

Britton, N. L., 15, 50, 69, 112, 113, 148,
‘164, 255; On Erigeron pusillus Nutt.,
197; Selden’s Everyman’s Garden
Every Week (Review), 128

Britton, R. H., 148

Broadhurst, 20, 69, 70, 72, 135; Bergson
and the biometrical method, 68;
Winter Changes in Weeping Willow,
31

Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 227

Brown, S., I13

Bryobesia, 7

Buchloe, 58

Buellia dialyta, 83; Elizae, 83; lactea,
83; myriocarpa, 83; parasema, 83;
petraea, 83, 169; petraea Montagnei,
83; pullata, 83; Schraerei, 83; spuria,
83; stellulata, 83; vernicorna, 83

Buelliaceae, 83

Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club,
41

Burgess, E., 69

Burlingham, G. S., 134

Burnham, S. H., and Latham, R. A.
The Flora of the town of Southold,
Long Island and Gardiner’s Island,
201, 229

R. S.

Cactaceae, 246

Caesalpiniaceae, 243

Caldwell, J. S., 199

Caliciaceae, 93

Calicium, 78; byssacaum, 93; Curtisii,
94; curtum, 94; fuscipes, 94; phaeo-

. cephalum, 94; parieturnum, 94; ros-
cidum, 94; roscidum roscidilum, 94;
subtile, 94; tigillare, 93; tubaeforme,
94

Callicostella Oerstediana, 29; pallida, 29

Callithamnion Baileyi, 99

Callitrichaceae, 245

Calman, A., 69

Caloplaca aurantiaca, 83; aurantiaca
erytheilum, 84; cinnabarina, 84

Caloplacaceae, 83

258

Campanula dubia, 46; petiolata, 46;
rotundifolia, 46, 171

Campanula rotundifolia, Some corolla
forms of, 46

Campanulaceae, 252

Campylopus filifolius, 24;
gaster, 24

Candelaria concolor, 85

Candelariella vitellinum, 85

Cannabinaceae, 238

Caprifoliaceae, 251

Carex, 125; arkansana, 125; conjuncta,
126; cryptolepis, 157; flava, 155, 156;
flava androgyna, 156; flava elatior,
I56, 157; flava graminis, 156, 157;
flava lepidocarpa, 156; flava recti-
rostra, 156, 157; lepidocarpa, 155-
I57; lepidocarpa laxior; Oklahomen-
sis, 126; Muhlenbergii, 189; penn-
sylvanica, 173; stipata, 125, 126;
virescens, 177; vulpina, 125

Carpinus caroliniana, 178

Carya alba, 175; glabra, 174, 175; ovata,
175

Caryophyllaceae, 240

Cassiatae, III

Cassiope tetragona, 65

Castanea, 176, 178

Caulerpa, 7, 8

Caulophyllum thalictroides, 183

Ceanothus americanus, 173, 191

Celastraceae, 245

Celastrus scandens, 183

Centaurea, 160

Central American Mosses, 24

Cephalanthus occidentalis, 151

Ceramium rubrum, 98, 101

Cerastium arvense, 173

Ceratodon purpureus, 170, 171

Cetraria aleurites, 85; aurescens, 84;
ciliaris, 84; Fahlunensis, 84; Fendleri,
84; glauca 84; Islandica, 84; juniper-
ina, 84; juniperina Pinastri, 84; lacu-
nosa, 84; Oakesiana, 84; placorodia,
85

Chaenotheca, 93; phaeocephala, 94

Chaetochloa sp., 160

Chaetomorpha, 99; Linum, 99

Chairmen of Special Committees on
Local Flora, Torrey Botanical Club,
134

Chamberlain, }., death of, 132

Chamaesyce, 227

Chamaecyparis nootkatensis, 61; thy-
oides, 56

Champia, 99; parvula, 100

Characeae, 225

Chase, A., 19

Chenactis Nevii, 19

Chenopodiaceae, 239

subleuco-

Chimaphila umbellata, 61, 177

Chondrophora virgata, 154

Chondrus crispus, 98, 100

Cichoriaceae, 252

Chrysanthemum integrifolium, 66

Cistaceae, 246

Cladonia alpestris, 80; alpicola Karelica,
81; bellidiflora, 80; Botryella, 81;
caespiticia, 81; cariosa, 81; coccifera,
80; cornucopioides, 80; cornuta, 81;
crispata, 81; cristatella, 80; cristatella
ochrocarpia, 80; decortica, 81; delica,
81; degenerans, 81; fimbriata ad-
spersa, 80; fimbriata tubaeformis, 81;
fimbriata simplex, 81; furcata, 80;
170; furcata crispata, 81; furcata
racemosa, 80; furcata subulata, 80;
gracilis elongata, 81; graciles hybrida,
81; graciles symphiacarpa, 81; graciles
verticillata, 81; lepidata, 80; maci-
lenta, 80; mitrula, 81; palamaea, 80;
papillaria, 80, 188; pyxidata, 81, 170;
pyxidata symphicarpia, 81; rangi-
ferina, 170; rangiferina alpestris, 80;
rangiferina sylvatica, 80; sylvatica,
80, 170, 188; squamosa, 81; squamosa
delicata, 81; subcariosa, 81; turgida,
81; uncialis, 80, 170; uncialis adunca,
80; verticillata, 81

Cladoniaceae, 80

Cladoniei, 80

Cladophora, 6

Cladophoris, 6

Clapp, G. L., 199

Clad 3D» 20570)

Classification of Botanical Science in
Two Dimensions, A, 144

Clavariaceae, 214

Clerodendrum indicum, 23; infortunata,
23; Siphonanthus, 23; spinosum, 23

Clethraceae, 247

Clintonia, 61

Cochlearia groenlandica, 66

Cockerell, T. D. A., Two New Plants
from the Tertiary Rocks of the West,
135 :

Coleosporiaceae, 211

Coleogyne ramosissima, 64

Collema cyrtaspis, 92; floccidum, 92;
furvum, 92; leptaleum, 92; micro-
phyllum, 92; myricoccum, 92; molyb-
dium, 87; molybdium cronia, 88;
nigrescens, 92; nigrescens leucopepla,
92; plicata, 93; pulposum, 92; pyc-
nocarpum, 92; ryssoleum, 92; tenax,
92; verruciforme, 92; vespertilio, 92

Collemaceae, 92

Collinsonia canadensis, 179

Comandra umbellata, 173

Commelinaceae, 235

Compositae, 252

Coniferous Forests of Eastern North
America, 70

Coniocarpineae, 93

Connecticut, The Vegetation of, 167

Conotrema urceolatum, 91

Convallariaceae, 236

Convolvulaceae, 249

Cook, M. T., 50, 135; Les Zoocécidies
des Plantes d’Europe et du Bassin de
la Méditerranée (Review), 32

Copake Falls, N. Y., 1913 Notes on the
Flora of, 42

Coprinus nychtemerus, 34

Corallina officinalis, 101

Corallorrhiza maculata, 179

Corema Conradii, 56

Cornaceae, 247

Cornus canadensis, 61; circinata, 183;
florida, 61, 176, 179; Nuttallii, 61

Corydalis sempervirens, 171

Corylus americana, 177, I91

Cowell, J. F., 50

Crassulaceae, 242

Crataegus, 37

Crootheca Richteriana, 196

Crouch, G. S., 38

Cruciferae, 241

Cryphiacanthus angustifolius, 21

Cucurbita Pepo, 34

Cupressus macrocarpa, 63

Current Literature and Notes, 32

Cuscutaceae, 249

Cyclocarpineae, 78

Cyperaceae, 233

Cyperus filiculmis macilentus, 189

Cyphelium tigillare, 93

Cypripedium acaule, 43, 177; passeri-
num, 65; parviflorum pubescens, 43

Cypselea, 68

Cystoclonium purpurascens, 98, 99

Dacryomycetaceae, 213

Danthonia spicata, 171

Dasya elegans, 5; pedicillata, 5

Davis, J. J., Occurrence of Indian Pipe,
162

Delesseria sinuosa, 100

De Merritt, M., 199

Dentriscocaulon bolacinum, 93

Dermatocarpaceae, 94

Dermatocarpon arboreus, 94; fluviatile,
94; hepaticum, 94; miniatum, 95;
170; miniatum complicatum, 95;
rufescens, 95

Dermatolithon pustulatum, 100

Desmarestia aculeata, 98, 99; viridis,
I00

Desmodium canadense, 189; sp., 177

Dianthera, 150; americana, I51I, 154

9

oa

59

Dicentra cucullaria, 183
Dichodium byssinum, 88
Dicotyledones, 237
Dicranum scoparium, 171

-Dictyosphaeria, 6

Diels, L., 53

Dinkelspiel, Mrs. H., 69

Dioscoreaceae, 236

Diplochistes scruposus, 91

Diptochistaceae, 91

Dodses BO.) 120, 70; 1307) 134th 5
Proceedings of the Club, 11, 17, 70,
130, 131, 163-165

Draba glacialis, 66; hirta, 65

Droseraceae, 242

Dryas integrifolia, 66

Eakins, Mrs. P., 69

East, E., 53

Echinopanax horridum, 61

Ectropothecium apiculatum, 30; globi-
theca, 30; pseudo-rutilans, 30

Edible Fungi, 163

Egglestch, W. W., 113

Eleocharis mutata, I51I, 153

Endocarpon arboreum, 94; hepaticum,
95; miniatum, 95; miniatum aqua-
tium, 95; miniatum complicatum, 95;
rufescens, 95

Endothia gyrosa parasitica, 180

Engler, A., 95

Entodon stenocarpus, 26

Ephebaceae, 93

Ephebe lanata, 93; pubescens, 93

Ephedra, 64

Epifagus virginiana, 179

Epigaea repens, 177

Epilithon membranaceum, ror

Epilobium angustifolium, 181

Epipactis pubescens, 179

Equisetaceae, 230

Eragrostis pectinacea, 189

Erechtites hieracifolia, 181

Ericaceae, 247

Eriocaulaceae, 235

Erigeron canadensis, 181, 189, 197, 198;
pusillus, 197

Esther Herman Fund, 70

Euhomalia, 28

Eumycetes, 206

Euphorbia campestris, 137

Euphorbiaceae, 245

Euphyceae, 204

Euthallophyta, 204

Evans, A. W., 20, 70, 134

Evening Post, 20, 51, 53, 199

Evernia furfuracea, 79; furfuracea
Cladonia, 79; prunastri, 79; meso-
morpha, 140

Exobasidiaceae, 213

260

Fabaceae, 243

Fabatae, III

Fabronia flavinervis, 27; polycarpa, 27

Fagaceae, 238

Fagus americana, 162; grandifolia, 57,
178

Fisher, G. C., 17, 51

Flora of the Town of Southold, Long
Island and Gardiner’s Island, The,

201, 229

Fragaria virginiana, 189

Franseria, 13-15; acanthicarpa, 13;
Bryanti, I4; eriocentra, 14; tenui-
folia, 13

Fraxinus americana, 178; caroliniana,
153

Fromme, F. D., 38
Fulton, H. R., 38

Funaria hygrometrica, 192
Fungi, 206

Gaertneria, 13, 14

Gager, C. S., Gibson’s Supplement to
Jost’s Plant Physiology (Review), 109

Garden and Forest, 72 °

Gardener’s Chronicle, 9

Gasteromycetes, 218

Gastrodonta, 137

Gates, R. R., 199

Gaultheria procumbens, 177; Shallon, 61

Gaylussacia baccata, 173, 177

Geaster, 104

_Gentiana Andrewsii, 108; asclepiadea,
108; quinquefolia, 43, 44, 108

Gentianaceae, 248

Geocarpon, 67; minimum, 67

Geraniaceae, 244

Geranium maculatum,
anum, 183

Gerard, W. R., death of, 71

Gerardia flava, 177

Gibson’s Supplement to Jost’s Plant
Physiology (Review), 109

Gleason, H. A., 113

Gleocapsa aeruginosa, 196; gelatinosa,
196; quarternata, 196; violacea, 196

Gleotheca linearis, 196

Goldfussia glomerata, 35

Gortner, R. A., 131

Gow, J. E., death of, 199

Gramineae, 231

Graphidaceae, 91

Graphis, 78; dendritica, 91; elegans, 91;
erumpens, 9I; scripta, 91; scripta
assimilis, 91; scripta graciliens, 91;
scripta recta, 91; sculpturata, 91

Graves, A. H., 227

Griffithsia, 5

Grimmia Olneyi, 170

Grossulariaceae, 242

177; Roberti-

Gundersen, A. L., 199

Gymnocarpales, 78

Gymnocarpi, 78 .

Gymnogongrus Torreyi, 99

Gymnospermae, 230

Gyrophora Dilleni, 88; ee
88; vellea, 88

Gute emcee 88

Gyrostomum urceolatum, 91

Habenaria hyperborea, 45

Halimeda, 6

Halothrix lumbricalis, 100

Haloragidaceae, 247

Hamamelidaceae, 242

Hamamelis virginiana, 179

Harper, R. A.,/17, £8, 20; 60; 70mazoy
134, 148; Proposed Work on the Cryp-
togamic Flora of the Region About
New York, 133; Spore Formation in
the Slime Moulds, 17

Harper, R. M., 16, 70, 148; The Aquatic
Vegetation of Squaw Shoals, Tusca-
loosa County, Alabama, 149; A Clas-
sification of Botanical Science in Two
Dimensions, 144

Harperella fluviatilis, 151-154

Harper’s Report on Forests of Alabama
(Review), 47

Harpophyllum aureum, 29

Harris, J. A., 20, 70, 131, 255.

Harrison, R. G., 96

Harshberger, J. W., 132; Algal Stalac-
tites in Bermuda, 195

Haynes, C. C., 130

Hazen, T. E., 134

Hedwigia ciliata, 170

Hedysarum Mackenzii, 65

Helianthemum majus, 188

Helianthus divaricatus, 173, 174

Helicophyllum torquatum, 29

Hemiambrosia, 14,

Hemixanthidium, 14

Henry, J. K., A New Form of Pyrola
bracteata, 32; Two British Columbian

- Notes, 45

Hepatica triloba, 177

Hepaticae, 223

Heppia Despreauxii, 93; virescens, 93

Heppiaceae, 93

Herpyzonema, 7

Hess, G. W., 20
Heterothecium pezizoideum, 91; vul-
pinum, 91

Hicoria aquatica, 161, 162; sp., 57

Hieracium, 37; venosum, 177

Hill, E. J., Whorled leaves in Gentiana,
108

Hollick, A., 19, 148

Holmes, W., 69

9)

° a

Holtze, N., 38

Homalia, 28, 29; glabella, 29; lentula,
28; membranacea, 28

Hookeria membranacea, 28

House, H. D., Violets New to South-
western Virginia, 2

Howe, M. A., 18, 20, 70, 131, 134, 165,
255; Some Midwinter Algae of Long
Island Sound, 97; Two Recent Works
on the Marine Algae (Review), 4

Howe, R. H., Jr., Some Comparisons of
the Lichen Floras of Eurasia and
North America, 138

Hull, E. D., 131; Occurrence of the
Indian Pipe (Monotropa uniflora) in
a Xerophytic Habitat, 1o1

Humphreys, E. W., Some Fossil Leaves
and their Significance, 39

Hydnaceae, 214

Hydotheria venosa, 88

Hymenocallis coronaria, I5I, 153}; oc-
cidentalis, 152

Hymenoclea, 15

Hymenostomum Breutelii, 18

Hyophila, 18; reflexifolia, 25

Hypericaceae, 246

Hypericum galioides, 151; gentianoides,
188; perforatum, 45; punctatum, 45

Hypopterygium Tamarisci, 29

Hypomycetes, 209

Icmadophila ericetorum, 81, 85

Ilea, 7

Ilicaceae, 245

Index Filicum, 37

Index Kewensis, 37

Influence of Calcium, Magnesium and
Potassium Nitrates upon the Toxicity
of Certain Heavy Metals toward
Fungus Spores (Review), 33

Influence of Preceding Seasons on the
Growths of Yellow Pine, The, 115

Insect Galls, 203

International Phytogeographical Ex-
cursion in America, The, 55

International Phytogeographical
cursion of 1913, The, 129

Iridaceae, 236

Iris versicolor, 43

Isodrepanium, 18, 27, 28; lentulum, 27,
28

Isopterygium miradoricum, 30; pusil-
lum, 30; trichopelma, 30

Itea virginica, 151

Ex-

Jolivette, H. D. M., 255
Journal of Heredity, The, 11
Juglandaceae, 237

Juglans cinerea, 184
Juncaceae, 235

61

Juniperus communis, 189, 193; mono-
sperma, 64; scopulorum, 58; virgini-
ana, 173, 193

Kaliella turbinata, 197

Kalmia angustifolia, 189; latifolia, 153,
177, 179

Keeler, Mrs. L. M., 69

Kennedy, P. B., 19

Kern, F. D., 38

Kew Bulletin, 38, 112

King, C. A., 135

Kirkwood, J. E., The Influence of Pre-
ceding Seasons on the Growth of
Yellow Pine, 115

Kochia, 60

Krigia virginica, 43, 171

Kunkel, L. O., 16; The Influence of
Calcium, Magnesium and Potassium
Nitrates upon the Toxicity of certain
Heavy Metals toward Fungus Spores
(Review), 33

Labiatae, 249

Labiduromma bormansi, 135

Laminaria, 99; Agardhii, 98; digitata, 98

Larix laricina, 57

Latham, M. E., 135

Latham, R. A., & Burnham, S. H., The
Flora of the Town of Southold, Long
Island and Gardiner’s Island, 201, 229

Lauraceae, 241

Lawrence, J. V., 131

Lecanora, 87; atra, 86; allophana, 86;
athroocarpa, 86; albella cancriformis,
86; Bockii, 86; cervina, 86; cervina
discreta, 86; cinerea, 86, 169; Cu-
pressi, 86; fuscata, 85; gibbosa, 86;
Hageni, 86; lacustris, 86; muralis, 86;
orosthea, 86; pallescens, 86; pallida,
86; pallida cancriformis, 86; privigna,
86; rubina, 86; subfusca, 86; subfusca
distans, 86; symmicta, 86; tartarea,
86; varia, 86; varia saepincola, 86;
Willeyi, 86; xanthophana, 86

Lecanoraceae, 85

Lechea tenuifolia, 171

Lecidia alba, 89; albocoerulescens, 89;
anthracophila, 89; athroocarpa, 86;
contigua, 88; cuprea, 89; deco’orans,
91; elaeochroma, 89; enteroleuca, 88;
granosa, 88; granulosa, 89; lutea, 89;
muscorum, 89; parasema, 83; para-
sema elaeochroma, 89; parvifolia, 90;
rufo-nigra, 90; spilota, 89; tessellata,
89; tessellina, 88; uliginosa, 90; va-
rians, 90; vernalis, 90; viridescens, 90

Lecidiaceae, 88

Ledum decumbens, 66

Lemnaceae, 235

262 -

Lentibulariaceae, 250
Lepidopilum, 27, 28: membranaceum, 28
Lepthorapsis derinidis, 94
Leptilon canadense, 199; pusillum, 198
Leptogium bolacinum, 93; chloromelum,
. 93; dactyinum, 093; lacerum, 93;
microphyllum, 92; myccochorum sa-
turinum, 93; palmatum, 93; plicatile,
93; pulchellum, 93; saturinum, 93;
scotinum, 93; tenuissimum, 93; tre-
melloides, 93
Leskea microcarpa, 3!
Lespedeza capitata, 173, 188; Nuttallii,
173
Les Zoocécidies des plants d’Europe et
du Bassin de la Méditerranée (Re-
view), 32
Letharia, 139; columbiana, 139; tham-
nodes, 79, 140; vulpina, 139; vulpina
californica, 139
Leucobryum antillarum, 25; glaucum,
yl, 17/2
Levine, M., 135; Beitrage zur Kenntnis
der Hymenomyceten, II (Review),
33; Proceedings of the Club, 17, 40,
69, 120, 130, 163
Liatris scariosa, 173
Libocedrus decurrens, 63
Lichens, 219
Lichina.confinis, 93
Lichinaceae, 93
Liliaceae, 236
Linaceae, 244
Linnaea borealis, 61
Liquidambar styraciflua, 151
Liriodendron Tulipifera, 178
List of Plants Collected on the Stefan-
son-Anderson Arctic Exploration,
I9Q08-12, 65
WLobaria, 87; amplissima, 87; pulmon-
aria, 87; quercizans, 87
-Lobeliaceae, 252
-Long Island Historical Society, 227
-Long Island Sound, Some Midwinter
Algae of, 97
iLopadium pezizoideum, 91; vulpinum,
QI
‘Louisiana, Two Additions to the Flora
of, 21
Lupinus arcticus, 65, 66; perennis, 43,
102, 189
Lutz, F. E., 50
Lycoperdon, 104
Lycopodiaceae, 230
Lycopodium lucidulum, 61, 179
Lysimachia quadrifolia, 177, 189
iLythraceae, 246

Macbride, T. H., 132
Mackenzie, K. K., A New Genus from

Missouri, 67; A New Northeastern
Sedge, 155; A New Southwestern
Sedge, 125

Macmillan, H. F., 38

Macromitrium, 18; palmense, 25; sub-

cirrhosum, 25, 26; Tonduzii, 25

Magazine San Diego, 132

Magnoliaceae, 240

Maianthemum, 61; canadense, 177

Mairania alpina, 66

Malaceae, 243

Malvaceae, 245

Mansfield, W., 18, 20, 69, 70

Maronea constans, 83

Marquette, W. G., Blackman, V. H. &
Paine, S. G. A Recording Trans-
spirometer (Review), 128; Ueber den
Einfluss des Tabakrauches auf der
Pflanze (Review), 34; Wager, H.
The Action of Light on Chlorophyll
(Review), 111; Warner, C. H. For-
maldehyde as an Oxidation Product
of Chlorophyll Extracts (Review), I1I

McDermott, F. A., Tri- and Tetra-

carpellary Walnuts, 127

Medeola virginiana, 179

Melampsoraceae, 211

Melampyrum lineare, 177

Melanconiales, 209

Melanthaceae, 236

Melastomaceae, 246

Melobesia Lejolisii, 100

Mendelian Society of Vienna, 53

Menyanthes trifoliata, 43

Mesospora, 8

Metcalf, H., 38

Microcystis flos-aqua; 196

Microdictyon, 6

Milanotheca cruenta, 94

Minns, S., 131

Missouri Botanical Garden, 165

Missouri, A New Genus from, 67

Mitchella repens, 177

Mittenothamnium Langsdorfi, 30; me-.
gapalmatum, 30; nicaraguense, 30;
reptans, 30; Salleanum, 30; sub-
striatum, 30

Mnium Nevii, 19 ©

Monascus, 47

Monocotyledones, 230

Monotropa uniflora, 101, 179

Monotripliceae, 247

Moraceae, 238

Mosses of the Virgin Islands and Central
America, 17

Murrill, W. A., 17, 18, 134, 163

Musci, 223

Mycologia, 164

Mycoporaceae, 94

Mycoporum pycnocarpum, 94.

263

Myricaceae, 237

Myrica asplenifolia, 173, 181, 188, 191;
carolinensis, 188, 189

Myxomycetes, 204

Myxothallophyta, 204

Naturalists’ Directory, 200

Nature, 38

Nature and Inheritance of Fasciation,

, 1 :

Neckera, 28; Ehrenbergii, 26; falcifolia,
28; lentula, 28

Negundo, 41; triloba, 40, 42

Nephroma Helveticum, 87; laevigatum,
87; tomentosum, 87

Nephromopsis ciliaris, 84

Nevius, R. D., death of, 19

Nevinsia alabamensis, 19

New Form of Pyrola bracteata, A, 32

New Genus from Missouri, A, 67

New Northeastern Sedge, A, 155

New Southwestern Sedge, A, 125

News Items, 18, 37, 50, 71, 95, 112, 131,
148, 165, 190, 227

New York Botanical Garden, I12;
Meetings at, 11, 17, 70, 130, 163, 164

Nichols, G. E., 129; The International
Phytogeographic Excursion in Ameri-
ca, 55; The Vegetation of Connecticut
—III, 167

Nineteen thirteen (1913) Notes on the
Flora of Copake Falls, N. Y., 42

Nymphaeaceae, 240

Notes on the Local Flora, 131

Occurrence of Indian Pipe, 162

Occurrence of the Indian Pipe (Mono-
tropa uniflora) in a Xerophytic Habi-
tat, IO

Observations on Sphaerosoma and allied
Genera, 164

Ochrolechia pallescens, 86; tartarea, 86

Oenothera biennis, 188

Oleaceae, 248

Olive, E. W., 135; Steven’s Fungi which
Cause Plant Diseases (Review). 46

On Erigeron pusillus Nutt., 197

Onagraceae, 246

Opegrapha rimalis, 92; varia, 92; viridis,
92; vulgata, 92

Ophioglossaceae, 229

Opuntia Rafinesquii, 102; vulgaris, 171

Orchidaceae, 236

Oreohelix, 137

Orobanchaceae, 250

Orthostichidium pentagonum, 26

Origin and Development of Lamellae in
Coprinus micaceus, The, 165

Osmunda regalis, 151

Osmundaceae, 229

Ostrya virginiana, 176, 179
Ovieda mitis, 22; spinosa, 23
Oxalidaceae, 244

Oxalis, 61

Oxyria digyna, 66

Pachynae, 139

Paleobotanischen Zentralblatt, 200

Panicum dichotomum, 177; depauper-
atum, 189; virgatum, 150, I5I, 154

Pannaria byssina, 88; languinosa, 88;
leucosticta, 88; lurida, 88; micro-
phylla, 88; molybdaea, 87; molyb-
daea cronia, 88; nigra, 88; rubiginosa,
88; tryptophylla, 87

Pannariaceae, 87

Papaver radicatum, 66

Papaveraceae, 241

Papillaria nigrescens, 26

Parmelia Aleurites, 85;
Borreri rudecta, 85; caesia, 84;
caperata, 85, 170; centrifuga, 85;
cetrata, 84; conspersa, 85, 170, 172;
crinita, 84; furfuracea, 79; furfuracea
Cladonia, 79; laevigata, 84; olivacea,
85; olivaria, 85; perforata, 85; perlata,
85; pertusa, 84; physodes, 85; saxi-
talis, 85; saxitalis sulcata, 85; tiliacea,
85

Parmeliaceae, 84

Parmeliella tryptophylla, 87

Parmeliopsis aleurites, 85; ambigua, 85;
placorodia, 85

Parsons, T. H., 38

Peach Yellows and Methods of their
Control, 50

Pedicularis arctica, 66; canadensis, 177;
lanata, 66

Peltigera apthosa, 87; canina, 87;
canina spuria, 87; horizontalis, 87;
polydactyla, 87; rufescens, 87; spuria,
87; venosa, 87

Peltigeraceae, 87

Persia pubescens, 161

Pertusaria communis, 87; globularis, 86;
glomerata, 87; leioplaca, 87; multi-
puncta, 86; pustulata, 87; velata, 87;
Wulfenii, 87 i

Pertusariaceae, 87

Petalonia, 8

Phaeographis dendritica, 91

Phascum, 18

Phegopteris polypodioides, 179

Phellorina, 17

Philonotis sphaerocarpa, 26; uncinata
gracilenta, 26

Phlox pilosa, 102; Richardsonii, 66

Phormidium laminosum, 196

Phrymaceae, 251

Phycomycetes, 206

Borreri, 85;

264

Phyllitis, 5, 7, 8

Phyllogonium fulgens gracile, 26; vis-
cosum, 26

Phyllophora membranifolia, 100; Bro-
diaei, 100, 101

Physcia adglutinata, 82; aquila, 82;
aquila detonsa, 82; detonsa, 82;
caesia, 84; hispida, 82; hypoleuca, 82;
obscura, 82; obscura endochrysea. 82;
obscura endococcina, 82; pulveru-
lenta, 82; speciosa, 82; speciosa galac-
tophylla, 82; stellaris, 82; tenella, 82;
tribacea, 82, 169

Physiaceae, 82

Physcomitrium turbinatum, 192

Physma lurida, 88

Phytolacca decandra, 151, 181

Phytolaccaceae, 240

Picea Engelmanni, 59

Pickett, F. L., 60

Pilotrichum bipinnatum, 27

Pinaceae, 230

Pinus, 160; aristata, 60; edulis, 58, 64;
flexilis, 59; Lambertiana, 62, 63;
Murrayana, 63; ponderosa, 62-64,
I16-119; ponderosa scopulorum, 58,
59; rigida, 56, 189; Sabiniana, 63;
Strobus, 175, 194

Pisum, 34

Placodium aurantiacum, 83; auran-
tiacum erythellum, 84; cerinum, 83;
cinnabarinum, 84; ferrugineum, 83;
rupestre, 83; vitellinum, 85

Placythium nigrum, 88

Placyrthium, 88

Plant Breeding in Scandinavia (Re-
view), 35

Plant Societies on Uplands, 167

Plantae Wilsonianae, 9

Plantaginaceae, 251

Platanaceae, 242

Platanus occidentalis, 151, 161

Platysma aurescens, 84; Fendleri, 84;
glaucum, 84; Islandica, 84; juniperina,
84; juniperina Pinastri, 84; lacunosa
Atlanticum, 84; lepatizon, 84; Oakesi-
anum, 84

Plumbaginaceae, 248

Pneumaria maritima, 66

Poa compressa, 171, 172, 189; pratensis,
173

Podaxon, 17

Podostemon, I51

Pohlia falcata, 26

Polemoniaceae, 249

Polyblastea lactea, 83

Polyblastiopsis lactea, 94

Polygala paucifolia, 43

Polygalaceae, 244

Polygonaceae, 238

Polygonatum biflorum, 179

Polygonella articulata, 188

Polygonum fugax, 66; sp., 160

Polypodiaceae, 229

Polypodium vulgare, 173

Polyporaceae, 215

Polysiphonia elongata, 99, 100; ni-
grescens, 101; urceolata formosa, TOT

Polystichum acrostichoides, 177

Polytrichum antillarum, 26; commune,
I79; juniperinum, 171; piliferum, 171,
188; vernicosum, 26

Pontederiaceae, 235

Pool, R. J., 72

Popper, Mrs. A., 69

Populus deltoides, 160; grandidentata,
I8I, 193; temuloides, 181, 193

Poronia faginea, 94

Porotrichum sp., 26

Portulacaceae, 240

Possible Habit Mutant of the Sugar
Maple (Acer saccharum), A, 140

Potentilla argentea, 171; canadensis,
189; pulchella, 66

Prain' 2D 8

Preliminary List of the Lichens found
within a Radius of 100 Miles of New
York City, 73

Proceedings of the Club, 11, 49, 69, 70,
129, 163

Primula borealis, 66

Primulaceae, 248

Proposed Work on the Cryptogamic
Flora of the Region About New Yerk,
133

Protoboysia, 137 E

Prunus corymbulosa, 65; serotina, 178;
virginiana, 173, I81

Psedera quinquefolia, 183

Pseudophyscia aquila, 82; aquila de-
tonsa, 82; comosa, 82; hypoleuca, 82;
speciosa, 82; speciosa galactophylla,
82

Pseudophyciaceae, 82

Pseudotsuga, 63, 64; taxifolia, 59, 60,
I24 f

Psora icteria, 89; Russellii, 90

Psorotichia Schaereri, 93

Pteridophyta, 229

Pterigonidium pulchellum, 31

Pteris aquilina, 102, 103, 173, 177, 189

Puccinia graminis, 47

Pucciniaceae, 211

Punctaria latifolia, 100

Pycnanthemum virginianum, 173

Pylaiella littoralis, ror

Pyramidula, 137

Pyrenopsidaceae, 93

Pyrenopsis Schroederi, 93

Pyrenula cinchonae, 94; hylaspora, 94;

265

lactea, 94; leucoplaca, 94; nitida, 94;
95; pachycheila, 94; punctiformis, 94;
thelaena, 94

Pyrenulaceae, 94

Pyrenocarpales, 94

Pyrola americana, 177; aphylla, 32;
aphylla paucifolia, 32; bracteata, 32;
bracteata Hillii, 32; elliptica, 177

Pyrolaceae, 247

Pyxine cocoes, 82; sorediata, 82

‘Quercus alba, 175, 176, 178; californica,
62; coccinea, 175; Garryana, 62;
Gunnisonii, 58; heterophylla, 132;
ilicifolia, 173, 191; marilandica, 56;
phellos, 161, 162; pridigitata, 162;
Prinus, 175; prinoides, 173; rubra,
176, 178; Rudkini, 132; sp., 57; stel-
lata, 174, 173; velutina, IOI, 102, 175,
187; virginiana, 161

Racomitrium Nevii, 19

Radiatae, 78

Radiati-Stratosi, 80

Ramalina, 140; calicaris, 79, 140;
calicaris canaliculata, 79; calicaris
farinacea, 79; calicaris fastigata, 79;
calicaris fraxinea, 79; candiculata, 79;
Duriaei, 140; farinaceae, 79; fastigi-
ata, 79; fastigiata subampliata, 79;
fraxinea, 140; Mensiezii, 140; rigida,
79; scopulorum, 140; subfarinacea,
I40; Urlleyi, 79

ands ys Vi, 70

Ranunculaceae, 240

Ranunculus nivalis, 66

Record, S. J., Harper’s Report on Forests
of Alabama (Review), 47

Reichling, G. A., 164

Reviews, 4, 46, 109, 128, 226

Reynolds, C. L., 20

Rhacopilum angustatum, 29; latistip-
ulatum, 29; tomentosum, 29; tomen-
tosum longe-aristatum, 29

Rhamnaceae, 245

Rhizocarpon petraea, 83

Rhizoclonium, 6

Rhizogonium spiniforme, 26

Rhododendron albiflorum, 45; albi-
florum poikilon, 46; catawbiense, 154;
lapponicum, 65; nudiflorum, 177

Rhododermis Georgii, Ior

Rhodomela subfusca, 101

Rhodora, 197

Rhodymenia palmata, 99

Rhus, 39, 40; copallina, 40, 173; glabra,
39, 40, 42, 191; hirta, 173; Powelliana,
39, 40; typhina, 172, 174; Tox.:co-
dendron, 183, 189; Uddeni, 39, 42

Richards, H. M., 20, 70, 130, 135

Rigg, G. B., 199

Rinodina ascociscana, 83; confragosa»
83; constans, 83; exigua, 89; sophodes:
83; spohodes confragosa, 83

Robinia Pseud-Acacia, 189

Robinson, C. B., death of, 19, 37, I31

Rolloff, A., 199

Rosa, 35; acicularis, 65; humilis, 173

Rosaceae, 242

Rubiaceae, 251

Rubus allegheniensis, 181; ideaus acu-
leatissimus, 181; odoratus, 183; vil-
losus, 189

Ruellia angustifolia, 21, 22; spectabilis,
21, 22; Tweediana, 21, 22

Rumex Acetosella, 171, 189

Rusby, H. H., 12; Addison Brown, 1

Rydberg, P. A., 12; List of Plants
Collected on the Stefanson-Anderson
Arctic Exploration, 1908-12, 65

Sagedia lactea, 94; oxespora, 94

Salicaceae, 237

Salix anglorum, 66; arctica, 65; nigra,
I51; phlebophylla, 66

Salton Sea, The (Review), 226

Sambucus racemosa, 183

Sanguinaria canadensis, 42

Sanicula marilandica, 179

Santalaceae, 238

Sapindopsis, 40; magnifolia, 40, 42;
variabilis, 40, 42

Sapindus, 40, 41; membranaceus, 40,
42; saponaria, 40, 42

Sarcobatus, 60

Sargassum, 6, 8; bacciferum, 8; Filipen-
dula, 99

Sarracenia flava, 154

Sassafras variifolium, 176, 179

Saxifraga virginiensis, 171

Saxifragaceae, 242

Schaffner’s Field Manual of Trees (Re-
view), IIO

Schenck, C. A., 51

Schenzeriaceae, 230

Schizomycetes, 206

Schizothrix calcicola, 196

Schley, E., 199

SchGéney, L., death of, 51, 130

Schwendener, S., 72

Science, 53, 72, 95, 199, 255

Scirpus americanus, 151

Scrophulariaceae, 250

Scytosiphon lomentarius, 98

Seaver, F. J., 135, 164

Sedum Nevii, 19

Selaginella rupestris, 171

Selaginellaceae, 230

Selden’s Everyman’s Garden Every
Week (Review), 128

266

Sematophyllum caespitosum, 31; gali-
pense, 31; Lindigii, 31; microcarpum,
31; xylophilum, 31

Sequoia gigantea, 63; sempervirens, 53

Sericocarpus asteroides, 173, 189

Shimek, B., 95

Shorter Notes, 31, 68, 108, 127, 162

Simaroubaceae, 244

Siphonanthus indica, 22, 23

Smilaceae, 236

Smilacina racemosa, 177

Smilacites grandifolia, 135

Smilax, 135, 136; aspera, 136; carbo-
nensis, 135, 136; grandifolia, 135,
136; Kansana, 136; labidurommae,
135; lamarensis, 136; laurifolia, 136;
lingulata, 136; undulata, 137

Solanaceae, 250

Solidago bicolor, 177; caesia, 177; lati-
folia, 179; nemoralis, 173, 189

Some Aspects of Californian Coastal
Vegetation, 130

Some Comparisons of the Lichen Floras
of Eurasia and North America, 138

Some Fossil Leaves and their Signi-
ficance, 39

Some Midwinter Algae of Long Island
Sound, 97, 165

Sparganiaceae, 230

Sparganium sp., 160

Spathularia, 28

Spermatophyta, 230

Spermothamnium Turneri, 99

Sphacelaria cirrhosa, 99

Sphaeropsideae, 210

Spore Formation in the Slime Moulds,
17

Squamidium macrocarpum, 26

Standley, P. C., Two Additions to the
Flora of Louisiana, 21

Staphylea trifolia, 183

Staten Island Association of Arts and
Sciences, 148

Statice sibirica, 66

Stenocybe byssacaum, 93

Stenophyllus capillaris, 188

Stereocaulon denudatum, 80; paschale,
80, 170; tomentosum, 80

Sterrocolax decipiens, 99

Stetson, S., 69, 134; 1913 Notes on the
Flora of Copake Falls, N. Y., 42

Stevens, F. L., 18

Stevens’ Fungi which Cause Plant
Diseases (Review), 46

Sticta amplissima, 87; aurata, 87;
crocata, 87; pulmonaria, 87; querci-
zans, 87; sylvatica, 87

Stictaceae, 87

Stober, J. B., 199

Stoddard, E. D., 53

Stout, A. B., 20, 70, 135; Plant Breeding
in Scandinavia (Review), 35; The
American Breeders’ Magazine, 10

Stratosae, 82

Struvea, 6

Such, Mrs. G., 69

Synechoblastus cyrtaspis, 92; flaccidus;
92; pycnocarpum, 92; ryssoleus, 92

Synecoccus aeruginosus, 197

Syringia vulgaris, 35

Syrrhopodon decolorans, 25; Hobsoni,
25; incompletus, 25; Mohrianum, 25;
Sartori, 25 é

Tansley, F. D., 148

Taubenhaus, J. J., 199

Taxithelium planum, 30

Taxodium distichum, 160, 162

Taxus brevifolia, 61; canadensis, 45, 61

Taylor, N., 18, 20, 69, 70, 131; Index
Kewensis (Review), 37; Schaffner’s.
Field Manual of Trees (Review),
I10; The Salton Sea (Review), 226;
Wilson’s A Naturalist in Western
China (Review), 8

Telochistes chrysopthalmus, 80; con-
color, 85; lychneus, 82; parietinus, 82;
polycarpus, 82

Thallophyta, 204

Thelephoraceae, 213

Thompson, W. G., 112

Thrombium epigaea, 95

Thuidium miradoricum, 30

Thuja plicata, 61

Thysanophora, 137

Tiarella, 61

Tilia americana, 178, 183, 184

Tiliaceae, 245

Tithymalus campestris, 7;
codorum, 137; Willistoni, 137

Toninia granosa, 88

Torrey Botanical Club, 148; Chairmen
of Special Committees on Local Flora,
34

TORREYA, 129

Trapa alabamensis, 107; bicornis, 106;
bispinosa, 106; cuneata, 106; Cred-
neri, 106; natans, 105, 106; micro-
phylla, 106; wilcoxensis, 106, 107

Trapa, Two New Tertiary Species of,
105

Tremellaceae, 213

Tri- and Tetracarpellary Walnuts, 127

Triadenum petiolatum, I51

Trichostema dichotoma, 186; dichoto-
mum, 188

Trichosteleum fluviale, 31; microcar-
pum, 31

Trientalis americana, 43, 179

Trilliaceae, 236

phena-

267

Trillium, 61; cernuum, 179; erectum,
179; 42

Trypetheliaceae, 94

Trypethelium cruentium, 94; virens, 94

Tsuga canadensis, 178, 183, 184; hetero-
phylla, 61; Mertensiana, 63

Tussilago Farfara, 42

Two Additions to the Flora of Louisiana,
21

Two British Columbian Notes, 45

Two New Plants from the Tertiary
Rocks of the West, 135

Two New Tertiary Species of Trapa, 105

Two Recent Works on the Marine
Algae (Review), 4

Typhaceae, 230

Ueber den Einfluss des Tabakrauches
auf der Pflanze (Review), 34

Ulmaceae, 238

Ulva lactuca, 98

Umbilicaria, 88; Dilleni, 88; hirsuta, 88;
Muhlenbergii, 88; papulosa, 88;
pennsylvanica, 88; 170; pustulata, 88;
pustulata papulosa, 88; vellea, 88

Underwood Fund, 130

Urceolaria scruposa, 91

Urticaceae, 238

Usnea, 139; angulata, 79; articulata,
139; barbata, 78, 79; barbata cera-
tina, 79; barbata dasypaoga, 79;
barbata florida, 79; barbata hirta, 79;
barbata plicata, 79; barbata rubigi-
nea, 79; californica, 139; florida, 79;
florida hirta, 79; florida rubiginea, 79;
longissima, 79; plicata, 79, 139; pli-
cata Huei, 79; trichodea, 79 ‘

Usneaceae, 78, 139

Usneei, 78

Ustilaginaceae, 2II

Vacciniaceae, 248

Vaccinium pennsylvanicum, 102, 173,
177; vacillans, 173, 177; Vitis-Idaea,
66

Valeriana capitata, 66

Valerianaceae, 251

Van Loan, C., 129

Van Tieghem, P. E. L., death of, 96

Vegetation of Connecticut—III, The,
167

Vegetation of the Smaller Islands be-
longing to Porto Rica, The, 164

Verbascum Thapsus, 181

Verbenaceae, 249

Vernonia, 113

Verrucaria epigaea, 95; nitida, 95

Verrucariaceae, 95

Vesicularia amphiloba, 31; vesicularis,
31

Viburnum acerifolium, 177, 179; molle,
160; nudum, 160

Vicia sativa, 34

Viola, 42; Brittoniana, 4; emarginata, 3,
4; emarginata X septemloba, 3, 4;
pedata, 173; fimbriatula, 189; pedata
lineariloba, 102; septemloba, 2, 4;
villosa, 4

Violaceae, 246

Violets New to Southeastern Virginia, 2

Vitaceae, 245

Vitrea, 137

Wager, H., The Action of Light on
Chlorophyll (Review), 111

Warner, C. H., Formaldehyde as an
Oxidation Product of Chlorophyll
Extracts (Review), III

Watson, J. H., death of, 131

White, O. E., 17, 130

Whorled Leaves in Gentiana, 108

Wieland, G. R., 96

Wild Flowers of Spring, 164

Wille, N., 255

Williams, R. S. & Britton,
Central American Mosses, 24

Wilson, E. H., 38

Wilson, G. W., 165

Wilson’s A Naturalist in Western China
(Review), 8

Winter Changes in Weeping Willow, 31 -

Wood, G. C., A Preliminary List of the
Lichens found within a Radius of
too Miles of New York City, 73

Woodsia ilvensis, 171, 172

135 (Ce

Xanthium, 12, 13, 14; fruticosum, 12

Xanthoria lychnea, 82; parietina, 82;
polycarpa, 82

Xylogropha parallela, 92

Xyridaceae, 235

Zannichelliaceae, 230
Zizaniopsis miliacea, 151
Zostera, 100, IOI
Zosteraceae, 230

The Torrey Botanical Club

Contributors of accepted ee and reviews, who wish six
ie gratuitous copies of the number of TORREYA in which their. papers

of appear, will kindly notify the editor when returning proot.

aS Reprints should be ordered, when galley proof is returned
to the editor. The New. Era’ Printing Co., 41 North Queen
oS Lancaster, Pa., have. furnished the following rates:

ats See APD 4pp -8pp = 12pp lopp — 20pp
25 copies $ .75 $1.05. - $1.20 $k 80 . $2.20. $2.50

_. 50 copies ~~ 90 1.20 10 3, 2.20 250 BS
-100 copies. 1.15 1.55 1.95 2.55 2.90 3.20

200 copies 1.70 2.352790) 3.75. 4.35 4.70
Covers: 25 for 75 cents, additional covers 1 cent each.
Plates for reprints, 40 cents each per 100.

: ue following Commiittees have been appointed for 1914.

Finance Committee ‘Field Committee
ge fee “BARNHART, ‘Chairman SERENO STETSON, Chairman
"Miss C. C. Haynes
Budget Committee : _ Program Committee .
J. H. Barnuart, Chairman Mrs. E. G. Briton, Chairman
--L. Brirton” Muss Jean BROADHURST
OOper 22); ie: C. Sruart GacEer
A. Howe sees PF. J, SEAVER
W.. EVANs ee
H. Ruspy

aes

Local Flora Committee
: N.L. Brrrron, Charman: . :
Phanerogams: = ~~ s - Cryptogams: —

By PY Bick nei. ~~ Mrs: EG. Brirron
AN2 LL. BRittone6. 7% PHitie DOWELL ©
CC Gorrs Shae Tracy E: Hazen’
K. K. Mackenzie “M. A. Howe
Norman AL ANDOR. 3 ee WA. Mugrice.

"Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences : :
2 WILLIAM MANSFIELD

OTHER PU BLICAT IONS

OF THE.

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

(3). BULLETIN |

| A acnitily journal devoted to general botany, setalapdied oe
1870. Vol. 40 published in 1913, contained 712 pages of text

- and 26 full-page plates: Price $3.00 per annum. For Europe, aS

14 shillings, Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, are, -
agents for England. eed yet

Of former volumes, only 24-40 can ‘be supplied entire: ee, 6h
tain numbers of other volumes are available, but the entire ‘stock Tee.
of some numbers has been ‘reserved for. the completion. of sets. 72

Vols. 24-27 are furnished at the published price of two, dollars 5, :

~each; Vols. 28-40 three dollars each. Ot sais
Snisle copies (30 cents) - will be ee a when t not fas

: ae complete volumes. -

“(2) MEMOIRS

The MEMOIRS, established 1889, are published at Bae
intervals. Volumes 1— 13 are now completed ; Nos. 1.and 2 of

Vol. 14 have been ‘issued, The subscription price is fixed ate
$3.00 per volume in advance. ‘The numbers can also be pur-. =

‘chased singly. — A list of titles of the individual papers and. of fe i
prices will be furnished on application. mes
3 (3) The Preliminary Catalogue of auehooeees ane teri: a a

dophyta reported as growing’ within one hundred miles of b New,

York, 1888. | Brice, $1.00. .

Correspondence relating to the Oe publications should be BLS oe
| addressed to. Fish

DR. BERNARD O. BppeE ae
b Columbia University -

New: York City. rts

Yi
the

Pt

Pst)

oh. sa .

00250 Bind